DALI gateway Tunable White Plus Order No

Transcription

1 Product documentaton Issue: DALI gateway Tunable Whte Plus

2 Table of Contents Product documentaton 1 Product defnton Product catalogue Functon Mountng, electrcal connecton and operaton Safety nstructons Devce components Fttng and electrcal connecton Commssonng Operaton Techncal data Software descrpton Software specfcaton Software "DALI Gateway C0201x" Scope of functons Notes on software Object table Objects for group and sngle devces Objects for scenes and effects Object for emergency lghtng Objects for general functons Functonal descrpton Applcaton bascs DALI system and addressng types DALI emergency lghtng systems ETS plug-n Descrpton of group- and devce-ndependent functons DALI communcaton DALI error messages Status and feedbacks Global swtchng status / Standby swtch-off Manual operaton Central functon Descrpton of group and devce functons Controllng the brghtness Controllng the colour temperature Response after a devce reset Supplementary functon Feedback functons Automatc swtch-off Swtch-on and swtch-off behavour Starcase functon Operatng hours counter Scene functon Effect functon Page 2 of 257

3 Product documentaton Emergency lghtng General confguratons Confguratons for centrally-suppled emergency lghts DALI commssonng Startng DALI commssonng Performng DALI commssonng Extng DALI commssonng Offlne commssonng Troubleshootng DALI test Delvery state Parameters General parameters Parameters for manual operaton Parameters for groups and sngle devces Parameters for scenes and effects Parameters for emergency lghts Appendx Index Page 3 of 257

4 Product defnton 1 Product defnton 1.1 Product catalogue Product name: DALI-Gateway Tunable Whte Plus Use: Desgn: Gateway 1.2 Functon RMD (ral-mounted devce) DALI The DALI Gateway forms the nterface between a KNX nstallaton and a dgtal DALI (Dgtal Addressable Lghtng Interface) lghtng system. The DALI Gateway allows the swtchng and dmmng of a maxmum of 64 lghts wth a DALI operatng devce (e.g. electronc ballast). Up to 6 dfferent addressng types allow group-orentated and ndvdually-address control of DALI lghts va KNX telegrams. Ths allows the ntegraton of room-specfc lght control, for example, of open-plan offces, multpurpose spaces, producton facltes, tranng and presentaton rooms or showcases nto the hgher-level KNX buldng management. Dependng on the confguraton, up to 32 ndependent DALI groups are avalable for group addressng. For alternatve control, these can be supplemented wth 64 ndvdually-addressable DALI devce channels, as necessary. Optonally, master control of all connected DALI components s possble (broadcast). Ths means that there s no need to commsson DALI, meanng that lghtng systems wth few functons can be started up quckly and easly (smplfed confguraton wthout DALI commssonng). Colour temperature control (DALI Devce Type 8) The DALI Gateway supports the control of DALI operatng devces of the devce type "Colour Control" (DALI Devce Type 8) n the specfc verson "Tunable Whte (TW)". Ths makes t possble to control the colour temperature of a lamp by means of sutable DALI operatng devces and lumnares. The Gateway allows the colour temperature control va relatve or absolute dmmng as well as va scenes and effects. The colour temperature control s largely ndependent of the brghtness control and lumnare used. DALI groups and sngle devces The DALI Gateway permts the separate feedback of the ndvdual swtchng and brghtness statuses and also of the colour temperature of the DALI groups and sngle devces to the KNX. In addton, the general DALI state of operaton can be sgnalled to the KNX (error status, shortcrcut, status of the supply voltage). The functon features that are ndependently adjustable for every lght group or each sngle devce by means of the ETS nclude, for example, separately confgurable brghtness ranges, extended feedback functons, a dsablng functon, or alternatvely, a forced poston functon, separately adjustable dmmng behavour, tme delays, soft dmmng functons, a starcase functon wth supplementary functons and an operatng hours counter. Moreover, the brghtness values of the groups of sngle devces n case of bus voltage falure or bus voltage return and after ETS programmng, can be preset separately. Central swtchng or collectve feedback of all swtchng states s also possble. The followng functons can also be confgured for operatng devces that support a DALI colour temperature control: Defnton of the controllable colour temperature range by mnmum and maxmum colour temperature, swtch-on colour temperature defnable, relatve and absolute dmmng of the colour temperature and feedback of the current colour temperature. Furthermore, t s also possble to automatcally change the colour temperature proportonally when dmmng the brghtness. Ths makes t possble wth lttle project plannng to smulate a Page 4 of 257

5 Product defnton thermal radator usng almost any colour temperature controllable lumnare (percepton of the lght source such as an ncandescent or halogen lamp). Optonally, the assgnment of DALI operatng devces to programmed groups or sngle devces can be supplemented by testng of the DALI devce types. If testng s enabled, the plug-n compares, durng assgnment as part of commssonng, the devce types determned by the operatng devces wth the specfcatons by the devce type parameters. Assgnment can only take place f there s agreement. Ths wll prevent functonal ncompatbltes after commssonng. When usng the tunable whte colour temperature control, the usage and testng of the DALI devce type s ntended to be unchangeable. DALI emergency lghtng systems The DALI Gateway can be ntegrated nto DALI emergency lghtng systems. It allows nterference-free operaton of operatng devces, general lghtng systems and emergency lghtng operatng devces of the same DALI system. The devce s able to ntegrate standard DALI operatng devces for lghtng control accordng to IEC (DALI System) and IEC (Control-Gear) nto centrally-suppled emergency lghtng systems as an emergency lght. Scenes and effects Lghts or lght groups can optonally be ntegrated n up to 16 scenes, whch means that preprogrammed statc lght scenes can be recalled by nfluencng the brghtness and colour temperature. If necessary, the scene values can be ndvdually adapted and saved durng devce operaton, allowng the user to replace the presettngs of the ETS. In partcular, for the mplementaton of dynamc lght scenes, t s possble to nclude lghts or lght groups n the effect control of the DALI Gateway. Up to 16 effects are avalable here, each wth up to 16 effect steps. Each effect step represents an ndvdual lght scene by nfluencng the brghtness and colour temperature. Tme-controlled togglng of the effect steps makes the overall effect dynamc. Brghtness and colour temperature sequences can be mplemented usng one or more DALI groups, but also usng ndvdual DALI devces or scenes. A tmer s avalable f necessary, whch means that ndvdual effects can be started and stopped dependng on the tme and weekday. ETS plug-n The DALI Gateway s confgured and commssoned usng a plug-n embedded n the ETS. For project desgn and commssonng of ths devce, we recommend usng the ETS5. Project desgnng and commssonng of the devce usng ETS4 (from verson 4.2) ETS3 from verson "d" s also possble. Addtonal hardware or software s not requred for the confguraton and commssonng of the DALI Gateway. The dentfcaton, addressng and assgnment of DALI operatng devces takes place n the DALI commssonng envronment of the ETS plug-n. Commssonng can be prepared offlne n the parameter confguraton f necessary. Offlne commssonng s deal as the preparaton for later complete commssonng, f there s no programmng connecton to the DALI Gateway or the DALI operatng devces, but group assgnment s stll to take place. Ths s normally the case when the buldng plannng and thus also the Gateway confguraton take place earler than the commssonng of the DALI Gateway and the DALI system. The DALI short addresses are always assgned n the parameter confguraton of the sngle devces and can thus be nfluenced. Wth the addton of group and devce names, unque namng of DALI operatng devces s possble n ths way. Through the transmsson of the unque names to the KNX buldng vsualsaton (e.g. control panels), the user s able - partcularly durng error dagnoss - to dentfy the lghtng components easly. Page 5 of 257

6 Product defnton DALI compatblty The DALI Gateway has a compatblty mode for supportng non-dali-conformant operatng devces. Ths means that the commssonng process becomes dstnctly more tolerant towards specfc DALI commssonng parameters, whch means that operatng devces not fully complant wth the DALI specfcaton can be commssoned, possbly subject to functonal restrctons. In addton to ths, a DALI telegram rate lmt can be actvated n the ETS plug-n, meanng that adaptaton to non-dali-conformant operatng devces s possble. Manual operaton and mountng The operatng elements (4 push-buttons) on the front panel of the devce allow the DALI lght groups or sngle devces to be swtched on and off or dmmed n brghtness by manual operaton n parallel wth the KNX even wthout bus voltage or n a non-programmed state (broadcast of all connected DALI subscrbers). Ths feature permts fast checkng of connected loads for proper functonng. In addton, the DALI Gateway s able to check the completeness of the operatng devces ntegrated nto the DALI system. Ths means that t s possble to detect the replacement of a defectve electronc ballast wth a new one. The automatc devce replacement fulfls ths functon as necessary. The Gateway then transmts the confguraton data to the new electronc ballast, fully automatcally, wthout the need to carry out specal commssonng. Ths smplfes the repar of a DALI system consderably. The DALI Gateway s suppled completely va the mans voltage connecton and makes the DALI system voltage (typ. DC 16 V) avalable. The mans voltage must be swtched on to control the DALI nterface or for programmng by the ETS. The devce s desgned for mountng on DIN rals n closed compact boxes or n dstrbutors n fxed nstallatons. Page 6 of 257

7 2 Mountng, electrcal connecton and operaton 2.1 Safety nstructons Electrcal equpment may only be nstalled and ftted by electrcally sklled persons. The applcable accdent preventon regulatons must be observed. Falure to observe the nstructons may cause damage to the devce and result n fre and other hazards. Before workng on the devce or exchangng the connected DALI operatng devces, dsconnect t from the power supply (swtch off the mnature crcut breaker), otherwse there s the rsk of an electrc shock. The devce s not sutable for dsconnecton from supply voltage. Mountng, electrcal connecton and operaton The DALI control voltage s a functonal extra-low voltage (FELV). On nstallng, ensure safe solaton between KNX and DALI and mans voltage. A mnmum dstance of at least 4 mm must be mantaned between bus conductors and DALI/mans voltage cores. The devce may not be opened or operated outsde the techncal specfcatons. Page 7 of 257

8 Mountng, electrcal connecton and operaton 2.2 Devce components (4) (5) (3) ALL (6) (2) (1) Fgure 1: Devce components (1) KNX connecton (2) Programmng button and LED (red). (3) Button feld for manual control wth status LEDs (4) DALI output (da+, da-) (5) Connecton of mans voltage supply (L, N) (6) 7-segment dsplay to show the DALI group or the sngle devce selected by manual operaton. Dsabled n bus operaton. In addton, to dsplay addtonal nformaton: - -: Sgnals DALI commssonng phase or delay after an ETS programmng operaton or mans voltage return. bc: Dsplay durng manual operaton n an unprogrammed status (broadcast operaton). Er: Dsplayng an mpermssble external voltage on the DALI devce connecton termnals (e.g. mans voltage connected). DALI Gateway wthout functon. The Gateway s only ready for operaton agan when the error has been elmnated and ntalsaton has been performed agan (mans voltage return). LE: Sgnals automatc devce replacement. E: Sgnals an error durng automatc devce replacement. Page 8 of 257

9 2.3 Fttng and electrcal connecton Mountng, electrcal connecton and operaton DANGER! Electrcal shock when lve parts are touched. Electrcal shocks can be fatal. Before workng on the devce, dsconnect the power supply and cover up lve parts n the workng envronment. Fttng the devce o Ft the devce by snappng t onto a mountng ral n acc. wth EN The screw termnals should be at the top. A KNX data ral s not requred. Observe the temperature range (see Techncal Data) and ensure suffcent coolng, f necessary. Connectng the power supply for the devce electroncs and DALI nterface ALL Fgure 2: Electrcal connecton of mans voltage and the DALI nterface o Connect the mans voltage and the DALI system as shown n the connecton example (Fgure 2). The DALI system voltage s a functonal extra-low voltage (FELV). For ths reason, the DALI nterface should be treated as a cable able to carry voltage, n accordance wth the nstallaton nstructons. The DALI Gateway supples the system voltage (typ. DC 16 V). Carry out the nstallaton work so that, when a DALI area s dsconnected, all the mans voltages of the connected DALI operatng devce and the mans voltage supply of the DALI Gateway are swtched off. DALI devces (max.64) can be connected to varous phase conductors (L1, L2, L3). Page 9 of 257

10 Mountng, electrcal connecton and operaton o o For reasons of clarty durng nstallaton, we recommend observng the polarty of the DALI cable. Observance of the DALI polarty s always dependent on the DALI operatng devces beng used. If multple crcut breakers supply dangerous voltages to the devce or load, couple the mnature crcut breakers or label them wth a warnng, to ensure dsconnecton s guaranteed. Connect bus lne wth connectng termnal. Removng other operatng unts DALI subscrbers of some manufacturers have extended functons (operaton wth mans voltage on the DALI connecton). When usng the DALI Gateway as a control unt n the DALI system, any other control sectons must be removed from the nstallaton - partcularly when refttng exstng systems. o Remove all the approprate operatng unts, or ensure that there are no other control sectons (Fgure 3). ALL OFF Fgure 3: Removng other operatng unts n the DALI system Other control sectons could be, for example, DALI central unts, DALI potentometers or comparable control components. These control sectons must also be removed from the DALI system, n order to avod system conflcts. The DALI Gateway supples the DALI system voltage. For ths reason, t s not permtted to ntegrate an addtonal DALI power supply nto the nstallaton, n parallel to the Gateway. Only one DALI Gateway may be operated n a closed DALI system. Page 10 of 257

11 Mountng, electrcal connecton and operaton If the DALI Gateway detects mans voltage on the DALI connecton (da+ and datermnals), then t wll cease operaton and sgnal Er n the LED dsplay. Operaton n emergency lghtng systems The devce can be used n n centrally-powered emergency lghtng systems. The statutory and standard specfcatons vary from country to country. In any event, the user / techncal planner should check whether the specfc specfcatons should be mantaned. Dependng on the scope of functons of the system, only the emergency lghts are suppled by the central safety power supply (Fgure 4), or also the KNX system (Fgure 5), or, as a recommended alternatve, addtonally by the DALI Gateway (Fgure 6). In the latter case, n emergency operaton, the DALI gateway can transmt the approprate fault messages to a central system and other DALI gateways n the system. Observe the number of DALI devces n the emergency lumnares used. The chapter "Software Descrpton" of ths product documentaton descrbes the exact functon of the ndvdual connecton varants of the DALI Gateway n detal, along wth the necessary confguraton. AC 230 V AC/DC 230 V L,N da KNX KNX DALI DALI L,N da Fgure 4: Electrcal connecton dagram n an emergency lghtng system - Only DALI emergency lghts ntegrated nto the emergency power supply AC 230 V AC/DC 230 V L,N da KNX KNX DALI DALI L,N da Fgure 5: Electrcal connecton dagram n an emergency lghtng system - KNX power supply and DALI emergency lghts ntegrated nto the emergency power supply Page 11 of 257

12 Mountng, electrcal connecton and operaton AC 230 V AC/DC 230 V L,N da KNX KNX DALI DALI L,N da Fgure 6: Electrcal connecton dagram n an emergency lghtng system - KNX power supply, DALI emergency lghts and DALI Gateway ntegrated nto the emergency power supply (recommended nstallaton) Installng / removng the protectve cap To protect the bus lnes aganst hazardous voltages n the area of the connectng termnals, a protectve cap can be nstalled. The cap s nstalled wth the bus termnal n place and the connected bus lne led out at the rear (Fgure 7). o To nstall the cap: Slde the cap over the bus connectng termnal untl t s heard to engage. o To remove the cap: Remove the cap by pressng the sdes slghtly and by pullng t out to the front. A B Fgure 7: Installng / removng the protectve cap Page 12 of 257

13 Mountng, electrcal connecton and operaton 2.4 Commssonng The devce can be put nto operaton, after mountng of the devce Gateway and connecton of the bus lne, the mans supply and the DALI cables. The followng procedure s generally recommended... DANGER! Electrcal shock when lve parts are touched. Electrcal shocks can be fatal. Before workng on the devce, dsconnect the power supply and cover up lve parts n the workng envronment. Commssonng the devce o Swtch on the mans supply of the Gateway. o Swtch on the bus voltage. Voltage check: When the programmng button s pressed, the red programmng LED must lght up. o Confgure and program the physcal address wth the help of the ETS. o The DALI Gateway s confgured usng a plug-n embedded n the ETS database. Start the plug-n (open the Parameter vew) and confgure the KNX groups (cf. Chapter 4 "Software Descrpton"). Do not carry out any DALI commssonng yet. o Close the plug-n and download the applcaton program usng the ETS. o Restart the plug-n (open the Parameter vew) and carry out DALI commssonng (cf. Chapter 4 "Software Descrpton"). o Close the plug-n to save the DALI confguraton n the ETS database. Then, download the applcaton program agan usng the ETS. The DALI Gateway s ready for operaton. It s not explctly necessary to carry out DALI commssonng and reprogram the applcaton program, f the DALI Gateway has been ntegrated nto an exstng DALI nstallaton (e.g. on replacng an old devce) and contnues to be used wth an unchanged DALI confguraton (same short addresses, devce types, group assgnments, etc.). Ths s the case, for example, f a devce s coped unchanged n the ETS project desgn or an XML template s mported. No ETS programmng s possble f no mans voltage supply s connected to the DALI Gateway. On closng, the ETS plug-n ndcates whether the ETS must reprogram the applcaton program of the DALI Gateway. Page 13 of 257

14 Mountng, electrcal connecton and operaton 2.5 Operaton The DALI Gateway offers manual operaton to control the swtchng status and brghtness of all programmed lght groups and sngle devces. The button feld wth 4 functon keys and 3 status LEDs on the front panel of the devce can be used for settng the followng modes of operaton... - Bus control: operaton from touch sensors or other bus devces - Temporary manual control: manual control locally wth keypad, automatc return to bus control, - Permanent manual control: local manual control wth keypad. The operatng modes can be enabled or dsabled by parameter settngs n the ETS. In manual operaton, the groups or sngle devces cannot be controlled va the bus. Manual operaton s possble only when the mans voltage supply to the Gateway s swtched on. Manual operaton ends n case of bus voltage falure, bus voltage return or mans voltage falure. Manual operaton n broadcast mode (unprogrammed DALI Gateway) cannot be termnated by a bus voltage falure/bus voltage return. In manual mode, bus operaton can be dsabled va a telegram. Manual operaton s termnated on actvaton of the dsablng functon. The colour temperature of a DALI group or sngle devce cannot be changed by manual operaton. Further detals concernng manual operaton, especally wth respect to the possble parameter settngs and the nteracton wth other functons of the Gateway can be found n chapter "Software descrpton" of ths product documentaton. Controls and ndcators for manual control (14a) (7) (8) (9) (14b) (10) (11) (12) (13) Fgure 8: Controls and ndcators for manual control (7) Button c Actvaton / deactvaton of manual control. (8) LED c: LED ON ndcates permanent manual control. (9) Button ON/ n: Bref press: Group/sngle devce ON / Sustaned press: Increase brghtness of group/sngle devce. (10) Status LED ON/ n: LED ON n manual operaton ndcates a swtched-on group/sngle devce (brghtness: %). Page 14 of 257

15 (11) Button OFF/ o: Bref press: Group/sngle devce OFF / Sustaned press: Decrease brghtness of group/sngle devce. (12) Status LED OFF/ o: LED ON n manual operaton ndcates a swtched-off group/sngle devce (brghtness: 0 %). (13) Button ALL OFF: All DALI subscrbers OFF (only n permanent manual operaton). (14) 7-segment dsplay to show the number of a DALI group (14a) or a sngle devce (14b) selected by manual operaton. Dsabled n bus operaton. In addton, to dsplay addtonal nformaton: - -: Sgnals DALI commssonng phase or delay after an ETS programmng operaton or mans voltage return. bc: Dsplay durng manual operaton n an unprogrammed status (broadcast operaton). Er: Dsplayng an mpermssble external voltage on the DALI devce connecton termnals (e.g. mans voltage connected). DALI Gateway wthout functon. The Gateway s only ready for operaton agan when the error has been elmnated and ntalsaton has been performed agan (mans voltage return). LE: Sgnals automatc devce replacement. E: Sgnals an error durng automatc devce replacement. Mountng, electrcal connecton and operaton Prortes The DALI Gateway dstngushes between dfferent functons that can have an effect on a DALI Group. In order to prevent conflctng output states, each avalable functon has a certan prorty. The functon wth the hgher prorty overrdes the one wth the lower prorty. - 1st prorty: manual control (hghest prorty) - 2nd prorty: Emergency operaton - 3rd prorty: Forced poston functon or dsablng functon - 4th prorty: Drect bus operaton ("swtchng" & "dmmng" & "brghtness" & "colour temperature" objects, scenes, effects, central functon) The prorty of the scene and effect functon over the dsablng or forced poston functons of a group or a sngle devce can be confgured. Thus, t s possble for a scene recall or the start of an effect to overrde a dsablng or forced poston functon. Alternatvely, a scene or an effect can have a lower prorty, meanng that dsablng functons or forced postons cannot be overrdden by a scene recall or the start of an effect. Swtch on bref broadcast manual operaton The broadcast manual operaton can be used n the unprogrammed state of the DALI Gateway. As, n ths case, mssng ETS programmng means that no group/ndvdual confguratons are stored n the devce, the DALI Gateway, n manual operaton, controls the connected DALI operatng devces jontly va a broadcast command. The DALI Gateway has not yet been programmed by the ETS. o Press the c button brefly (< 1 second). bc s dsplayed n the 7-segment dsplay. After 5 seconds wthout a button beng pressed, the Gateway deactvates broadcast handlng. Page 15 of 257

16 Mountng, electrcal connecton and operaton Broadcast operaton s preset n the delvery state. It can also be reactvated at any tme after a programmng operaton by the ETS by unloadng the applcaton program usng the ETS. Swtch off bref broadcast manual operaton The DALI Gateway has not yet been programmed by the ETS. Temporary broadcast manual operaton was actvated. o No button-press for 5 seconds - or - o Press c button. - or - o Swtch off the mans voltage supply. Temporary broadcast manual operaton s termnated. The 7-segment dsplay goes out. The state set va manual operaton s not changed when broadcast manual operaton s swtched off. Swtchng on permanent broadcast manual operaton The DALI Gateway has not yet been programmed by the ETS. No broadcast manual operaton or temporary broadcast manual operaton s actvated. o Press the c button for at least 5 seconds. The status LED c s llumnated. bc s dsplayed n the 7-segment dsplay. Permanent broadcast manual operaton s actve. Swtchng off permanent broadcast manual operaton Permanent broadcast manual operaton was actve. o Press c button for at least 5 seconds. - or - o Swtch off the mans voltage supply. Permanent broadcast manual operaton s termnated. The Status LED c and the 7-segment dsplay goes out. The state set va manual operaton s not changed when permanent broadcast manual operaton s swtched off. Operatng DALI operatng devces n broadcast manual operaton The DALI Gateway has not yet been programmed by the ETS. Broadcast manual operaton (permanent or temporary) s actvated. o Operate the operatng devces by pressng the ON/n button or the OFF/o button. Bref: Jont swtch-on/swtch-off. Long: Jont dm brghter/darker. Long and release: Jont dmmng stop. All the connected DALI operatng devces execute the correspondng commands mmedately. Page 16 of 257

17 Mountng, electrcal connecton and operaton Swtchng off all the operatng devces n broadcast manual operaton Permanent broadcast manual operaton s actve. o Press the ALL OFF button. All the connected DALI operatng devces are shut off mmedately (Brghtness: 0 %). The operatng devces are not locked. Jont actvaton s possble agan after shutoff. The ALL OFF functon s not avalable n temporary broadcast manual operaton. Swtchng on the temporary manual control After the DALI Gateway has been programmed at least one by the ETS, at least one DALI group or at least one DALI sngle devce s created and confgured n the devce. In ths case, the created groups and sngle devces can be controlled ndvdually through manual operaton. Broadcast operaton s then deactvated. The DALI Gateway was programmed at least once before by the ETS. Manual control s enabled n the ETS. o Press the c button brefly (< 1 second). In the 7-segment dsplay, the group number 01 or the sngle devce short address 01. s dsplayed. After 5 seconds wthout a button-press, the Gateway returns automatcally to bus operaton. Broadcast operaton s preset n the delvery state. It can also be reactvated at any tme after a programmng operaton by the ETS by unloadng the applcaton program usng the ETS. Swtchng off temporary manual operaton Temporary manual control was actvated. o No button-press for 5 seconds - or - o Select all the groups and sngle devces one after another by a bref press of the c button. Thereafter, press the c button agan, - or - o Swtch the mans power supply off or reset the bus (bas voltage return). Temporary manual control s termnated. The 7-segment dsplay goes out. The state set va manual control s not changed when temporary manual control s swtched off. If, however, a forced poston or dsablng functon has been actvated va the bus before or durng manual operaton, the DALI Gateway executes the dsablng or forced reactons for the groups and sngle devces concerned. Swtchng on permanent manual control The DALI Gateway was programmed at least once before by the ETS. Manual control s enabled n the ETS. Bus operaton or temporary manual control s actve. o Press c button for at least 5 seconds. The status LED c s llumnated. In the 7-segment dsplay, the group number 01 or the sngle devce short address 01. s dsplayed. Permanent manual control s actve: Page 17 of 257

18 Mountng, electrcal connecton and operaton Swtchng off permanent manual control Permanent manual control s actve. o Press c button for at least 5 seconds. - or - o Swtch the mans power supply off or reset the bus (bas voltage return). Permanent manual operaton s termnated. The Status LED and the 7-segment dsplay goes out. Dependng on the confguraton of the Gateway n the ETS, the groups and sngle devces wll be set to the state last adjusted n the manual mode or to the brghtness value nternally tracked (drect operaton, forced poston / dsablng functon) when the permanent manual mode s shut off. Operatng DALI groups or sngle devces n manual mode The DALI Gateway was programmed at least once before by the ETS. Manual control (permanent or temporary) s actvated. o Select the desred group: Press thec button brefly (f necessary, repeatedly). The 7-segment dsplay shows the number of the selected DALI group or the number of the selected sngle devce. The Status LEDs ON/n %) or OFF/o (0 %) n the button feld show the swtchng state. o Operate the group or sngle devce by pressng the ON/n button or OFF/o button. Short: swtch on/off. Long: dm brghter/darker. Long and release: Stop dmmng. The selected DALI group or the sngle devce executes the correspondng commands mmedately. Swtch off all groups and sngle devces Permanent manual control s actve: o Press the ALL OFF button. All groups and sngle devces are shut off mmedately (Brghtness: 0 %). The groups and sngle devces are not locked. Indvdual actvaton s possble agan after shutoff. The ALL OFF functon s not avalable n temporary manual operaton. Dsablng bus control of ndvdual groups and devces through manual operaton The DALI Gateway was programmed at least once before by the ETS. Permanent manual control s actve: Dsablng of the bus control mode must have been enabled n the ETS. o Select the group or sngle devce: Press the c button brefly (f necessary, repeatedly). The 7-segment dsplay shows the number of the selected DALI group or the number of the selected sngle devce. The Status LEDs ON/n %) or OFF/o (0 %) n the button feld show the swtchng state. o Press the ON/n and the OFF/o buttons smultaneously for at least 5 seconds. The approprate group or sngle devce s dsabled (no bus operaton s possble). The 7-segment dsplay flashes. To unlock, proceed n the same way. Page 18 of 257

19 Mountng, electrcal connecton and operaton A group or sngle devce that has been dsabled n manual operaton can thereafter only be operated n permanent manual operaton. Performng a DALI devce replacement After startng the automatc devce replacement, the DALI Gateway s able to check the completeness of the prevously operated DALI operatng devces. If, for example, a defectve DALI electronc ballast was removed by an nstallaton engneer and replaced by a new one, the DALI Gateway s able to program the new electronc ballast wth the programmng data of the faled electronc ballast. Ths offers the opton of replacng a faled DALI operatng devce through smple operaton on the devce and wthout confguraton work n the ETS. When usng the automatc devce replacement, only operatng devces of the same DALI type can be nterchanged! If operatng devces of another type are to be replaced, a complete DALI commssonng must be carred out usng the ETS plug-n. The DALI Gateway was programmed at least once before by the ETS. Automatc devce replacement must be enabled n the ETS. Ensure that the bus and mans voltage (also to all DALI operatng devces) s swtched on. It s mportant that the DALI system has been fully commssoned wth DALI commssonng. Only one DALI operatng devce may fal and be replaced. The devce must be n bus operaton (no manual operaton actve). o Press the c and the ALL OFF button smultaneously for approx. 10 seconds. Automatc devce replacement s actvated. The length of the operaton s dependent on the number of DALI operatng devces n the system. Durng devce replacement, the 7-segment dsplay sgnals LE (Learn). The dsplay goes out after a successful replacement operaton. Durng devce replacement, all the other functons of the DALI Gateway are stopped. Durng devce replacement, the Gateway tracks all the receved bus states and evaluates the most recently tracked values (swtchng, dmmng, brghtness value, scenes, effects, central functon, forced poston functon, dsablng functon) normally at the end of automatc devce replacement. An actve forced poston or dsablng functon s nterrupted by devce replacement and reactvated at the end of the replacement operaton, f the functons have not been deactvated va the bus n the nterm. The behavour as at the begnnng of the forced poston or dsablng functon s not executed agan. Ensure that only one DALI operatng devce s replaced n the manner descrbed. If multple electronc ballasts fal (possbly no mans voltage s swtched on) and have been replaced, then the electronc ballasts cannot be dentfed clearly by the Gateway and not confgured automatcally. In ths case, new DALI commssonng by the ETS plug-n s requred. If an error has occurred durng devce replacement, the 7-segment dsplay sgnals E (Error) for 3 seconds. Perform the operaton agan, takng the above condtons and nformaton nto account. Ths sgnallng also takes place f automatc devce replacement was actvated, wthout havng replaced a DALI operatng devce prevously. Page 19 of 257

20 Techncal data 3 Techncal data General Test mark KNX/EIB Ambent temperature C Storage/transport temperature C Fttng wdth 72 mm / 4 modules Supply Rated voltage AC V ~ Mans frequency 50 / 60 Hz Rated voltage DC V Power consumpton max. 6 W Power loss max. 3 W DALI Rated voltage DALI DC 16 V (typ.) Current typ. 128 ma, max. 200 ma for short perods Number of DALI subscrbers max. 64 DALI transmsson rate 1.2 kbt/s DALI protocol EN Cable type Sheathed cable 230 V, e,g. NYM Resstvty max. 8 Ω Resstvty (smple length) max. 4 Ω DALI cable lengths... wth Ø 1.5 mm² max. 300 m wth Ø 1.0 mm² max. 238 m wth Ø 0.75 mm² max. 174 m wth Ø 0.5 mm² max. 116 m Connecton of power supply and DALI Connecton mode sngle stranded Fnely stranded wthout conductor sleeve Fnely stranded wth conductor sleeve Screw termnal mm² mm² mm² KNX KNX medum TP 256 Commssonng mode S-mode Rated voltage KNX DC V SELV Current consumpton KNX ma Page 20 of 257

21 Software specfcaton 4 Software descrpton 4.1 Software specfcaton ETS search paths: Confguraton: - Illumnaton / Dmmer / DALI-Gateway Tunable Whte Plus S-mode standard Applcatons: No. Short descrpton Name Verson from mask verson 1 Language varant: German DALI Gateway TW C Language varant: Englsh DALI Gateway TW C Language varant: French DALI Gateway TW C Language varant: Spansh DALI Gateway TW C Language varant: Dutch DALI Gateway TW C for ETS3, Verson d onwards, ETS4 Verson 4.2 onwards, and ETS5 1.2 for ETS3, Verson d onwards, ETS4 Verson 4.2 onwards, and ETS5 1.3 for ETS3, Verson d onwards, ETS4 Verson 4.2 onwards, and ETS5 1.4 for ETS3, Verson d onwards, ETS4 Verson 4.2 onwards, and ETS5 1.5 for ETS3, Verson d onwards, ETS4 Verson 4.2 onwards, and ETS5 SystemB (07B0) SystemB (07B0) SystemB (07B0) SystemB (07B0) SystemB (07B0) Page 21 of 257

22 Software specfcaton 6 Language varant: Italan DALI Gateway TW C Language varant: Russan DALI Gateway TW C Language varant: Swedsh DALI Gateway TW C Language varant: Norwegan DALI Gateway TW C Language varant: Greek DALI Gateway TW C0201A 1.6 for ETS3, Verson d onwards, ETS4 Verson 4.2 onwards, and ETS5 1.7 for ETS3, Verson d onwards, ETS4 Verson 4.2 onwards, and ETS5 1.8 for ETS3, Verson d onwards, ETS4 Verson 4.2 onwards, and ETS5 1.9 for ETS3, Verson d onwards, ETS4 Verson 4.2 onwards, and ETS for ETS3, Verson d onwards, ETS4 Verson 4.2 onwards, and ETS5 SystemB (07B0) SystemB (07B0) SystemB (07B0) SystemB (07B0) SystemB (07B0) Page 22 of 257

23 Scope of functons 4.2 Software "DALI Gateway C0201x" Scope of functons General: - Swtchng and dmmng of a maxmum of 64 lghts wth a DALI operatng devce (e.g. electronc ballast). - Up to 6 dfferent addressng types allow group-orentated and ndvdually-address control of DALI lghts va KNX telegrams. - Up to 32 ndependent DALI groups are avalable for group addressng. For alternatve control, these can be supplemented wth 64 ndvdually-addressable DALI devce channels, as necessary. - Control support of DALI operatng devces of the devce type "Colour Control" (DALI Devce Type 8) n the specfc verson "Tunable Whte (TW)". Colour temperature control va relatve or absolute dmmng as well as va scenes and effects. The colour temperature control s largely ndependent of the brghtness control and lumnare used. - Optonal master control of all connected DALI components s possble (broadcast). Ths means that there s no need to commsson DALI, meanng that lghtng systems wth few functons can be started up quckly and easly (smplfed confguraton wthout DALI commssonng). - Manual operaton of the groups and sngle devces ndependent of the bus (also buldng ste operaton possble wth broadcast control). Control of the swtchng status and brghtness. - Feedback of DALI error status (1-byte or 2-byte accordng to the KNX standard) or DALI short-crcut and message that the supply voltage has faled. - Central swtchng functon. - Collectve feedback of all swtchng states possble. - Incorporaton of the groups and sngle devces nto up to 16 lght scenes. - Integraton of lghts or lght groups n the effect control for the mplementaton of dynamc lght scenes. Up to 16 effects are avalable here, each wth up to 16 effect steps. A tmer s avalable f necessary, whch means that ndvdual effects can be started and stopped dependng on the tme and weekday. Group and devce functons: - Each group and sngle devce offers the full scope of functons wthout any restrctons. All channel-orented functons can be parametersed separately for each group or sngle devce. Ths feature permts ndependent and mult-functonal control of the DALI operatng devces. - Feedback of swtchng and brghtness value: Actve (transmttng after changes or cyclcally to the bus) or passve (object readout) feedback functons. - Settng of the brghtness lmt values (mnmum brghtness, maxmum brghtness) possble. - Dmmng behavour and dmmng characterstcs confgurable. - Lamp preservng swtch on and swtch off (soft ON or soft OFF). - Dsablng functon, or alternatvely, forced poston functon s confgurable. Durng a dsablng functon, the flashng of lghts and sngle devces s not possble. - Tmng functons (swtch-on delay, swtch-off delay, starcase lghtng tmer, also wth prewarnng functon). - Operatng hours counter - DALI Power ON level (usng parameter "Behavour after bus voltage return") and DALI system falure level (usng parameter "Behavour n case of bus voltage falure) can be set. In emergency lghtng operaton, the DALI system falure level can also be confgured separately. Page 23 of 257

24 Scope of functons - Behavour n case of bus voltage falure and bus voltage return as well as after ETS programmng can be preset (for brghtness control). - For DALI operatng devces of the devce type "Colour Control" (DALI Devce Type 8) n the specfc verson "Tunable Whte (TW)": colour temperature control va absolute dmmng (2-byte communcaton object, colour temperature value n "K") and relatve dmmng (4-bt communcaton object), parametersable dmmng behavour, mnmum and maxmum colour temperature can be set, feedbacks for current and nvald colour temperature. Operaton of emergency lghts: - Integraton of the devce nto the DALI emergency lghtng systems. The DALI Gateway s able to ntegrate standard DALI operatng devces for lghtng control accordng to IEC (DALI System) and IEC (Control-Gear) nto centrally-suppled emergency lghtng systems as an emergency lght. - Scope of the centrally-suppled emergency operaton can be confgured (only emergency supply of the DALI system or, addtonally, of the KNX system or, addtonally, of the DALI Gateway). - Montorng for the falure of the general power supply? - Behavour at the end of emergency operaton can be set. - Brghtness and colour temperature (only wth DT 8) can be set separately when emergency operaton s actve. ETS plug-n: - Easy DALI commssonng, wthout addtonal software components. The dentfcaton, addressng and assgnment of DALI operatng devces takes place n the DALI commssonng envronment of the ETS plug-n. - Offlne DALI confguraton: Assgnment of sngle devces to groups also wthout programmng connecton to the devce. - The DALI short addresses can be nfluenced ndvdually. Wth the addton of group and devce names, unque namng of DALI operatng devces s possble n ths way. - Optonal testng of the DALI devce types when assgnng DALI operatng devces to programmed groups or sngle devces. If testng s enabled, the plug-n compares, durng assgnment as part of commssonng, the devce types determned by the operatng devces wth the specfcatons by the devce type parameters. Assgnment can only take place s there s agreement. Ths wll prevent functonal ncompatbltes after commssonng. When usng the tunable whte colour temperature control, the usage and testng of the DALI devce type s ntended to be unchangeable. - Compatblty mode to support non-dali-conformant operatng devces. Ths means that the commssonng process becomes dstnctly more tolerant towards specfc DALI commssonng parameters, whch means that operatng devces not fully complant wth the DALI specfcaton can be commssoned, possbly subject to functonal restrctons. In addton to ths, a DALI telegram rate lmt can be actvated n the ETS plug-n, meanng that adaptaton to non-dali-conformant operatng devces s possble. - Partal DALI commssonng: When usng ths functon, operatng devces that have already been found durng a DALI devce search are retaned even f these do not answer the Gateway (e.g. f the mans voltage supply of these operatng devces s swtched off or the DALI cable was dsconnected). Ths allows DALI systems to be partally commssoned. - Test functon of all created DALI groups or ndvdual DALI operatng devces: Central swtchng ON/OFF, sngle devce test (ON / OFF, brghtness specfcatons, colour temperature specfcatons, devce status), ndvdual group test (swtchng, dmmng) and scene and effect test. - Export and mport of a confguraton template n XML format. - Prnt functon to create a confguraton report (overvew of group assgnment or entre devce confguraton). Page 24 of 257

25 Notes on software Notes on software ETS project desgn and commssonng For project desgn and commssonng of ths devce, we recommend usng the ETS5. Project desgnng and commssonng of the devce usng ETS4 (from verson 4.2) ETS3 from verson "d" s also possble. Addtonal hardware or software s not requred for the confguraton and commssonng of the DALI Gateway. Each language varant has ts own verson of the applcaton program (for example: Verson 1.1. = German, 1.2 = Englsh). Safe-state mode If the devce - for nstance as a result of errors n the project desgn or durng commssonng - does not work properly, the executon of the loaded applcaton program can be halted by actvatng the safe-state mode. The safe-state mode does not permt control of the DALI operatng devces va the KNX. Only broadcast manual operaton can be actvated. The Gateway remans passve n safe-state mode, snce the applcaton program s not beng executed (state-of-executon: termnated). Only the system software s stll functonal so that the ETS dagnoss functons and also programmng of the devce contnue to be possble. Actvatng the safe-state mode o Swtch off the mans voltage supply. o Wat about one mnute. o Press and hold down the programmng button. o Swtch on the mans supply. Release the programmng button only after the programmng LED starts flashng slowly. The safe-state mode s actvated. The safe-state mode can be termnated by swtchng off the mans voltage supply (agan, wat approx. one mnute) or by programmng wth the ETS. The bus voltage does not have to be swtched on to actvate safe-state mode. Even n safe-state mode, a bref press of the programmng button can swtch the programmng mode on and off as usual. The programmng LED then stops flashng, even though safe-state mode s stll actve. Safe-state mode must also frst be exted, n order to restore normal operaton of the DALI Gateway. Unloadng the applcaton program The applcaton program can be unloaded wth the ETS. In ths case, only broadcast manual operaton of the connected DALI operatng devces s possble. Page 25 of 257

26 Object table Object table Objects for group and sngle devces Functon: Swtchng Object h 1, , Functon Swtchng Name Group / Sngle devce Type 1-bt DPT Flag C, W, -, (R) 1 Descrpton 1-bt object for swtchng on or off ("1" = swtch on; "0" = swtch off). Functon: Output, relatve dmmng brghtness Object h 2, , Functon Dmmng Name Group / Sngle devce Type 4-bt DPT Flag C, W, -, (R) 1 Descrpton 4-bt object for relatve dmmng of the brghtness. Functon: Output, absolute dmmng brghtness Object h 3, , Functon Brghtness value Name Group / Sngle devce Type 1 bytes DPT Flag C, W, -, (R) 1 Descrpton 1-byte object for predefnng an absolute dmmng value (brghtness value 0 255) from the bus. Functon: Absolute dmmng feedback of brghtness Object h 4, , Functon Feedback Brghtness value Name Group / Sngle devce Type 1 bytes DPT Flag C, -, (T), (R) 2 Descrpton 1-byte object for feedback sgnallng of a set dmmng value (brghtness value 0 255) to the bus. Functon: Swtchng feedback Object h 5, , Functon Feedback Swtchng Name Group / Sngle devce Type 1-bt DPT Flag C, -, (T), (R) 2 Descrpton 1-bt object for gvng feedback on the swtchng state ("1" = Swtched on, "0" = Swtched off) to the bus. 1: For readng, the R-flag must be set. The last value wrtten to the object va the bus wll be read. 2: The communcaton flags are set automatcally dependng on the confguraton. "T" flag for actve object; "R" flat for passve object. Page 26 of 257

27 Object table Functon: Starcase functon Object h 6, , Functon Starcase functon start / stop Name Group / Sngle devce Type 1-bt DPT Flag C, W, -, (R) 1 Descrpton 1-bt object to actvate or deactvate the swtch-on tme of the starcase functon ("1" = swtch-on / "0" = swtch-off). Functon: Starcase functon Object h 7, , Functon Starcase tme Factor Name Group / Sngle devce Type 1 bytes DPT Flag C, W, -, (R) 1 Descrpton 1-byte object to specfy a tme factor for the swtch-on tme of the starcase functon (value range: ). Functon: Operatng hours counter Object h 8, , Functon OHC start/lmtng value 2 Name Group / Sngle devce Type 2 bytes DPT Flag C, W, -, (R) 1 Descrpton 2-byte object for external specfcaton of a lmt value / startng value of the operatng hours counter (value range: ). Functon: Operatng hours counter Object h 9, , Functon OHC restart Name Group / Sngle devce Type 1-bt DPT Flag C, W, -, (R) 1 Descrpton 1-bt object for resettng the operatng hours counter ("1" = restart, "0" = no reacton). Functon: Operatng hours counter Object Functon Name Type DPT Flag h 10, , OHC value Group / Sngle devce bytes C, -, T, (R) 3 Descrpton 2-byte object to transmt or read out the current counter level of the operatng hours counter. If the bus voltage should fal, the value of the communcaton object s not lost and s actvely transmtted to the bus after bus voltage return or an ETS programmng operaton. In the as-delvered state, the value s "0". 1: For readng, the R-flag must be set. The last value wrtten to the object va the bus wll be read. 2: Threshold value object or start value object dependng on the confgured counter type of the operatng hours counter. 3: For readng, the R-flag must be set. The last value wrtten to the object va the bus or by the devce wll be read. Page 27 of 257

28 Object table Functon: Operatng hours counter Object Functon Name Type DPT Flag h 11, , OHC elapsed Group / Sngle devce bt C, -, T, (R) 1 Descrpton 1-bt object to sgn that the operatng hours counter has elapsed (forwards counter = lmt value reached / backwards counter = value "0" reached). Wth a message, the object value s actvely transmtted to the bus ("1" = message actve / "0" = message nactve). If the bus voltage should fal, the value of the communcaton object s not lost and s actvely transmtted to the bus after bus voltage return or an ETS programmng operaton. Functon: Dsablng functon Object Functon Name Type DPT Flag h 12, , Dsablng Group / Sngle devce bt C, W, -, (R) 2 Descrpton 1-bt object for actvaton and deactvaton of the dsablng functon (polarty confgurable). Functon: Forced poston functon Object Functon Name Type DPT Flag h 13, , Forced poston Group / Sngle devce bt C, W, -, (R) 2 Descrpton 2-bt object for actvatng or deactvatng the forced poston. The polarty s fxed by the telegram. Functon: Output, absolute dmmng of colour temperature Object Functon Name Type DPT Flag h 1547-, , Absolute colour temperature(k) Group / Sngle devce bytes C, W, -, (R) 2 Descrpton 2-byte object for presettng an absolute colour temperature value wthn the lmts of the mnmum and maxmum colour temperature (confgurable) of the bus. Functon: Output, relatve dmmng of colour temperature Object Functon Name Type DPT Flag h 1548-, , Relatve colour temperature Group / Sngle devce bt C, W, -, (R) 2 Descrpton 4-bt object for relatve dmmng of the colour temperature. 1: For readng, the R-flag must be set. The last value wrtten to the object va the bus or by the devce wll be read. 2: For readng, the R-flag must be set. The last value wrtten to the object va the bus wll be read. Page 28 of 257

29 Object table Functon: Absolute dmmng feedback of colour temperature Object Functon Name Type DPT Flag h 1549-, , FB absolute colour temper.(k) Group / Sngle devce bytes C, -, (T), (R) 1 Descrpton 2-byte object for feedback sgnallng of a set colour temperature to the bus. Functon: Absolute dmmng feedback of colour temperature Object Functon Name Type DPT Flag h 1550-, , RM nvald colour temp. Group / Sngle devce bt C, -, (T), (R) 1 Descrpton 1-bt object for feedback sgnallng of an nvaldly set colour temperature ("1" = colour temperature nvald, "0" = colour temperature vald) va the object "Absolute colour temperature (K)". A colour temperature set externally s nvald f ths volates the set lmts of the mnmum and maxmum colour temperature. After a devce reset (ETS programmng operaton, mans voltage return), the status "vald colour temperature" s always transmtted f an object s actvely transmttng. 1: The communcaton flags are set automatcally dependng on the confguraton. "T" flag for actve object; "R" flat for passve object. Page 29 of 257

30 Object table Objects for scenes and effects Functon: Scene functon Object h 1505 Functon Extenson nput Name Scenes Type 1 bytes DPT Flag C, W, -, (R) 1 Descrpton 1-byte object for recallng scenes (Bt 7 deleted) or for storng new scene values (Bt 7 set). Bts carry the confgurable KNX scene number ( > KNX scene number ). Functon: Effect control Object Functon Name Type DPT Flag h Start / Stop Effect bt C, W, -, (R) 1 Descrpton 1-bt object to start and stop ndvdual effects ("1" = Start effect, "0" = Stop effect). Effects can run smultaneously and also nfluence each other, provded that the same groups, sngle devces or scenes are ntegrated n the effect steps. Functon: Effect control Object h 1523 Functon Extenson nput Name Effects Type 1 bytes DPT Flag C, W, -, (R) 1 Descrpton 1-bt object to start (Bt 7 deleted) and stop (Bt 7 set) ndvdual effects. Bts carry the confgurable KNX effect number ( > KNX effect number ). Functon: Effect control Object h 1545 Functon Tme Name Effects Type 3 bytes DPT Flag C, W, -, (R) 1 Descrpton 3-byte object for provdng the current tme and current weekday for the tmer functon of the effect control. If no vald weekday s transmtted n the telegram, the tmer executes the confgured tmes for startng and stoppng ndvdual effects daly. Ths object s only avalable wth the confgured "3-byte" tme data format! 1: For readng, the R-flag must be set. The last value wrtten to the object va the bus wll be read. Page 30 of 257

31 Object table Functon: Effect control Object h 1546 Functon Tme / date Name Effects Type 8 bytes DPT Flag C, W, -, (R) 1 Descrpton Combned 8-byte object for provdng the current tme and current weekday for the tmer functon of the effect control. If no vald weekday s transmtted n the telegram, the tmer executes the confgured tmes for startng and stoppng ndvdual effects daly. The date transmtted n the telegram s not evaluated by the tmer. Ths object s only avalable wth the confgured "8-byte" tme data format! Functon: Effect control Object Functon Name Type DPT Flag h Dsablng tmer Effect bt C, W, -, (R) 1 Descrpton 1-bt object for actvatng and deactvatng the dsablng functon of an effect (polarty confgurable). These objects are avalable f dsablng functons of ndvdual effects are enabled! 1: For readng, the R-flag must be set. The last value wrtten to the object va the bus wll be read. Page 31 of 257

32 Object table Object for emergency lghtng Functon: Emergency lghtng Object h 1538 Functon Falure of external supply Name Emergency lghtng Type 1-bt DPT Flag C, W, -, (R) 1 Descrpton Usng ths 1-bt object, a dfferent KNX bus devce (e.g. bnary nput) can nform the DALI Gateway that the general mans voltage supply has faled. Wth ths, the Gateway then actvates emergency operaton. "1" = Mans voltage has faled, "0" = Mans voltage avalable. To allow telegram transmsson and evaluaton, the KNX system and the mans voltage supply of the DALI Gateway must be ntegrated n the central emergency power supply. Functon: Emergency lghtng Object h 1539 Functon Feedback Falure of supply Name Emergency lghtng Type 1-bt DPT Flag C, -, T, (R) 2 Descrpton Usng ths 1-bt object, the DALI Gateway can nform other bus devces that the general mans voltage supply has faled. Accordng to the confguraton, the Gateway obtans the nformaton for ths from the object "Falure, external supply" and/or from the nternal falure message of the DALI system. Other bus devces evaluatng ths feedback (e.g. other KNX DALI Gateways) can then respond approprately and also actvate emergency operaton. "1" = Mans voltage has faled, "0" = Mans voltage avalable. To allow telegram transmsson and evaluaton, the KNX system and the mans power supples of the DALI Gateway must be ntegrated n the central emergency power supply. Functon: Emergency lghtng Object h 1540 Functon Emergency operaton extern msg Name Emergency lghtng Type 1-bt DPT Flag C, W, -, (R) 1 Descrpton Usng ths 1-bt object, a dfferent KNX bus devce (e.g. another DALI Gateway -> lnk to the object "Feedback, supply falure") can nform the DALI Gateway that emergency operaton has been actvated. Through ths, the Gateway then actvates emergency operaton, wthout havng to dentfy the falure of the general mans voltage supply tself. "1" = Mans voltage has faled / Actvate emergency operaton, "0" = Mans voltage avalable / Deactvate emergency operaton. To allow telegram transmsson and evaluaton, the KNX system and the mans voltage supply of the DALI Gateway must be ntegrated n the central emergency power supply. 1: For readng, the R-flag must be set. The last value wrtten to the object va the bus wll be read. 2: For readng, the R-flag must be set. The last value wrtten to the object va the bus or by the devce wll be read. Page 32 of 257

33 Object table Functon: Emergency lghtng Object h 1541 Functon Feedbk emerg. operaton status Name Emergency lghtng Type 1-bt DPT Flag C, -, (T), (R) 1 Descrpton The DALI Gateway uses ths 1-bt object to sgnal that emergency operaton has been actvated. Ths allows other KNX bus devces to be nformed about emergency operaton n order to control dsplays for users (e.g. n a vsualsaton) or to carry out further actons (e.g. remote forwardng va the telephone or IP data network through sutable KNX components). "1" = Emergency operaton actve, "0" = Emergency operaton nactve. To allow telegram transmsson and evaluaton, the KNX system and the mans power supples of the DALI Gateway must be ntegrated n the central emergency power supply. Functon: Emergency lghtng Object h 1542 Functon Feedback emerg. lghts overall Name Emergency lghtng Type 1-bt DPT Flag C, -, (T), (R) 1 Descrpton The DALI Gateway uses ths 1-bt object to sgnalse the complete status of all DALI lghts ntegrated nto emergency operaton. If the Gateway only detects a malfuncton of only one operatng devce or of multple operatng devces, t wll set the object value to "1". Otherwse (error-free system), the object value s set to "0". Ths allows the central dsplay of the complete status of a DALI emergency lghtng system, e.g. on a KNX vsualsaton, meanng that further analyses (e.g. evaluaton of the error statuses) can be carred out. An error s also present when the Gateway can no longer set up communcaton to an operatng devce ntegrated n emergency operaton. 1: The communcaton flags are set automatcally dependng on the confguraton. "T" flag for actve object; "R" flat for passve object. Page 33 of 257

34 Object table Objects for general functons Functon: DALI functon montorng Object h 1524 Functon Feedback Name Error status n DALI system Type 1-bt DPT Flag C, -, (T). (R) 1 Descrpton 1-bt object for global feedback of errors n the DALI system. The DALI Gateway polls the error status of all DALI operatng devces cyclcally. If t dentfes an error, the object value of ths object s set to "1". The object value s "0" f all the operatng devces are workng wthout errors. Ths allows the central dsplay of the overall error status of a DALI system, e.g. on a KNX vsualsaton, meanng that further analyses (e.g. evaluaton of the error status for each DALI operatng devce) can be carred out. Functon: DALI functon montorng Object h 1525 Functon Indcaton Name Voltage falure n the DALI system Type 1-bt DPT 1,005 Flag C, -, T, (R) 2 Descrpton 1-bt object for sgnallng a mans voltage falure on the DALI Gateway ("0" = Mans voltage avalable, "1" = Mans voltage falure). Functon: DALI functon montorng Object h 1527 Functon Indcaton Name Short-crcut n the DALI system Type 1-bt DPT 1,005 Flag C, -, T, (R) 2 Descrpton 1-bt object for sgnallng a short-crcut on the DALI cable ("0" = No short-crcut, "1" = Short-crcut). Functon: Central functon Object h 1528 Functon Swtchng Name Central functon for groups and devces Type 1-bt DPT Flag C, W, -, (R) 3 Descrpton 1-bt object for central swtchng of assgned DALI groups and channels. The telegram polarty can be confgured. 1: The communcaton flags are set automatcally dependng on the confguraton. "T" flag for actve object; "R" flat for passve object. 2: For readng, the R-flag must be set. The last value wrtten to the object va the bus or by the devce wll be read. 3: For readng, the R-flag must be set. The last value wrtten to the object va the bus wll be read. Page 34 of 257

35 Object table Functon: Manual operaton Object h 1529 Functon Dsablng Name Manual operaton Type 1-bt DPT Flag C, W, -, (R) 1 Descrpton 1-bt object for dsablng the buttons for manual control on the devce. The telegram polarty can be confgured. Functon: Manual operaton Object h 1530 Functon Status Name Manual operaton Type 1-bt DPT Flag C, -, T, (R) 2 Descrpton 1-bt object for manual control status transmsson. The object s "0", when manual control s deactvated (bus control). The object s "1", when manual control s beng actvated. You can confgure whether the temporary or the permanent manual control wll be ndcated as status nformaton or not. Functon: Status sgnal Object h 1531 Functon Feedback Name Standby swtch off DALI/Global swtchng status Type 1-bt DPT Flag C, -, (T), (R) 3 Descrpton 1-bt object for global feedback of the swtchng status of all planned DALI groups and devces. The object value s "1" f at least one DALI group or one DALI sngle devce s swtched on (brghtness value > 0). The object value s "0" f all the DALI groups or DALI sngle devces are swtched off (brghtness value = 0). Optonally, the object value can be evaluated and transmtted after a delay. If the delay tme s used, ths object can be used for standby swtch-off of the DALI system. For ths, ths object can be connected, for example, to a KNX swtchng actuator, whch swtches the mans power supply of all the DALI operatng devces (not of the DALI Gateway!). If the global swtchng status s "0", the actuator wll dsconnect all the operatng devces from the network, savng electrcal energy. The mans voltage s swtched on automatcally, as soon as the Gateway s to swtch on at least one operatng devce by DALI command. The tme between the transmsson of ths feedback (swtchng on the mans voltage) and the transmsson of the DALI command can be confgured n the ETS (tme to restart the DALI devces). 1: For readng, the R-flag must be set. The last value wrtten to the object va the bus wll be read. 2: For readng, the R-flag must be set. The last value wrtten to the object va the bus or by the devce wll be read. 3: The communcaton flags are set automatcally dependng on the confguraton. "T" flag for actve object; "R" flat for passve object. Page 35 of 257

36 Object table Functon: Collectve feedback Object h 1532 Functon Feedback swtchng status Name Collectve feedback groups 1-16 Type 4 bytes DPT 27,001 Flag C, -, (T), (R) 1 Descrpton 4-byte object for collectve feedback of ndvdual swtchng states. The collectve feedback summarses the swtchng status of the DALI groups n just one telegram. The object contans bt-orentated feedback nformaton of these ndvdual groups. Ths object s only vsble f the addressng type set n the ETS allows for group control. Functon: Collectve feedback Object h 1533 Functon Feedback swtchng status Name Collectve feedback groups Type 4 bytes DPT Flag C, -, (T), (R) 1 Descrpton 4-byte object for collectve feedback of ndvdual swtchng states. The collectve feedback summarses the swtchng states of the DALI groups n just one telegram. The object contans bt-orentated feedback nformaton of these ndvdual groups. Ths object s only vsble f the addressng type set n the ETS allows for group control Functon: Collectve feedback Object h 1534 Functon Feedback swtchng status Name Collectve feedback sngle devces1-16 Type 4 bytes DPT Flag C, -, (T), (R) 1 Descrpton 4-byte object for collectve feedback of ndvdual swtchng states. The collectve feedback summarses the swtchng status of the DALI sngle devces n just one telegram. The object contans bt-orentated feedback nformaton of these sngle devces. Ths object s only vsble f the addressng type set n the ETS allows for sngle devce control. Functon: Collectve feedback Object h 1535 Functon Feedback swtchng status Name Collectve feedback sngle devces17-32 Type 4 bytes DPT Flag C, -, (T), (R) 1 Descrpton 4-byte object for collectve feedback of ndvdual swtchng states. The collectve feedback summarses the swtchng states of the DALI sngle devces n just one telegram. The object contans bt-orentated feedback nformaton of these sngle devces. Ths object s only vsble f the addressng type set n the ETS allows for sngle devce control. 1: The communcaton flags are set automatcally dependng on the confguraton. "T" flag for actve object; "R" flat for passve object. Page 36 of 257

37 Object table Functon: Collectve feedback Object h 1536 Functon Feedback swtchng status Name Collectve feedback sngle devces33-48 Type 4 bytes DPT Flag C, -, (T), (R) 1 Descrpton 4-byte object for collectve feedback of ndvdual swtchng states. The collectve feedback summarses the swtchng status of the DALI sngle devces n just one telegram. The object contans bt-orentated feedback nformaton of these sngle devces. Ths object s only vsble f the addressng type set n the ETS allows for sngle devce control. Functon: Collectve feedback Object h 1537 Functon Feedback swtchng status Name Collectve feedback sngle devces49-64 Type 4 bytes DPT Flag C, -, (T), (R) 1 Descrpton 4-byte object for collectve feedback of ndvdual swtchng states. The collectve feedback summarses the swtchng status of the DALI sngle devces n just one telegram. The object contans bt-orentated feedback nformaton of these sngle devces. Ths object s only vsble f the addressng type set n the ETS allows for sngle devce control. Functon: DALI functon montorng Object h 1543 Functon Feedback Name Error status per DALI operatng devce Type 1 bytes DPT Flag C, W, T, (R) 2,3 Descrpton 1-byte object to transmt and read out the error status of ndvdual DALI operatng devces connected to the system. The followng bt assgnment s used: Bt 0...5: Number of the DALI operatng devce (0...63) Bt 6: Lamp error ("0" = No error, "1" = Error) Bt 7: Electronc ballast error ("0" = No error, "1" = Error) When operatng as a passve status object, ths object can always receve telegrams (ValueWrte) as a transmsson request. A receved telegram s answered mmedately by ths object (ValueWrte) by transmttng the quered error status as an answer. In the query telegram, Bts must contan the number of the electronc ballast (number of electronc ballast error status = short address - 1). Bts 6 and 7 must be set to "1". Otherwse, the query telegram wll be gnored. 1: The communcaton flags are set automatcally dependng on the confguraton. "T" flag for actve object; "R" flat for passve object. 2: The communcaton flags are set automatcally dependng on the confguraton. "T" flag for actve object; "S" and "T" flag for passve object. 3: For readng, the R-flag must be set. The last value wrtten to the object va the bus or by the devce wll be read. Page 37 of 257

38 Object table Functon: DALI functon montorng Object h 1544 Functon Feedback Name KNX error status per DALI operatng devce Type 2 bytes DPT Flag C, W, T, (R) 1,2 Descrpton 2-byte object to transmt and read out the error status of ndvdual DALI operatng devces connected to the system, accordng to the KNX standard. The error states of all the devces of a DALI group can also be transferred or read out collectvely. The followng bt assgnment s used: Bt 0...5: Number of the DALI operatng devce (0...63) or of the DALI group (0...15). Bt 6: Address bt ("0" = Indvdual operatng devce addressed, "1" = Group addressed) Bt 7: Transmsson request ("0" = No transmsson request / Response or spontaneous telegram, "1" = Transmsson request) Bt 8: Lamp error ("0" = No error, "1" = Error) Bt 9: Electronc ballast error ("0" = No error, "1" = Error) Bt 10: Converter error ("0" = No error, "1" = Error) When operatng as a passve status object, ths object can always receve telegrams (ValueWrte) as a transmsson request (Bt 7 = "1"). A receved telegram s answered mmedately by ths object (ValueWrte) by transmttng the quered error status as an answer. In the query telegram, Bts must contan the number of the electronc ballast (number of electronc ballast error status = short address - 1) or that of the group (number of group error status = DALI group number - 1). Bt 6 must show whether ths s sngle devce addressng or group addressng. The states of Bts n the transmsson request are rrelevant. 1: The communcaton flags are set automatcally dependng on the confguraton. "T" flag for actve object; "S" and "T" flag for passve object. 2: For readng, the R-flag must be set. The last value wrtten to the object va the bus or by the devce wll be read. Page 38 of 257

39 Functonal descrpton Functonal descrpton Applcaton bascs DALI system and addressng types DALI system The DALI Gateway forms the nterface between a KNX buldng nstallaton and a DALI (Dgtal Addressable Lghtng Interface) lghtng system. Usually, DALI systems are room-orentated and cover hgh functonal lght management requrements, for example n offces, tranng or conference rooms. Wth these applcatons, t s often necessary also to ntegrate the roomorentated DALI system nto the mult-buldng KNX devce technology. In ths way, not only the control of the DALI lght system usng KNX sensor components becomes possble, but also the ntegraton of the buldng-sde blnd, heatng and ar condtonng systems nto the lght management. Fgure 9: Prncple overvew of a KNX-DALI system ntegraton (example) Wthn the system, the DALI Gateway functons as a master control component (master controller), whch also guarantees the power supply of the DALI nterface. The DALI operatng devces, e.g. DALI electronc ballasts, work as command recevers (slaves), whch only return states or status messages to the master on request. It s the sole task of the DALI Gateway to transmt control commands receved from the KNX onto the DALI cable and to check the operatng devces. The use of addtonal DALI control components n multmaster operaton, for Page 39 of 257

40 Functonal descrpton example an addtonal DALI central unt, a DALI potentometer or push-buttons swtchng mans voltage, s superfluous and can, ndvdual cases, lead to malfunctons n the DALI system. For ths reason, t s necessary to remove other control components from the system, partcularly when refttng exstng DALI systems. The DALI system s then fully controlled by components of the KNX. Communcaton between the KNX system and the DALI nterface takes place bdrectonally va the DALI Gateway. On the one hand, the Gateway receves telegrams from the KNX, whch ether nfluence the brghtness status of a DALI group or of ndvdual operatng devces drectly (e.g. through swtchng, dmmng, brghtness value specfcaton or scene recall) or adjust t ndrectly (e.g. through tme, dsablng or forced poston functons or by recallng effects). Internally, the DALI Gateway always determnes the current brghtness states of the groups and sngle devces and forwards brghtness commands to the DALI operatng devces, whch then set themselves to the approprate brghtness. On the other hand, the nternally-tracked swtchng or brghtness states of the groups and sngle devces can be fed back to the KNX. The transfer of the status nformaton of the DALI operatng devces (lamp error, electronc ballast error) or the Gateway (mans voltage falure, DALI short-crcut, emergency operaton) to the bus s possble. The DALI Gateway supports the control of DALI operatng devces of the devce type "Colour Control" (DALI Devce Type 8) n the specfc verson "Tunable Whte (TW)". Ths makes t possble to also control the colour temperature of a DALI lamp by means of sutable DALI operatng devces and lumnares. The Gateway allows the colour temperature control va relatve or absolutes dmmng. The colour temperature control s largely ndependent of the brghtness control and lumnare used. Groups or sngle devces can be optonally ntegrated nto 16 ndependent scenes. Wthn a scene, brghtness values can be confgured separately n the ETS for each DALI group or for ndvdual brghtness values and colour temperatures or adjusted at any tme later durng operaton usng scene memory telegrams. In partcular, for the mplementaton of dynamc lght scenes, t s possble to nclude lghts or lght groups n the effect control of the DALI Gateway. Up to 16 effects are avalable here, each wth up to 16 effect steps. Each effect step represents an ndvdual lght scene. Tme-controlled togglng of the effect steps makes the overall effect dynamc. Brghtness and colour temperature sequences can be mplemented usng one or more DALI groups, but also usng ndvdual DALI devces or scenes. Addressng types A DALI system can address a maxmum of 64 operatng devces, although the Gateway tself does not count as an operatng devce. Up to 6 dfferent addressng types allow grouporentated and ndvdually-address control of DALI lghts va KNX telegrams. Dependng on the confguraton, up to 32 ndependent DALI groups are avalable for group addressng. For alternatve control, these can be supplemented wth 64 ndvdually-addressable DALI devce channels, as necessary... - Master control: Wth master control, all the connected DALI components are controlled by a broadcast command (Fgure 10). Ths means that there s no need to commsson DALI, meanng that lghtng systems wth few functons can be started up quckly and easly (smplfed confguraton wthout DALI commssonng). Wth central addressng, some functons are not avalable (no emergency lghts can be contacted, no error status read out, no collectve feedback). Page 40 of 257

41 Functonal descrpton Central control Fgure 10: Example of a master control (broadcast) - Only one group - Group control : Durng DALI commssonng or offlne confguraton, the max. 64 DALI operatng devces are assgned to any dfferent groups of the Gateway. For ths any number of DALI operatng devces can be assgned to each group (1...16). On the DALI sde, addressng takes place usng group addresses, whch the Gateway confgures nvsbly for the user and manages on ts own. Durng DALI commssonng, the operatng devces concerned are automatcally programmed accordngly. Through the use of group addresses (multcast), the reacton tme of the DALI subscrbers n ths type of addressng s short - partcularly n large-scale systems. In the plannng example (Fgure 11), each of the lghts shown has a DALI operatng devce. Four lghts are n the same group. The lghts combned n ths way can be controlled jontly usng the KNX. Page 41 of 257

42 Functonal descrpton Group 3 Group 2 Group 1 Fgure 11: Example of group control wth three groups - all lghts wth group addressng - Group control : In ths addressng type too, durng DALI commssonng or offlne confguraton, the max. 64 DALI operatng devces are assgned to dfferent groups of the Gateway. For ths, any number of DALI operatng devces can be assgned to groups On the DALI sde, addressng takes place usng group addresses, meanng that the reacton tme of the DALI subscrbers n groups s short. In contrast, only up to two DALI operatng devces can be assgned to groups Snce there are no DALI group addresses for these groups, DALI addressng takes place usng the devce short addresses, whch means that the operatng devces are addressed, and thus contacted, ndvdually. In partcular, n large systems wth multple subscrbers addressed by short address, the reacton tme s slower than wth group addressng, as addressng takes place ndvdually and n sequence. In the plannng example (Fgure 12), each of the lghts shown has a DALI operatng devce. In the rght-hand and mddle areas of the room are two groups, each wth four lghts. Here, use of groups s advsable. In another area of the room, a total of four lghts s ntegrated nto two further groups. Each of these groups contans two lghts. Here, use of groups s advsable, n partcular f the lower groups are to comprse multple operatng devces (e.g. n other rooms). When ntegratng up to two lghts nto a group, t s wse to use groups , provded that no fast reacton tmes are expected. If ths addressng type s used, the ntegraton of two operatng devces each n up to 32 groups allows addressng of 64 subscrbers va group control. Page 42 of 257

43 Functonal descrpton The devce short addresses are always assgned n the parameter confguraton of the sngle devces and can thus be nfluenced. Short addresses must be unque. Ths means that addresses may not appear multple tmes n a DALI system. The ETS plug-n of the DALI Gateway checks the edtng of short addresses and checks that they are unque. Group 17 Group 2 Group 1 Group 18 Fgure 12: Example of group control wth four groups - Lghts n groups 17 and 18 wth ndvdual addresses - Group control and group control : In ths addressng type, the operatng devces n groups are controlled usng DALI group addresses, as descrbed above for group control. In addton, other DALI operatng devces can be addressed ndvdually as sngle devces. The addressng of these devces takes place ndvdually usng the devce short addresses. In the plannng example (Fgure 13), each of the lghts shown has a DALI operatng devce. In the rght-hand and mddle areas of the room are two groups. Here, use of groups s advsable. In another area of the room, two more lghts are nstalled, each of whch s to be controlled separately. Here, use of sngle addressng s advsable. DALI operatng devces can ether be ntegrated only n sngle devce addressng, or alternatvely, n group addressng. It s not possble to control an operatng devce wth both addressng types. Operatng devces ntegrated n group control can no longer be addressed as a sngle devce. The reverse case apples n the same manner. Page 43 of 257

44 Functonal descrpton In partcular, n large systems wth multple ndvdual subscrbers, the reacton tme s slower than wth pure group control, as addressng takes place ndvdually and n sequence. If multple DALI operatng devces are to react dentcally to KNX commands (smultaneous swtch-on or swtch-off, dentcal brghtness specfcatons), then - f possble - group addressng or scene control of these subscrbers s preferable. Group 2 Group 1 Sngle unt 1 Sngle unt 2 Fgure 13: Example of group and sngle devce control - Group control and group control : Ths addressng type behaves n exactly the same way as the "Group control and devce control " addressng, wth the dfference that groups are also avalable. Here too, groups can only be assgned to up to two DALI operatng devces. In ths case too, as there are no DALI group addresses, DALI addressng takes place usng the devce short addresses, meanng that the operatng devces are addressed, and thus contacted, ndvdually. - Devce control : Ths addressng type only allows control of up to 64 sngle devces. DALI group addressng s not possble. As wth the other addressng types wth devce control, the addressng of the devces takes place ndvdually usng the devce short addresses. It s advsable to use ths addressng type f all operatng devces are to be controlled ndvdually, for example, and group control s therefore not approprate. Page 44 of 257

45 Functonal descrpton Sngle unt 1 Sngle unt 2 Sngle unt 3 Sngle unt 4 Sngle unt 5 Sngle unt 6 Sngle unt 7 Sngle unt 8 Sngle unt 9 Sngle unt 10 Sngle unt 11 Sngle unt 12 Fgure 14: Example of sngle devce control - All the DALI operatng devces can be controlled ndvdually Specal case: Multple assgnment of DALI operatng devces to dfferent groups For specal cases, t s possble to assgn operatng devces for group control to more than just one DALI group. In the standard case, assgnment of a DALI operatng devce s only possble n one devce. Ths makes devce assgnment clear, and the unque assgnment means that there are no group overlaps and, as a result, no nfluencng of confguraton and feedback values. If necessary, multple group assgnment can be enabled as an alternatve. For ths, the checkbox "Hde prevously assgned DALI devces" must be deselected n the Commssonng dalog of the plug-n (by default, ths checkbox s set). Ths means that t s then possble to assgn DALI operatng devces to more than just one group durng onlne commssonng. Multple assgnment of operatng devces as part of offlne commssonng (creaton of new sngle devces n the tree structure of a group) s not possble. When edtng the short address n the parameter node of a group-related electronc ballast, no addresses can be entered that have already been entered for electronc ballasts of other groups. Multple assgnment of DALI operatng devces to dfferent sngle devces of the project desgn (devce control) s not possble. DALI operatng devces can always be assgned to any group. However, we do not recommend assgnng the operatng devces to multple groups on the DALI sde. It s better to splt the devces up nto separate, non-overlappng groups and to create a KNX-sde lnk usng the group addressng n the ETS. Page 45 of 257

46 Functonal descrpton Group 2 Group 1 Group 17 Fgure 15: Example of multple assgnment of operatng devces - Here: Group 1 overlaps wth Group 2 and Group 17 DALI operatng devces assgned to multple groups always set themselves to the most recent status set usng one of the assgned groups. In ths case, feedback of the swtchng status, brghtness value or colour temperature of a group cannot always be clear. The followng examples explan ths behavour (Fgure 15): Example 1: Group 1 s set to 10 % brghtness. After ths, Group 2 s dmmed to 20 % brghtness. The lghts of Group 2 assume the most recently recalled brghtness value: 20 %. The feedback of Group 1 remans at 10 %, although some of the operatng devces belongng to the group were set to 20 % brghtness. Example 2: Group 1 s swtched on and sets tself to the brghtness value 100 %. The status of Group 2 nternally n the DALI Gateway remans at 0 % brghtness (OFF). Now Group 2 s made brghter. The lghts of Group 2 adopt the dmmng behavour (becomng brghter from mnmum brghtness), although these lghts have already been swtched on by Group 1. If DALI operatng devces are assgned to multple groups and these groups were assgned to a shared scene, then all operatng devces wll adjust to the brghtness value or colour temperature value specfed by the group wth the hghest number. Example: An electronc ballast was assgned to Groups 1 and 2. Both groups are assgned to Scene 1. When the scene s recalled, Group 1 s to set tself to 10 % and Group 2 to 20 % brghtness. When Scene 1 s recalled, the electronc ballast s set to 20 %, as Group 2 has the hgher group number. Page 46 of 257

47 DALI devce type Optonally, the assgnment of DALI operatng devces to programmed groups or sngle devces can be supplemented by testng of the DALI devce types. If testng s enabled, the plug-n compares, durng assgnment as part of commssonng, the devce types determned by the operatng devces wth the specfcatons by the devce type parameters. Assgnment can only take place f there s agreement. Ths wll prevent functonal ncompatbltes after commssonng. The functon for testng the DALI devce types s enabled by the "Use 'DALI devce type' settng?" parameter n the "General" parameter node when t s set to "yes". Ths ETS plug-n allows testng and assgnment of the DALI devce types lsted n the followng table... Number of DALI devce type Name 0 Ballast for fluorescent lamps 2 Ballast for dscharge lamps 3 Ballast for LV halogen lamps 4 Ballast for Incandescent lamps 6 LED module 7 only swtchable ballast 8 Control gear for colour control (Tunable Whte) 255 Multtype Supported DALI devce types for enabled testng Software "DALI Gateway C0201x" Functonal descrpton Devce types not contaned n the above table (e.g. type "1 - emergency lght, sngle-batteryoperated" or "9 - Sequencer") are dentfed by the DALI Gateway, although they cannot be assgned to a group or any sngle devce durng DALI commssonng, f devce type testng s actvated. For ntegraton of DALI operatng devces accordng to devce type 8 (Tunable Whte): If operatng devces accordng to devce type 8 n the specfc verson "Tunable Whte (TW)" are used, the ETS plug-n of the Gateway checks the DALI devce type ndcated by the nstalled operatng devce (electronc ballast found) as part of the devce assgnment durng DALI commssonng. Testng of the DALI devce type s then essental and therefore cannot be swtched off n the ETS plug-n for ntegraton of tunable whte lumnares. Ths avods ncorrect assgnments. Some DALI operatng devces have the devce type "Multtype". Such devces can be ntegrated nto the tunable whte functon provded that these are enabled for ths applcaton. The ETS plug-n dentfes ths by readng out specfc propertes durng DALI commssonng. There are multtypes that are unsutable for tunable whte controls. Page 47 of 257

48 DALI emergency lghtng systems Software "DALI Gateway C0201x" Functonal descrpton The DALI Gateway can be ntegrated nto DALI emergency lghtng systems. It allows nterference-free operaton of operatng devces, general lghtng systems and emergency lghtng operatng devces of the same DALI system. The devce s able to ntegrate standard DALI operatng devces for lghtng control accordng to IEC (DALI System) and IEC (Control Gear) nto centrally-suppled emergency lghtng systems as an emergency lght. The statutory and standard specfcatons vary from country to country. In any event, the user / techncal planner should check whether the specfc specfcatons should be mantaned. No emergency lghts wth specal DALI operatng devces are used n an emergency lghtng system, suppled by group or central battery systems. Instead, standard devces are used accordng to the basc DALI standards. These devces, whch are prmarly ntended to control general DALI lghtng systems, usually only possess one mans voltage connecton and do not possess a battery for self-supply, should the mans voltage fal. In centrally-suppled emergency lghtng systems, a dstncton s made as to whch parts of the electrcal buldng nstallaton are suppled by the emergency power supply. When KNX and DALI systems are combned, the followng three applcatons result. In each of the cases, f the general power supply fals, a sutable swtchng unt must ensure that the system swtches to the central emergency power supply after detecton of the falure, so that the emergency lghtng s actvated and functonng... - Emergency operaton only comprses DALI lghts: In ths applcaton, ether all or only ndvdual DALI operatng devces are connected to the emergency power supply (Fgure 16). The KNX system and DALI Gateway are not suppled wth emergency power, whch means that f the mans voltage fals, these subsystems wll no longer functon. If there s a fault, there s no DALI voltage because the power supply of the Gateway s no longer workng. Due to the swtched-off DALI voltage, the operatng devces suppled wth emergency current set the "System Falure Level" saved n the devce at the begnnng of emergency operaton as the brghtness value. Ths brghtness value was wrtten by the DALI Gateway to the DALI operatng devces after ETS commssonng. By default, the "System Falure Level" s defned by the "Behavour n case of bus voltage falure" parameter of a group or sngle devce. Optonally, ths value - rrespectve of the behavour n case of bus voltage falure - can be set to a separate brghtness value for emergency operaton. When actvatng operatng devces that support the devce type "Colour Control" (DALI Devce Type 8), the effectve colour temperature n emergency operaton does not change n ths confguraton. The Gateway ntalses the DALI operatng devces so that the colour temperature remans unchanged f the DALI voltage fals. Page 48 of 257

49 Functonal descrpton AC 230 V AC/DC 230 V L,N da KNX KNX DALI DALI L,N da KNX system DALI gateway emergency lghts Fgure 16: Example of a central supply - Only DALI operatng devces ntegrated nto the emergency power supply - Emergency operaton comprses DALI lghts and KNX system: In ths applcaton, all or ndvdual DALI operatng devces as well as the power supply of the KNX system are connected to the emergency power supply. The DALI Gateway s not suppled wth emergency power, whch means that t wll no longer functon f the mans voltage fals. If there s a fault, there s no DALI voltage because the power supply of the Gateway s no longer workng. Due to the swtched-off DALI voltage, the operatng devces suppled wth emergency current set the "System Falure Level" saved n the devce at the begnnng of emergency operaton as the brghtness value. Ths brghtness value was wrtten by the DALI Gateway to the DALI operatng devces after ETS commssonng. By default, the "System Falure Level" s defned by the "Behavour n case of bus voltage falure" parameter of a group or sngle devce. Optonally, ths value - rrespectve of the behavour n case of bus voltage falure - can be set to a separate brghtness value for emergency operaton. When actvatng operatng devces that support the devce type "Colour Control" (DALI Devce Type 8), the effectve colour temperature n emergency operaton does not change even n ths confguraton. The Gateway ntalses the DALI operatng devces so that the colour temperature remans unchanged f the DALI voltage fals. Snce the KNX system contnues workng wthout nterrupton f the mans power fals, mans falure messages that the Gateway can produce before swtch-off (feedback of supply voltage falure) can be evaluated and processed. Page 49 of 257

50 Functonal descrpton AC 230 V AC/DC 230 V L,N da KNX KNX DALI DALI L,N da KNX system DALI gateway emergency lghts Fgure 17: Example of a central supply - DALI operatng devces and KNX system ntegrated nto the emergency power supply - Emergency operaton comprses DALI lghts, KNX system and DALI Gateway (recommended applcaton): In ths applcaton, all or ndvdual DALI operatng devces, the power supply of the KNX system and the mans voltage connecton of the DALI Gateway are connected to the emergency power supply (Fgure 18). If there s a fault, DALI voltage wll reman snce the power supply of the Gateway contnues workng. In ths applcaton, the DALI operatng devces do not swtch automatcally to the "System Falure Level". Instead, the Gateway controls selected operatng devces at a specal brghtness value for emergency operaton. Ths brghtness can be confgured n the ETS plug-n wthn the lmts of mnmum and maxmum brghtness f necessary. Alternatvely, t s possble to defne no specal behavour at the begnnng of emergency operaton. In ths case, the operatng devces assgned to emergency operaton reman at the last set brghtness value. When actvatng operatng devces that support the devce type "Colour Control" (DALI Devce Type 8), a colour temperature can also be defned for the emergency operaton besdes a brghtness value n ths confguraton. As, f the mans power fals, the KNX system and the Gateway contnue workng wthout nterrupton, mans falure messages and all status and feedback functons can contnue to be used. The Gateway s also able to evaluate all the KNX commands comng n durng emergency operaton and to save them, so that they can be tracked at the end of emergency operaton. In ths applcaton, emergency operaton s actvated by the Gateway. It nstgates all the approprate actons on the KNX and the DALI page. Identfcaton of a mans falure as the cause of emergency operaton can take place n dfferent ways. Ether the Gateway automatcally dentfes whether mans voltage s present or not, usng the dagnoss of the DALI operatng devces. Ths s possble through contactng and readng out all commssoned DALI devces. If a number of these devces specfed by the programmer do not respond, the Gateway wll assume that the mans voltage has faled. In addton, or alternatvely, a KNX telegram can nform the Gateway that emergency operaton s to be actvated. Ths s useful, for example, when a KNX bnary nput s montorng the mans voltage and transmts a message telegram f there s a mans falure. In ths applcaton, the DALI cable may not be dsconnected or enabled anywhere (no use of DALI junctons, or smlar). DALI communcaton must be possble wthout nterruptons. The brghtness value for emergency operaton, whch can be set, f confgurable, for each group or each sngle devce n the Gateway, s also entered nto the DALI operatng devces as the System Falure Level. If the mans voltage supply of the DALI Gateway should fal, and consequently the DALI voltage, the operatng devces affected wll also set themselves to ths brghtness value. Page 50 of 257

51 Functonal descrpton AC 230 V AC/DC 230 V L,N da KNX KNX DALI DALI L,N da KNX system DALI gateway emergency lghts Fgure 18: Example of a central supply - DALI operatng devces, KNX system and DALI Gateway ntegrated nto the emergency power supply Page 51 of 257

52 Functonal descrpton ETS plug-n Program wndow The settng of all the devces parameter, DALI commssonng and also the DALI test are entrely carred out by a plug-n embedded n the ETS. The plug-n s a component part of the product database and s nstalled automatcally, when the devce s nserted nto an ETS project from the product catalogue and s accessed. There s no need to nstall addtonal software. The plug-n s started by openng the Parameter vew of the DALI Gateway. Then the ETS used wll see the program wndow of the plug-n.(fgure 19). Fgure 19: Program wndow of the ETS plug-n The program wndow s prmarly dvded up nto two areas. The left-hand pane contans all the parameter pages of the group-related, devce-related and mult-channel parameters n a tree structure. Confguraton pages for commssonng, the mport/export functon and the DALI test are also avalable n ths wndow. The ndvdual pages can be selected and opened by clckng the mouse or navgatng wth the keyboard. The parameters and operatng elements assgned to the parameter page then become vsble n the rght-hand pane. There are 4 buttons n the lower area of the wndow. The OK button exts the plug-n and saves the set parameters and confguratons to the ETS database. The Cancel button exts the plug-n, wthout savng the data to the ETS database. Any changes to the parameter settngs are lost. In addton, prevously set DALI commssonng parameters are not appled to the ETS database. However, prevously performed DALI commssonng remans n the DALI operatng devces. Ths can lead to cancellaton operatons or data ncompatblty. An nformaton message warns the ETS user, preventng mstaken program cancellatons. When pressed, the Standard button resets all the parameters of the DALI Gateway to the standard values suppled by the manufacturer n the product database. Any changes to the parameter settngs devatng from the standard specfcatons are lost. Any created groups and devces wll be deleted. The parameters of the DALI commssonng ("Hde prevously assgned DALI devces", "Compatblty mode for DALI commssonng" and "Partal DALI commssonng") are not reset to the standard confguraton". These parameters always reman at the states last set. Assgnments of DALI operatng devces to groups or sngle devces are lost. However, prevously performed DALI commssonng remans n the DALI operatng devces. For ths reason, when resettng to standard parameters, also perform a reset of the connected DALI subscrbers or commssonng wth a new group assgnment. When pressed, the Help button opens ths product documentaton of the DALI Gateway as onlne help. Page 52 of 257

53 Functonal descrpton Creatng DALI groups or sngle devces Dependng on the addressng type confguraton, up to 32 DALI groups are avalable for group addressng. For alternatve control, these can be supplemented wth 64 ndvdually-addressable DALI devce channels, as necessary. DALI groups and sngle devces are created n the plug-n and confgured separately. At least one group or sngle devce has always been created. Addtonal groups or devces can be added to the confguraton by selectng the approprate parameter node n the tree vew and then executng the command New usng the context menu (rght mouse-clck).(fgure 20). Fgure 20: Addtonal DALI groups (sngle devces can be added n the same manner) Created groups or sngle devces can also be coped usng the Copy command of the context menu of a group or devce node and nserted nto the hgher-level node as a new group or new sngle devce usng Insert. Parameter settngs are also appled. It s also possble to nsert a prevously coped group nto an exstng group. In so dong, all the parameter settngs of the exstng group, although not assgned sngle devces, are transferred from the coped group. Ths allows the creaton of groups wth an dentcal confguraton (e.g. n large DALI systems) quckly and wthout much work. Copyng and nserton nto exstng nodes can be performed n the same way for sngle devces. It s possble to copy a group and nsert t nto the parameter node of a sngle devce. For ths, the confguraton of the group s appled to the sngle devce. It s also possble to copy sngle devces and nsert them onto group nodes. Only the parameters supported by the target node are coped. Created groups or sngle devces can be deleted at any tme by selectng the approprate parameter node n the tree structure and executng the Delete command of the context menu. Note that at least one group and / or sngle devce must always have been created. In addton, a parameter can be used to assgn a name to each group and each sngle devce. It s possble to change a name at a later date usng the parameter confguraton or, alternatvely, by usng the Rename command n the context menu. We recommend labellng each group and each sngle devce clearly by gvng t a name (e.g. "Lght strp wndow, south", "Sports, offce, central", etc.). The name may be a maxmum of 28 characters and may contan alphanumerc and specal characters. Each DALI group receves a unque group number (1...32), whch s shown n square brackets before the group name. In the case of sngle devces, the DALI short address (1...64) s dsplayed n square brackets. The DALI short addresses are always assgned n the parameter confguraton of the sngle devces and can thus be nfluenced. Consecutve group numbers are generated by the plug-n tself when new groups are created (next free address). Wth the addton of group and devce names, unque namng of DALI operatng devces s possble by referencng the numbers and short addresses. Through the transmsson of the unque names to the KNX buldng vsualsaton (e.g. control panels), the user s able - partcularly durng error dagnoss - to dentfy the lghtng components easly. The group and Page 53 of 257

54 Functonal descrpton devce numbers are also dsplayed n the 7-segment dsplay on the front of the devce durng actve operaton. Each group and each sngle devce can be confgured ndependently n the plug-n. After confguraton durng DALI commssonng, the ndvdual DALI operatng devces are programmed wth the confgured short addresses. The confguraton of the groups and sngle devces s transmtted to the DALI operatng devces when the Gateway s started after an ETS programmng operaton. In so dong, all the operatng devces assgned to a DALI group are confgured dentcally. If DALI operatng devces are assgned to multple groups, these devces wll then receve the project desgn of the group wth the hghest group number. Creatng scenes, effects and effect steps Lghts or lght groups can optonally be ntegrated n up to 16 scenes, meanng that preprogrammed statc lght scenes can be recalled. In partcular, for the mplementaton of dynamc lght scenes, t s possble to nclude lghts or lght groups n the effect control of the DALI Gateway. Up to 16 effects are avalable here, each wth up to 16 effect steps. Each effect step represents an ndvdual lght scene. Scenes and effects are created n the ETS plug-n and are confgured separately. A scene or an effect can be added to the confguraton by selectng the approprate parameter node n the tree vew and then by executng the command New usng the context menu (rght mouseclck).(fgure 21). Up to 15 effect steps can be created for each effect, as necessary. The sxteenth last step of an effect s always the stop step n the confguraton. Ths s only executed when the effect s stopped automatcally after the number of run-throughs has been reached or the user performs the Stop command. Ths makes t possble to set a defned lghtng state. A new effect step can be added by selectng an effect parameter node n the tree vew and then executng the New command n the context menu. Ths always adds the frst step of an effect. If steps already exst, these are always shfted one place when new steps are added. The exstng steps are thus gven a new, hgher step number ( / 16 = Stop step). When new effects are created, all the necessary effect steps should always be created drectly, n order to avod subsequent edtng and shftng of the effect sequences due to the addng of new steps. Page 54 of 257

55 Functonal descrpton Fgure 21: Addng scenes (effects and effect steps can be added n the same way) Created scenes and effects can also be coped usng the Copy command of the context menu of an approprate scene or effect parameter node and nserted nto the hgher-level nodes "Scenes" or "Effects" as a new scene or new effect usng Insert. Parameter settngs are also appled. It s also possble to nsert a prevously coped scene or effect nto an exstng scene or effect. All the parameter settngs are appled wthout creatng a new element. Effect steps can only be coped and nserted nto exstng steps. Ths completely transfers the confguraton of the coped step nto another step. Ths functon can be used, for example, to transport exstng step confguratons nto other steps, after new steps have been added, thereby changng the sequence of the lght scene. Created scenes, effects and effect steps can be deleted at any tme by selectng the approprate parameter node n the tree structure and executng the Delete command of the context menu. In addton, a parameter can be used to assgn a name to each scene or effect. It s possble to change a name at a later date usng the parameter confguraton or, alternatvely, by usng the Rename command n the context menu. We recommend labellng each scene or effect clearly by gvng t a name (e.g. "Scene TV", "Effect wndow", etc.). The name may be a maxmum of 28 characters and may contan alphanumerc and specal characters. Each scene and effect receves a unque number (1...16), whch s shown n square brackets before the name. Ths number s only a label wthn the ETS plug-n for dstngushng clearly between the ndvdual scenes and effects, even f they have the same name. In addton, scenes and effects have KNX numbers (1...64). These KNX numbers can be used to recall a scene or a scene memory functon and to start and stop the effects usng the extenson objects of these functons. Scene and effect numbers do not have to be dentcal to KNX extenson numbers. The KNX numbers are confgured ndvdually. KNX numbers must be unque. It s not possble to assgn the same KNX numbers to multple scenes. The same apples to the KNX numbers of the effects. In the case of effect steps, the step number ( / 16 = Stop step) s dsplayed n square brackets. Ths labels the step sequence of an effect run-through drectly. Import and export of templates or backup fles Complete devce plannng (all parameter settngs, KNX group addresses and object confguraton) as well as all DALI commssonng parameters (found DALI operatng devces, Page 55 of 257

56 Functonal descrpton long and short addresses and group/sngle devce assgnments) can be exported to an external XML fle and thus backed up. In addton, an mport of prevously backed-up data s possble at any tme. Ths makes smple data backup possble, even outsde the ETS database. In addton, exstng devce plannng can be downloaded as a template even to other DALI Gateways of the same type, thus smplfyng the confguraton of a new devce consderably. The mport and export functon can be executed on the parameter page Import / Export / Prnt of the plug-n. Pressng the Export button exports the complete current devce confguraton of the plug-n to an XML fle. Before exportng, t s possble to specfy the memory locaton of the fle. The plugn dsplays the progress of the export operaton. The operaton may take some tme. The length of tme depends on the number of exstng groups and sngle devces, the created scenes and effects as well as on the DALI operatng devces avalable. The data s exported n "*.XML" format. Mcrosoft XML-Parser 3.0 or hgher must be nstalled on the PC ("msxml3.dll") n order to export an XML fle. An approprate nstallaton can be downloaded from the Mcrosoft webste ( / search term: "msxml"). "MSXML 3.0 Servce Pack 4" or a later verson s requred as the approprate program package. If the program package s not nstalled, the plug-n of the DALI Gateway wll dsplay an error message when the Export command s executed. Pressng the Import button can download a prevously exported XML fle to the devce confguraton. It should be noted that, durng an mport operaton, the current confguraton of the plug-n n the ETS, ncludng all the commssonng parameters of the DALI operatng devces, s always overwrtten. For ths reason, the plug-n ssues a warnng of ths characterstc before the process s executed.(fgure 22). Fgure 22: Note before an mport operaton After confrmaton of the mport, the plug-n asks whether the mport should take place wth or wthout KNX group addresses.(fgure 23). In the case of an mport wthout group addresses, the plug-n does not apply any assocatons between the communcaton objects and the group addresses of the XML fle. After the mport operaton, no group addresses are connected to objects. Alternatvely, an XML mport can also be carred out wth the applcaton of the KNX group addresses saved n the XML fle. Before applcaton, the plug-n tests all the group addresses of the XML fle. If there are no group addresses n the ETS project, they wll be created n the project. If object types do not match (e.g. group address 1/1/1 s lnked to 1-bt objects n the ETS project and wth a 1-byte object n the XML fle), the addresses concerned wll not be mported from the XML fle. The plug-n then dsplays an nformaton wndow and lsts the group addresses wth a data type conflct. These conflcts must then be resolved manually by the ETS user f all group addresses are actually appled. Page 56 of 257

57 Functonal descrpton Fgure 23: Import dalog to select an mport wth or wthout KNX group addresses After the mport of an XML fle, an ETS programmng operaton of the applcaton program must take place so that the confguraton data are appled to the Gateway. An mport operaton overwrtes all the DALI commssonng parameters (found DALI operatng devces, long and short addresses and group/sngle devce assgnments) wth the data of the XML fle. It should be noted that only the data saved n the ETS database wll be compared. Any prevously performed DALI commssonng wth programmng of the DALI operatng devce wll reman unchanged n the operatng devces. For ths reason, after the mport of an XML template, new DALI commssonng must always take place, too, f DALI commssonng parameters are specfed by the XML template other than those most recently programmed nto the DALI system onlne. New DALI commssonng s not necessary f the XML mport does not change the commssonng parameters (e.g. durng the mport of an XML backup fle of a prevously fully-commssoned system when a DALI Gateway s replaced). Important note for the mport of XML fles wth the ETS3 or the ETS4 of up to Verson 4.1.6: After the mport, the affected devce must be unloaded usng the ETS. Only then should an ETS programmng operaton be performed. Unloadng forces the ETS to perform a complete download. Only n ths way s t guaranteed that all the relevant confguraton and commssonng data from the mport are programmed completely nto the devce. On ETS4 from Verson 4.1.7, the programmng of all the relevant data s automatc and tme-optmsed. There s no need for the unloadng operaton here. It s possble to mport the XML fle of older versons of DALI Gateways (Gra "DALI Gateway" order number or Gra "DALI Gateway Plus" order number ) n order to transfer old confguratons to new devces. When mportng old templates from the DALI Gateway ( ) takng the functon propertes of these devces nto account, the followng characterstcs and restrctons apply... - Only groups are mported (the addressng type "Group control " s set). Page 57 of 257

58 Functonal descrpton - Functons that are not avalable n the old DALI Gateway (e.g. operatng hours counter, DALI telegram rate lmt, collectve feedback, effects) are deactvated after the mport. These functons can then be enabled and confgured as necessary. - Communcaton flags and data pont types of objects and transmsson flags of group addresses are not transferred. Manual adjustments may have to be performed here after the XML mport f necessary. When mportng templates from the DALI Gateway Plus ( ), the followng characterstcs and restrctons apply... - No sngle-battery-operated DALI emergency lghts can be mported. When mportng a template that contans sngle-battery-operated emergency lghts (no centrally suppled emergency lghts avalable), the plug-n dsplays an nformaton message, deactvates the emergency lghtng functon completely and sets the devces concerned to "Ballast for fluorescent lamps". When mportng a template wth centrally suppled and sngle-batteryoperated emergency lghts, the plug-n retans the emergency lghtng functon, confgures the parameter "emergency lght system" to "centrally suppled" and sets the sngle-batteryoperated devces concerned to "Ballast for fluorescent lamps". The XML mport apples all settngs unchanged for centrally suppled emergency lghts. - Functons that are not avalable n the old DALI Gateway Plus (e.g. colour temperature control) are deactvated after the mport. These functons can then be enabled and confgured as necessary. It s not possble to mport XML fles, exported usng the plug-n of the devces descrbed n ths documentaton, nto the confguratons of older devces. Prnt functon The plug-n of the DALI Gateway also offers the opton of prntng out the complete devce confguraton ncl. the group/sngle devce programmng, the scene and effect confguraton and all the DALI commssonng parameters as a confguraton report. The Prnt functon can be executed on the parameter page Import / Export / Prnt of the plug-n. When the Prnt button s pressed, the plug-n asks whether the complete devce confguraton should be prnted out on paper or only a part of the DALI commssonng parameters, ncl. the DALI devce names and short addresses.(fgure 24). Page 58 of 257

59 Functonal descrpton Fgure 24: Prnt dalog to select the prntng optons Page 59 of 257

60 Descrpton of group- and devce-ndependent functons DALI communcaton Software "DALI Gateway C0201x" Functonal descrpton The DALI telegram rate lmt can optonally be actvated. Frstly, t s then possble to extend the perod of tme between DALI telegrams. Secondly, the ntalsaton behavour of the Gateway can be nfluenced. By usng the DALI telegram rate lmt, t s possble to adapt the communcaton behavour of the Gateway to problematc or non-dali-conformant operatng devces to a great extent. The DALI telegram rate lmt s actvated and confgured n the parameter node "General -> DALI communcaton". Tme delay between two DALI telegrams In accordance wth the vald DALI standard (IEC /102 Ed. 1), pauses of at least 9.15 ms must be mantaned between the transmssons of ndvdual DALI telegrams to the operatng devces. To optonally reduce the telegram load for the DALI operatng devces and thus reduce the lkelhood of errors on the part of some electronc ballasts, t s possble to ncrease the pause tme between telegrams of the DALI Gateway to the operaton devce by a multple of the mnmum pause tme (Fgure 25). Ths produces a telegram rate lmt, whch can adjusted ndvdually usng the parameter "Mnmum delay tme between two DALI telegrams" n the parameter node "General -> DALI communcaton" n the range n steps of 0.5. For ths parameter to be vsble, the DALI telegram rate lmt must be actve on the same parameter page. Extendng the pause tme between the telegrams gves the operatng devces more tme to react to the commands of the DALI Gateway. However, ths also delays the reacton tme of the overall DALI system when controlled by KNX telegrams and also durng DALI commssonng or a DALI test. As a result, large tme factors should be avoded n the delay tme parameter, unless explctly requred. The approved pause tme between telegrams from the DALI Gateway to the DALI operatng devces and the matchng response s wthn a range of 2.91 ms and 9.15 ms. Ths tme perod s requred by the operatng devces and cannot be nfluenced to any great extent by the Gateway. telegrams (1...5) x 9.15 ms ms gateway gateway gateway ballast... t Fgure 25: Pause tmes between DALI telegrams Delay tme after mans voltage return to DALI After the mans voltage supply s swtched on, dependng on the ther type, DALI operatng devces usually requre dfferent lengths of tme to ntalse themselves and thus to react to commands of the DALI Gateway. To ensure that no commands of the Gateway to the operatng devces are lost after mans voltage return - because they are stll ntalsng - t s possble to actvate a delay as an opton. Ths delay s defned wthn a range of seconds usng the parameter "Delay tme after mans voltage return to DALI", whch s avalable n the parameter Page 60 of 257

61 Functonal descrpton node "General -> DALI communcaton" when a DALI telegram rate lmt s actvated. The delay tme after mans voltage return delays the start of the applcaton of the DALI Gateway after the mans voltage supply s swtched on as well as after an ETS programmng operaton and thus delays the executon of the confgured behavour after bus voltage return and all other automatc reactons (e.g. feedback messages) after a devce reset. No DALI telegrams are transmtted by the Gateway n ths state. "- -" s dsplayed on the 7-segment dsplay on the front panel of the devce n order to sgnal that the devce s not yet ready for operaton. KNX communcaton s also possble durng the delay tme. Ths allows control of groups and sngle devces as well as of scenes and effects and the specfcaton of commands. However, these are only executed once the delay tme on the DALI page has elapsed. Only the last command relatve to a group, a sngle devce, a scene or an effect s ever executed! If KNX telegrams for groups or sngle devces are receved durng Gateway ntalsaton, the devce wll perform the most recently specfed command and not the confgured behavour after bus voltage return. The delay tme after mans voltage return to DALI s not requred f the ntalsaton tme of the DALI operatng devces s shorter than that of the DALI Gateway. In ths case, the parameter should be set to the value "0". If the operatng devces ntalse more quckly than the Gateway, they wll actvate the programmed "Power-On Level" before the Gateway transmts other brghtness commands. After mans voltage return, ths allows the observaton of short-tme changes to the brghtness states n the DALI system. Should only the mans voltage supply of the Gateway fal, the operatng devces wll set themselves to the "System Falure Level". After return of the mans voltage supply, the DALI Gateway - once the delay has elapsed - then transmts commands to the DALI page n accordance wth the confgured behavour ("Behavour after bus voltage return") or the last KNX specfcaton. Page 61 of 257

62 DALI error messages Software "DALI Gateway C0201x" Functonal descrpton The DALI Gateway allows feedback of varous error states. Ths means that the general feedback of an exstng error n the DALI system, the feedback of the error status of ndvdual operatng devces and messages on the state of the supply voltage and a short-crcut on the DALI cable can be confgured ndependently of one another usng a KNX telegram. Feedback of error status n DALI system The DALI Gateway allows the feedback of the error status of DALI operatng devces. (see page 63-64). If ndvdual evaluaton and dsplay of the error status of ndvdual electronc ballasts or DALI groups s not requred or s to be supplemented wth a feedback functon, ndependent of the electronc ballast, t s possble to use the general feedback of the "Error status n the DALI system". Ths feedback has a separate 1-bt communcaton object, whch allows the sgnallng of a general error n the DALI nstallaton. The DALI Gateway sets the object value to "ON" as soon as t detects an error n a prevously commssoned DALI operatng devce. Here, t s rrelevant whch error was dentfed by the Gateway (lamp error, electronc ballast error, converter error). The Gateway only resets the object value to "OFF" when all the prevously dentfed errors were elmnated. To use ths feedback functon, the parameter "Feedback 'Error status n the DALI system'?" n the "General -> DALI error messages" parameter node must be confgured to the settng "Yes...". The parameter "Type of feedback" determnes whether the feedback s an actve transmtter or s passve (general error status must be polled). Settng feedback of the error status n DALI system The feedback of the general error status can be used as an actve message object or as a passve status object. As an actve message object, the feedback nformaton s transmtted to the bus whenever the status changes. In the functon as a passve status object, there s no automatc telegram transmsson. In ths case, the object value must be read out. The ETS automatcally sets the object communcaton flags requred for proper functonng. The parameter "Type of feedback" n the parameter node "General -> DALI error messages" defnes the functon of the feedback object "Error status n the DALI system". o Set the parameter to "Actve sgnallng object". The general error status s transmtted as soon as the state changes. A general error saved n the DALI Gateway s lost when the mans voltage fals. For ths reason, after all the errors have been elmnated by swtchng the mans voltage off on the DALI Gateway and swtchng t back on agan, no feedback s transmtted. The DALI Gateway ntalses after swtchng on the mans power supply or after an ETS programmng operaton. If a DALI error s detected n ths state, the Gateway wll mmedately transmt an approprate feedback telegram. The only tme feedback s not sent to the bus automatcally s after bus voltage return (mans voltage swtched-on permanently on the DALI Gateway durng bus falure). o Set the parameter to "Passve status object". The general error status wll be transmtted n response only f the feedback object s read out by the bus. Optonally, the general error status can be transmtted repeatedly, f, after a prevously dentfed DALI error, further errors are detected on the same or other operatng devces. The parameter "Telegram repetton on new error n DALI system?" n the parameter node "General -> DALI error messages" specfes the behavour of the general error status feedback for new errors. o Set the parameter to "yes". The general error status s transmtted as "1 - ON" for each new error. Page 62 of 257

63 Functonal descrpton o Set the parameter to "no". The general error status s transmtted repeatedly for new errors. Telegrams are only transmtted agan va the object "Error status n the DALI system", when no more errors are present. Feedback Error status per DALI operatng devce The DALI Gateway allows the feedback of the ndvdual error status of DALI operatng devces n up to two dfferent data formats. To use ths feedback functon, the parameter "Feedback 'Error status per DALI operatng devce'?" n the "General -> DALI error messages" parameter node must be set to the settng "Yes...". assgned automatcally. Here, t s possble to defne whether the feedback s an actve transmtter or s passve (error status must be polled). The parameter "Feedback data format" determnes whether only a 1-byte object (accordng to KNX DPT ), a 2-byte object (accordng to KNX DPT ) or a combnaton of both objects s used. The status nformaton "Lamp error" or "Error n operatng devce (e.g. electronc ballast error)" s transmtted to the Gateway by the DALI components f there s an error, and s saved there. The DALI Gateway makes all the status nformaton about the KNX-sde error status objects avalable. The object values are evaluated n bt-orentated fashon accordng to the selected data format. A feedback telegram always transmts the status nformaton of only one DALI operatng devce. As the master n the DALI system, the DALI Gateway - as soon as t s ready for operaton - polls the status of the commssoned electronc ballasts (slaves) cyclcally every second. A system wth a maxmum of 64 DALI devces can dentfy an error after 63 seconds at the latest. Once an error has occurred n the operatng devce, t must be elmnated (swtch off the mans voltage to the approprate DALI subscrber and observe the manufacturer's nformaton!). The DALI Gateway detects an elmnated error automatcally after commssonng of the repared devce and resets the error state n the feedback. 1-byte error status Bts of the 1-byte error status telegram use the electronc ballast number to ndcate to whch devce the sgnalled error relates. The electronc ballast numbers of the error status are derved drectly from the short addresses of the DALI subscrbers. An electronc ballast number (0...63) corresponds to a short address (1...64) mnus "1" (example: Short address = "1" -> Electronc ballast number n the error status telegram = "0"). When an error status s dsplayed, t s rrelevant whether the electronc ballast was assgned to a sngle devce or a group durng project desgn. bts number electronc ballast (0...63) 0 = no lamp errpor / 1 = lamp error 0 = no electronc ballast error / 1 = electronc ballast error Fgure 26: Telegram structure, 1-byte error status Bt 6 s set when the approprate electronc ballast sgnals a lamp error (e.g. defectve lght, cable break to lamp socket). In an error-free lamp state, ths bt s deleted ("0"). Bt 7 s set when the electronc ballast sgnals a general error (e.g. nternal electronc ballast error). In an error-free devce state, ths bt s deleted ("0"). Bts 6 and 7 are set when the approprate devce could not be contacted by the DALI Gateway (e.g. devce dsconnected from the DALI cable, mans voltage on the electronc ballast swtched off). Page 63 of 257

64 Functonal descrpton 2-byte error status In ths data format too, Bts use the electronc ballast number to ndcate to whch devce the sgnalled error relates. The electronc ballast numbers of the error status are derved drectly from the short addresses of the DALI subscrbers. An electronc ballast number (0...63) corresponds to a short address (1...64) mnus "1" (example: Short address = "1" -> Electronc ballast number n the error status telegram = "0"). Alternatvely, the 2-byte error status can be used to dsplay the collectve error state of all the operatng devces of a DALI group. For ths, the error bts of the ndvdual electronc ballast are collected and evaluated by the Gateway. If any error bt s set n at least one electronc ballast of the group, then the same error bt wll also be set n the feedback telegram. To make t possble to dstngush whether the feedback s addressng an electronc ballast or a group, the error status telegram contans Bt 6. Ths bt ndcates whether a sngle devce ("0") or a group ("1") s addressed. When a group s addressed, Bts must contan the group number. A group number (0...15) corresponds to a DALI group number (1...16) mnus "1" (example: DALI group number = "1" -> Group number n the error status telegram = "0"). Bt 7 n the telegram ndcates whether ths s a request telegram ("1") wth passve transmsson, or, alternatvely, an actvely-transmttng telegram, or an answer to a request telegram ("0"). When the error status of an electronc ballast s dsplayed, t s rrelevant whether the operatng devce was assgned to a sngle devce or a group n the project desgn. In the case of actve telegram transmsson, f an error has been dentfed, only the error status for an ndvdual electronc ballast s generally transmtted and not for a group, provded that the approprate electronc ballast s also assgned to a group. Fgure 27: Telegram structure, 2-byte KNX error status Bt 8 s set when the approprate electronc ballast or the group sgnals a lamp error (e.g. defectve lght, cable break to lamp socket). In an error-free lamp state, ths bt s deleted ("0"). Bt 9 s set when the electronc ballast or the group sgnals a general error (e.g. nternal electronc ballast error). In an error-free devce state, ths bt s deleted ("0"). Bts 8 and 9 are set when the approprate devce or an electronc ballast of a group could not be contacted by the DALI Gateway (e.g. devce dsconnected from the DALI cable, mans voltage on the electronc ballast swtched off). Settng feedback for error status per DALI operatng devce Frstly, t must be specfed whether the 1-byte or 2-byte error status s used, or a combnaton of both objects. o Set the parameter "Data format of feedback" on the parameter page "General -> DALI error messages" to "Only 2-byte KNX object". In accordance wth KNX DPT , only the 2-byte object s avalable. Ths object can be used both actvely and passvely (request telegram) and should preferably be used n accordance wth KNX specfcaton. o Set the parameter "Data format of feedback" to "Only 1-byte object". Page 64 of 257

65 Functonal descrpton o In accordance wth KNX DPT , only the 1-byte object s avalable. Ths object can be used both actvely and passvely (request telegram). Set the parameter "Data format of feedback" to "1-byte and 2-byte KNX object". The 2-byte object s avalable n accordance wth KNX DPT , and the 1-byte object s also avalable n accordance wth KNX DPT Both objects can be used both actvely and passvely (request telegram). In the ETS confguraton, t s possble to specfy whether the feedback of the error status to the KNX s actvely transmttng (telegram transmsson on status change) or passve (telegram transmsson only as a response to a request telegram). o Set the parameter "Feedback 'Error status per DALI operatng devce'?" on the parameter page "General -> DALI error messages" to "Yes, feedback object s actve sgnallng object". Optonally, the parameter "Tme delay for feedback after ntalsaton" can be used to actvate a delay of the 2-byte feedback after Gateway ntalsaton (ETS programmng operaton, mans voltage return). The delay tme s globally confgured n the parameter node "General -> Status and feedback". After ntalsaton, the 1-byte error status s generally transmtted wthout a delay. As soon as an error s detected on a DALI operatng devce durng the cyclcal status poll, the DALI Gateway wll transmt a feedback telegram wth the approprate electronc ballast/group number to the KNX. As soon as the error has been elmnated, the DALI Gateway detects the error elmnaton, provded that the operatng power supply to the Gateway was not nterrupted, and, accordngly, transmts a feedback telegram "No error" to the KNX. Should multple errors have been dentfed on varous electronc ballasts, these wll not be retransmtted to the KNX when a devce or lamp error s elmnated. The transmsson of a feedback telegram related to a DALI operatng devce or a group wll thus only take place once after determnaton of the error. In the case of actve telegram transmsson, f an error has been dentfed, only the error status for an ndvdual electronc ballast s generally transmtted and not for a group, provded that the approprate electronc ballast s also assgned to a group. An error saved n the DALI Gateway s lost when the mans voltage fals. For ths reason, after an error has been elmnated by swtchng the mans voltage off on the DALI Gateway and swtchng t back on agan, no feedback s transmtted. The DALI Gateway ntalses after swtchng on the mans power supply or after an ETS programmng operaton. If a DALI error s detected n ths state, the Gateway wll mmedately transmt an approprate feedback telegram. The only tme feedback "DALI error status" s not sent to the bus automatcally s after bus voltage return (mans voltage swtched-on permanently on the DALI Gateway durng bus falure). o Set the parameter "Feedback 'Error status per DALI operatng devce'?" on the parameter page "General -> DALI error messages" to "Yes, feedback object s a passve status object". There s no automatc telegram transmsson to the KNX when an error s detected. To determne the error status of a DALI operatng devce or a group, the communcaton object "Error status for each DALI operatng devce" or "KNX error status for each DALI operatng devce" must be descrbed externally wth a request telegram (ValueWrte). Here, a dstncton s made as to whether the 1-byte or the 2-byte error status s used... 1-byte error status: Bts of the request telegram must contan the number of the electronc ballast, from whch the status s to be polled. Bts 6 and 7 must be set to "1"! Otherwse, the request telegram s gnored. 2-byte KNX error status: Bt 7 ("1") must be set n the request telegram. Bt 6 must ndcate whether a group ("1") or an ndvdual electronc ballast ("0") s beng addressed. Bts must then contan the number of the electronc ballast or the group number. The states of error bts are rrelevant n the request telegram. Bts must always be "0"! Otherwse, the request telegram s gnored. The DALI Gateway responds to a receved, vald request telegram mmedately (ValueWrte) by transmttng the current status once as a response. Page 65 of 257

66 Functonal descrpton o Set the parameter "Feedback 'Error status per DALI operatng devce'?" on the parameter page "General -> DALI error messages" to "no". The feedback of the error status per DALI operatng devce s deactvated. No communcaton object s avalable for ths functon. Request telegrams to electronc ballast or group numbers, whch are not confgured n the DALI system and are thus not avalable, are always answered wth deleted error bts. Request telegrams to group numbers greater than 15 (DALI group number greater than 16) are never answered. A read telegram (ValueRead) to the communcaton object "Error status per DALI operatng devce" or "KNX error status per DALI operatng devce" s answered, f the Read flag s set, by the DALI Gateway transmttng the most recently updated object value (ValueResponse). Ths means that DALI operatng devces cannot be polled clearly. Feedback for mans voltage supply on the DALI Gateway The DALI Gateway can montor ts supply voltage at the mans voltage connecton. If there s a falure, the Gateway s able to transmt a message telegram to the KNX before stoppng operaton, provded that the bus voltage s unnterrupted. Optonally, the swtch-on of the mans voltage supply can also be fed back. If the mans voltage supples of the Gateway and the connected DALI operatng devces are connected to the same crcut, the operatng state of the entre DALI system whch s not suppled wth emergency current can be montored on the KNX through the evaluaton of the mans voltage feedback. The DALI Gateway uses the 1-bt communcaton object "Voltage falure n the DALI system" to feed back a voltage falure or return. The telegram polarty of ths object s fxed: Mans voltage avalable = 0, Mans voltage falure = 1. Settng feedback for mans voltage supply In the ETS confguraton, t s possble to specfy whether only a falure of the mans voltage supply of the DALI Gateway s fed back to the KNX or whether mans voltage return s also fed back. Telegram transmsson s always actvely transmttng. As soon as there s a change of state n the mans voltage, a feedback telegram s transmtted once. The parameter "Feedback, DALI Gateway supply voltage falure/return?" n the "General -> DALI error messages" parameter node defnes the behavour of mans voltage montorng. o Set the parameter to "Yes (only on voltage falure)". If a mans voltage falure s detected on the DALI Gateway, the Gateway wll mmedately transmt a feedback telegram. It stops operaton just a few seconds later. o Set the parameter to "Yes (on voltage falure and return)". If a mans voltage falure s detected on the DALI Gateway, the Gateway wll mmedately transmt a feedback telegram. It stops operaton just a few seconds later. The DALI Gateway ntalses when the mans power supply s swtched on. Then t transmts one feedback telegram and sgnals that the mans voltage s swtched on. o Set the parameter to "no". The feedback of the state of the mans voltage supply s deactvated. The communcaton object s hdden. The feedback of a mans voltage falure can only be transmtted when the bus voltage s connected and swtched on at the tme of the falure. If, at the tme of mans return, no bus voltage s connected or swtched on, no feedback for mans voltage return wll be transmtted ether. The feedback s saved, however, whch means that t s transmtted later when the bus voltage s swtched on. Page 66 of 257

67 Functonal descrpton The feedback telegram can be transmtted to the bus automatcally after bus voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS f there s mans voltage on the DALI Gateway. Feedback for DALI short-crcut The DALI Gateway detects short-crcuts on the DALI cable, as may occur n the case of an nstallaton error. As soon as a short-crcut s dentfed on the DALI cable when the mans power supply s swtched on, the DALI Gateway transmts feedback to the KNX when the feedback functon for DALI short-crcuts s enabled. The DALI Gateway uses the 1-bt communcaton object "Short-crcut n the DALI system" to feed back a DALI short-crcut. The telegram polarty of ths object s fxed: No short-crcut = 0, Short-crcut = 1. Settng feedback for DALI short-crcut In the ETS confguraton, t s possble to specfy whether DALI short-crcut feedback s to be transmtted to the KNX. When enabled, telegram transmsson s always actvely transmttng. As soon as a short-crcut has been detected and elmnated, the Gateway wll transmt one feedback telegram wthout a delay. The parameter "Feedback DALI short-crcut?" n the "General -> DALI error messages" parameter node defnes the behavour of mans voltage montorng. o Set the parameter to "yes". The DALI short-crcut feedback s actvated and the communcaton object enabled. o Set the parameter to "no". The DALI short-crcut feedback s deactvated. The communcaton object s hdden. The connected DALI operatng devces also react to a short-crcut n the DALI cable. The devces set themselves to the specfed "System Falure Level". By default, ths brghtness value s defned by the "Behavour n case of bus voltage falure" parameter of a group or a sngle devce. Optonally, ths value can - rrespectve of the behavour n case of bus voltage return - be set to a separate brghtness value for emergency operaton. (see page 155). Snce the brghtness of the connected DALI operatng devces mght possbly change f there s a short-crcut, the DALI Gateway also transmts feedback to the bus for the swtchng status and brghtness value f these feedback functons are enabled. The feedback of a DALI short-crcut can only be transmtted when the bus voltage s connected and swtched on at the tme of the short-crcut. If no bus voltage s connected or swtched on at the tme of the short-crcut, no feedback for mans voltage return wll be transmtted ether. Feedback s saved, however, whch means that t s transmtted later when the bus voltage s swtched on. The DALI Gateway ntalses after swtchng on the mans power supply or after an ETS programmng operaton. If a short-crcut on the DALI cable s detected n ths state, the Gateway wll mmedately transmt an approprate feedback telegram. After bus voltage return (mans voltage swtched-on permanently on the DALI Gateway durng bus falure), the feedback s not sent to the bus automatcally. Page 67 of 257

68 Functonal descrpton Status and feedbacks Delay after bus/mans voltage return To reduce telegram traffc on the bus lne after the bus voltage (bus reset) or the mans voltage supply s swtched on, after connecton of the devce to the bus lne or after programmng wth the ETS, t s possble to delay all actvely transmtted feedback telegrams of the Gateway. To do ths, a delay tme can be specfed for multple functons (parameter "Tme delay for feedbacks after bus return for groups and devces" n the parameter node "General -> Status and feedback"). Only after the confgured tme elapses are feedback telegrams for ntalsaton transmtted to the bus. It s possble to confgure separately whch of the feedback telegrams are actually delayed for each feedback functon. The delay has no effect on the behavour of the ndvdual groups or sngle devces and not on other functons of the devce ether. Only the feedback telegrams are delayed. Groups and sngle devces can also be actvated durng the delay after bus voltage return. A settng of "0" for the delay after bus voltage return deactvates the delayng functon altogether. In ths case, all feedback telegrams, f actvely transmtted, wll be transmtted to the bus wthout any delay. The messages "Error status n DALI system", "Error status per DALI operatng devce" (only 1 byte), "Short-crcut n the DALI system" or "Voltage falure n the DALI system" are always transmtted wthout a tme delay. Delayng feedback Only feedbacks that are enabled and set as actvely transmttng can be confgured wth regard to the transmttng behavour after bus voltage return. o Set the parameter "Tme delay for feedback telegram after bus voltage return" to "yes". The parameter s on the parameter page of the correspondng swtchng status or brghtness value feedback of a group or a sngle devce. In ths case, after bus voltage return the feedback telegram s frst transmtted to the bus after the end of the delay tme. Alternatvely (settng "No"), a feedback telegram s transmtted to the bus wthout tme delay mmedately after bus voltage return. Collectve feedback After central commands or after bus/mans voltage return, a KNX lne s generally heavly loaded by data traffc as many bus devces are transmttng the state of ther communcaton objects by means of feedback telegrams. Ths effect occurs partcularly when usng vsualsatons. Collectve feedback of the Gateway can be used to keep the telegram load low durng ntalsaton. The collectve feedback summarses the swtchng states of the DALI groups and sngle devces n bt-orentated form (Fgure 28). Up to 6 separate 4-byte communcaton objects accordng to KNX DPT are avalable for ths, dependng on the set addressng type. Each of these objects can vsualse the swtchng state of up to 16 groups or devces. Page 68 of 257

69 Functonal descrpton byte 4 byte 3 byte 2 byte 1 mask group 16 mask group 15 mask group 14 mask group 13 mask group 12 mask group 11 mask group 10 mask group mask group 8 mask group 7 mask group 6 mask group 5 mask group 4 mask group 3 mask group 2 mask group group 16 group 15 group 14 group 13 group 12 group 11 group 10 group group 8 group 7 group 6 group 5 group 4 group 3 group 2 group 1 M M S S Fgure 28: Structure of the objects of the collectve feedback, usng the example of the object for Groups 1-16 It s possble to show up to 16 groups or sngle devces and thus up to 16 dfferent swtchng states logcally n a 4-byte object. Each group or each sngle devce has one bt representng the swtchng state ("S" bt) and another one defnng the maskng ("M" bt). The "S" bts correspond to the logcal non-nverted swtchng states of the groups or devces and are ether "1" (on) or "0" (off). The M bts are "1" when the correspondng group or the approprate sngle devce has been created n the project desgn of the Gateway. Smlarly, M bts are "0" when groups or devces are not avalable. In ths case, the correspondng "S" bts are contnuously "0", as there s no swtchng status. After a devce reset (ETS programmng operaton, bus or mans voltage return), the Gateway always transmts all the collectve feedback accordng to the confgured addressng type, provded that the objects are confgured as actvely transmttng. If only ndvdual swtchng states change n Gateway operaton, only the affected collectve feedback objects are updated. The followng example object value formats result... Groups 1 to 4 avalable: "00 0F 00 0x", x = swtchng states -> Group 1 and 2 ON: "00 0F 00 03" / Group 1 and 3 ON: "00 0F 00 05" Groups 1 to 6 avalable: "00 3F 00 xx", x = swtchng states -> Group 1 and 2 ON: "00 3F 00 03" / Group 1 and 5 ON: "00 3F 00 11" Groups 1 to 4 and 10 to 12 avalable: "0E 0F 0x 0x", x = swtchng states -> Group 1 and 4 ON: "0E 0F 00 09" / Group 1 and 10 ON: "0E 0F 02 01" Use of the collectve feedback would be possble n approprate vsualsaton applcatons - for example n publc buldngs such as schools or hosptals - where the swtchng states of the actuators are dsplayed centrally and no separate swtchng status s dsplayed at the control sectons. In such applcatons the collectve feedback can replace the 1 bt ndvdual feedbacks and thereby sgnfcantly reduce the bus load. Actvate collectve feedback Collectve feedback s a global devce functon and can be enabled n the parameter node "General -> Status and feedback". o Set the parameter "Collectve feedback swtchng status?" to "yes". Collectve feedback s enabled. The collectve feedback objects become vsble n the ETS. Dependng on the confgured addressng type, up to 6 objects are dsplayed for groups and / or sngle devces. Page 69 of 257

70 Functonal descrpton o Set the parameter to "no". Collectve feedback s deactvated. No collectve feedback objects are avalable. Settng the update of collectve feedback In the ETS plug-n, you can specfy when the Gateway should update the feedback values for the collectve feedback, n the case of an actvely transmttng communcaton object. The object value updated by the Gateway s then sgnalled actvely to the bus. The parameter "Updatng of the object value for collectve feedback" s created n the parameter node "General -> Status and Feedback". Collectve feedback must be enabled and the feedback type set to "Actve message object". o Set the parameter to "After each update of the nputs". The Gateway updates the feedback values n the collectve feedback once a new telegram s receved on the nput objects "Swtchng" or "Central swtchng" for groups or sngle devces. Wth actvely transmttng feedback objects, a new telegram s also then actvely transmtted to the bus each tme. The telegram value of the feedback does not necessarly have to change n the process. Hence, correspondng collectve feedbacks are also generated, e.g. for cyclcal telegrams to the "Swtchng" objects. o Set the parameter to "Only f the feedback value changes". The Gateway only updates the feedback values n the collectve feedback objects when the telegram values of the nputs also change. If telegram values of the feedback do not change (e.g. n the case of cyclcal telegrams to the "Swtchng" objects wth the same telegram value), the feedback then remans unchanged. Consequently, n the case of actvely transmttng feedback objects, no telegram wth the same content wll be transmtted repeatedly ether. Collectve feedback type Collectve feedback can take place n the form of actve message objects or passve status objects. In the case of actve message objects, the feedback s transmtted to the bus whenever the status contaned theren changes. In the functon as a passve status object, there s no automatc telegram transmsson. In ths case, the object values must be read out. The ETS automatcally sets the communcaton flags of the objects requred for proper functonng. Collectve feedback must be enabled. o Set the parameter "Type of collectve feedback" n the parameter node "General -> Status and Feedback" to "Actve sgnallng object". The Gateway transmts the collectve feedback automatcally when the object value s updated. After a devce reset (ETS programmng operaton, bus or mans voltage return), all the collectve feedback s transmtted accordng to the confgured addressng type. If only ndvdual swtchng states change n Gateway operaton, only the object values of the affected collectve feedback objects are transmtted to the bus as well. o Set the parameter to "Passve status object". Collectve feedback wll only be transmtted n response f the approprate object s read out from the bus. No automatc telegram transmsson of the collectve feedback takes place after bus or mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS. Settng collectve feedback after bus/mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS If used as an actve message object, the states of the collectve feedback are transmtted to the bus after bus or mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS. In these cases, the Page 70 of 257

71 Functonal descrpton feedback telegram can be tme-delayed wth the delay beng preset globally for all groups and sngle devces together (see page 68). Collectve feedback must be enabled and the feedback type set to "Actve message object". o Set the parameter "Tme delay for feedback telegram after bus voltage return" to "Yes". The collectve feedback objects are transmtted wth a delay after bus or mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS. No feedback telegram s transmtted durng a runnng delay, even f a swtchng state changes durng ths delay. o Set the parameter "Tme delay for feedback telegram after bus voltage return" to "no". The collectve feedback s transmtted mmedately after bus or mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS. Settng cyclc transmsson of the collectve feedback The objects of the collectve feedback can also transmt ther value cyclcally n addton to transmsson when updatng. Collectve feedback must be enabled and the feedback type set to "Actve message object". o Set the parameter "Cyclcal transmsson of feedback telegram?" to "yes". Cyclcal transmsson s actvated. o Set the parameter "Cyclc transmsson of the collectve feedback?" to "no". Cyclcal transmsson s deactvated whch means that collectve feedback s only transmtted to the bus f one of the swtchng states changes. The cycle tme for all cyclc feedback telegrams s defned centrally on the same parameter page. Durng an actve delay after bus voltage return no collectve feedback telegram wll be transmtted even f a swtchng state changes. Page 71 of 257

72 Global swtchng status / Standby swtch-off Software "DALI Gateway C0201x" Functonal descrpton The DALI Gateway offers a functon for global feedback of the swtchng status of all planned DALI groups and devces. Ths feedback can also be used for standby swtch-off of the DALI system, and thus to save energy. The global swtchng status feedback s a general devce functon and can be enabled as necessary n the ETS plug-n n the parameter node "General -> Standby swtch-off of DALI devces". If the functon s enabled, the 1-bt object "Standby swtch off DALI/Global swtchng status" becomes vsble. The object value s "ON" f at least one DALI group or one DALI sngle devce s swtched on (brghtness value > 0). The object value s "OFF" f all the DALI groups or DALI sngle devces are swtched off (brghtness value = 0). Here, t s not mportant what swtched a group or ndvdual on or off. A KNX command to objects n the groups or devces, recall of a scene or the start of an effect affect the updatng of the global swtchng status feedback. When the global swtchng status s evaluated, the logcal swtchng status of a DALI group or a sngle devce s evaluated. It s rrelevant whether all or ndvdual planned groups or devces were assgned electronc ballasts durng DALI commssonng, or whether assgned electronc ballasts can be contacted. The object value "OFF" of the feedback can optonally be sent to the bus after a delay, usng the parameter "Delay untl actvaton of the standby swtch-off / transmt the feedback?". If the delay tme s used, the feedback telegram can be used for standby swtch-off of the DALI system. For ths, for example, an output of a KNX swtchng actuator used as an NO contact should be connected to the feedback object of the DALI Gateway. The output of the swtchng actuator swtches the mans voltage supply of all the DALI operatng devces (Fgure 29). If the global swtchng status n ths applcaton s "OFF", the (delayed) telegram to the actuator wll dsconnect all the DALI operatng devces (not the DALI Gateway) from the network, savng electrcal energy. The mans voltage s swtched on automatcally wth the feedback telegram "ON", as soon as the Gateway s to swtch on at least one operatng devce by DALI command. The tme between the transmsson of ths feedback (swtchng on the mans voltage) and the transmsson of the DALI command can be delayed optonally usng the parameter "Delay untl restart of the DALI devces?". Ths gves the DALI operatng devces suffcent tme after the return of the mans voltage to ntalse themselves n order to be able to react properly to the commands of the Gateway. When centrally-suppled DALI emergency lghts are controlled, the global swtchng status may not be used for standby swtch-off! Therefore, t s not possble to set the parameters "Delay untl actvaton of the standby swtch-off / transmt the feedback?" and "Delay untl restart of the DALI devces?" to "yes" f the ntegraton of emergency lghts s ntended. When emergency operaton s used, the global swtchng status feedback can only be transmtted wthout delay for general purposes of vsualsaton. The transmsson of DALI commands after a mans voltage return can also only take place wthout a delay. If, durng the course of a delay, addtonal telegrams are receved va KNX untl the restart of the DALI devces, then only the most recently receved telegram s forwarded to the DALI system after the delay tme has elapsed. When usng the delay untl the restart of the DALI devces, ensure that the parameter "Behavour after bus voltage return" (corresponds to the DALI power-on level) of a group or a sngle devce s confgured as "Swtch off". Ths means that the affected devces do not swtch-on drectly when the mans voltage returns but only after they have receved an approprate DALI command from the Gateway va the DALI cable. Durng a standby swtch-off, the DALI Gateway does not evaluate any DALI error status of the programmed operatng devces. Observe the current carryng capacty of the KNX swtchng actuator ntegrated nto the standby swtch-off! If necessary, use addtonal nstallaton contactors. We do not recommend usng multple actuator channels, as t s usually not possble to mplement smultaneous swtchng of all the channels. Page 72 of 257

73 Functonal descrpton L N L da da A1 A2 A3 A4 OFF OFF OFF A1 A2 A3 A4 ON ON ON OFF ON ALL O FF Fgure 29: Example of a connecton dagram for standby swtch-off by a KNX swtchng actuator When the standby swtch-off s used (actve tme delays), the feedback of the global swtchng status wll always take place as an actve message telegram whenever the feedback value changes. If no tme delay has been confgured (global swtchng status for general vsualsaton purposes), the feedback object - accordng the parameter "Type of feedback" - can ether be used as an actve sgnallng object or, alternatvely, as a passve status object. As an actve message object, the feedback nformaton s also drectly transmtted to the bus whenever there s an update. As a passve status object, there s no telegram transmsson after an update. In ths case, the object value must be read out. The ETS automatcally sets the object communcaton flags requred for proper functonng. If used as an actve message object, the feedback status s transmtted to the bus after bus/mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS, f swtch-on or swtch-off takes place after a devce reset. If feedback s not used for standby swtch-off, the telegram can be transmtted after a delay after bus/mans voltage return, whereby the delay tme s set jontly and globally for all the feedback of the devce. If a tme delay s requred, the parameter "Tme delay for feedback after bus voltage return?" must be set to "yes". Otherwse ("no" settng), transmsson of the actve message telegram takes place mmedately after a devce reset and thus generally when the standby swtch-off s used. Feedback n ts functon as an actve sgnallng object can also be transmtted cyclcally as an opton n addton to transmsson when the object value changes, although ths s only possble f the delay tmes, and thus the standby swtch-off, are not used. The parameter "Cyclcal transmsson of feedback telegram?" then specfes f cyclcal transmsson s enabled or not. If enabled, the parameter "Tme for cyclcal transmsson" on the same parameter page wll defne the cycle tme. After a devce reset (mans voltage falure and return on Gateway, ETS programmng operaton), the groups and devces set themselves to the specfed behavour after ntalsaton (parameter "Behavour after bus voltage return" or KNX telegram). If an actve swtch-off or swtch-on occurs on a brghtness value, the Gateway wll also transmt global status feedback accordng to the current state (possbly after a delay). Page 73 of 257

74 Manual operaton Software "DALI Gateway C0201x" Functonal descrpton The DALI Gateway offers manual operaton for all the avalable DALI groups and sngle devces. The button feld wth 4 functon keys and 3 status LEDs on the front panel of the devce can be used for settng the followng modes of operaton... - Bus control: operaton from touch sensors or other bus devces - Temporary manual control: manual control locally wth keypad, automatc return to bus control, - Permanent manual control: local manual control wth keypad. The operaton of the functon keys, the control of the outputs and the status dsplay are descrbed n detal n chapter "Operaton". (see page 14-15). Confguraton, status feedback, dsablng va a bus telegram and nteracton wth other functons of the DALI Gateway when manual operaton s actvated and deactvated wll be descrbed n greater detal n the followng sectons. Manual operaton s possble only when the mans voltage supply to the Gateway s swtched on. In the delvery state of the DALI Gateway, manual operaton s fully enabled. In ths unprogrammed state, all connected DALI operatng devces can be controlled usng the broadcast functon so that fast functon checkng of the connected electronc ballasts (e.g. on the constructon ste) s possble. After ntal commssonng of the Gateway va the ETS, manual operaton can be enabled or dsabled separately for varous states of operaton. Manual control can, for nstance, be dsabled durng bus operaton (bus voltage appled). Another opton conssts n the complete dsablng of the manual control only n case of bus voltage falure. Therefore manual control can be dsabled completely, f the bus dsable and bus falure dsable are actve. The colour temperature of a DALI group or sngle devce cannot be changed by manual operaton. Enablng the manual control mode Manual control for the dfferent states of operaton s enabled by means of the parameters "Manual control n case of bus voltage falure" and "Manual control durng bus operaton". o Set the parameter "Manual control n case of bus voltage falure" to "enabled". Manual control s then bascally enabled when the bus voltage s off. Ths settng corresponds to the settng of the actuator as delvered. o Set the parameter "Manual control n case of bus voltage falure" to "dsabled". Manual control s completely dsabled when the bus voltage s off. Snce bus operaton s also not possble n ths state, the DALI groups of the Gateway can no longer be controlled. o Set the parameter "Manual control durng bus operaton" to "enabled". Manual control s then bascally enabled when the bus voltage s on. The DALI groups and sngle devces of the Gateway can be controlled va the bus or by manual operaton. Ths settng corresponds to the settng of the actuator as delvered. o Set the parameter "Manual control durng bus operaton" to "dsabled". Manual control s completely dsabled when the bus voltage s on. In ths confguraton, the DALI groups and the sngle devces of the Gateway can only be operated va the bus. Manual control s possble only whle the actuator s suppled wth power from the mans. Manual operaton ends n case of bus voltage falure, bus voltage return or mans voltage falure. Page 74 of 257

75 Functonal descrpton Further parameters and communcaton objects of the manual control are vsble only n the confguraton "Manual control durng bus operaton = enabled". For ths reason, the dsablng functon, the status message and bus control dsablng can only be confgured n the above parameter settng. Presettng the behavour at the begnnng and at the end of manual control The manual control dstngushes the temporary and permanent manual control. The behavour s dfferent dependng on these modes of operaton, especally at the end of manual control. It should be noted that bus operaton, -.e. control of the DALI groups and sngle devces by drect operaton (swtchng / dmmng / brghtness value / scenes / central) or by the dsablng or forced poston functons - s always dsabled durng actvated manual operaton. Ths means that the manual control mode has the hghest prorty. Behavour at the begnnng of manual control: The behavour at the begnnng of manual control does not dffer for temporary and permanent manual control. Durng actvaton of the manual operaton, the brghtness statuses of the DALI groups and sngle devces reman unchanged. Flashng feature durng dsablng functon: The flashng of a dsablng functon s nterrupted at the begnnng of the manual operaton. The brghtness remans at the most recently set flash state ("ON" or "OFF). The swtchng status s ndcated as "ON". Actve forced poston functons or dsablng functons can be overrdden by manual control. These functons are reactvated after deactvaton of the manual mode unless they have been cancelled n the meantme. Behavour at the end of manual control: The behavour at the end of manual control s dfferent for temporary and permanent manual control. Temporary manual operaton mode s shut off automatcally when the last group or - f sngle devces are confgured - the last sngle devce has been addressed and when the select key c s pressed once agan. Durng deactvaton of the temporary manual operaton mode, the Gateway returns to 'normal' bus operaton and does not change the brghtness states selected by manual control. However, f a forced poston or dsablng functon was actvated va the bus before or durng manual operaton of emergency operaton, the Gateway executes these functons of a hgher prorty agan for the groups and sngle devces concerned. The permanent manual control mode s shut off, when the select key c s pressed for more than 5 seconds. Dependng on the confguraton of the Gateway n the ETS, the groups wll be set to the state last adjusted n manual operaton or to the state nternally tracked (drect operaton, forced poston, dsablng) when the permanent manual operaton s swtched off. The parameter "Behavour at the end of permanent manual control durng bus operaton" defnes the correspondng reacton. o Set the parameter "Behavour at the end of permanent manual control durng bus operaton" to "no change". All telegrams receved durng an actve permanent manual control mode for drect operaton (swtchng, dmmng, brghtness value, central, scenes) wll be rejected. After the end of the permanent manual control mode, the current brghtness state of all the groups and sngle devces remans unchanged. If, however, a forced poston or dsablng functon was actvated va the bus before or durng manual operaton of emergency operaton, the Gateway executes these functons of a hgher prorty agan for the groups concerned. o Set the parameter "Behavour at the end of permanent manual control durng bus operaton" to "track outputs". Durng actve permanent manual control all ncomng telegrams are tracked nternally. At the end of manual operaton, the groups and sngle devces are set to the last tracked brghtness states. If a forced poston or dsablng functon was actvated va the bus before or durng manual operaton of emergency operaton, the Gateway executes these functons of a hgher prorty agan for the groups and sngle devces concerned. The behavour at the end of the permanent manual control when the bus voltage s off (only manual control) s permanently set to "no change". The control operatons trggered n the manual control mode wll be transmtted va feedback objects to the bus, f enabled and actvely transmttng. Page 75 of 257

76 Functonal descrpton On falure/return of bus voltage or after programmng wth the ETS, an actvated manual operaton mode wll always be termnated. In ths case, the parametersed or predefned behavour at the end of manual control wll not be executed. Instead, the Gateway executes the confgured behavour on bus/mans voltage return or after ETS programmng. Presettng a manual control dsable The manual control mode can be separately dsabled va the bus, even f t s already actve. If the dsablng functon s enabled, then as soon as a dsablng telegram s receved va the dsablng object, the Gateway mmedately termnates an actvated manual operaton and locks the functon keys on the front panel of the devce. The telegram polarty of the dsablng object s parametersable. The manual control mode durng bus operaton must be enabled. o Set the parameter "Dsablng functon manual control?" on parameter page "Manual control" to "yes". The dsablng functon of the manual control mode s enabled and the dsablng object s vsble. o Select the desred telegram polarty n the "Polarty of the manual operaton dsablng object" parameter. In the polarty "1 = enabled / 0 = dsabled", the dsablng functon s mmedately actve on return of bus/mans voltage or after an ETS programmng operaton (object value = "0"). To actvate the manual control n ths case, an enable telegram "1" must frst be sent to the dsablng object. In case of bus voltage falure, dsablng va the dsablng object s always nactve (dependng on parameterzaton, the manual control s then ether enabled or completely dsabled). After return of bus voltage, a dsabled state that was actve beforehand s always nactve when the polarty of the dsablng object s non-nverted. In the event of falure of the supply voltage (mans voltage falure), dsablng s deactvated va the dsablng object. When an actve manual control s termnated by a dsable, the actuator wll also transmt a "Manual control nactve" status telegram to the bus, f the status messagng functon s enabled. The "Automatc devce replacement" functon s not nfluenced by the dsablng functon of the manual operaton. Presettng the status message functon for the manual control mode The DALI Gateway can transmt a status message to the bus va a separate object when the manual operaton s actvated or deactvated. The status telegram can only be transmtted when the bus voltage s swtched on. The polarty of the status telegram can be parametersed. The manual control mode durng bus operaton must be enabled. o Set the parameter "Status manual control?" on parameter page "Manual control" to "yes". The status messagng functon of manual control s enabled and the status object s vsble. o Specfy n the parameter "Status object functon and polarty" whether the status telegram s generally a "1" telegram whenever the manual control mode s actvated or only n those cases where the permanent manual mode s actvated. The status object s always "0" when the manual control mode s deactvated. The status s only transmtted actvely to the bus ("0") after return of bus voltage when an actvated manual control s ended by the bus return durng the bus voltage falure. The status telegram s n ths case transmtted wthout delay. Page 76 of 257

77 Functonal descrpton When actve manual control s termnated by a dsable, the actuator wll also transmt a "Manual control nactve" status telegram to the bus. Settng dsablng of the bus control Indvdual DALI groups and sngle devces can be dsabled locally so that the dsabled DALI operatng devces can no longer be controlled va the KNX. Such dsablng of the bus operaton s ntated by local operaton n permanent manual operaton and s ndcated by flashng of the group or sngle devce number n the 7-segment dsplay. The dsabled groups and sngle devces can then only be actvated n permanent manual operaton. The manual control mode durng bus operaton must be enabled. o Set the parameter "Bus control of ndvdual groups or sngle devces can be dsabled?" on parameter page "Manual control" to "yes". The functon for dsablng the bus control s enabled and can be actvated locally. Alternatvely, ths parameter can be set to "no" to prevent dsablng of the bus control from beng actvated n permanent manual operaton. The dsablng ntated locally has the hghest prorty. Thus, all other functons of the Gateway that can be actvated va the bus (e.g. emergency operaton, forced poston or dsablng functon) are overrdden. Dependng on the confguraton of the Gateway n the ETS, the groups and sngle devces wll be set to the state last adjusted n manual operaton or to the state nternally tracked (drect operaton, emergency operaton, forced poston, dsablng) when permanent manual operaton s dsabled and subsequently swtched off. Any dsablng of the bus control actvated locally s not reset n case of bus voltage falure or return. A falure of the supply voltage (mans voltage falure) or an ETS programmng operaton always deactvates dsablng of the bus control. DALI devce replacement After startng the automatc devce replacement, the DALI Gateway s able to check the completeness of the prevously operated DALI operatng devces. If, for example, a defectve DALI electronc ballast was removed by an nstallaton engneer and replaced by a new one, the DALI Gateway s able to program the new electronc ballast wth the programmng data of the faled electronc ballast. Ths makes t possble to replace a faled DALI operatng devce by a smple operaton on the devce and wthout any confguraton work n the ETS. When usng the automatc devce replacement, only operatng devces of the same DALI type can be nterchanged! If operatng devces of another type are to be replaced, a complete DALI commssonng must be carred out usng the ETS plug-n. Actvaton of the automatc devce replacement and the steps necessary to perform the replacement operaton are descrbed n detal n the "Operaton" chapter of ths documentaton (see page 15). The secton below documents the ETS confguraton of ths functon. Settng enablng for DALI devce replacement In the ETS confguraton, t s possble to specfy whether or not an automatc devce replacement can be executed through local control on the DALI Gateway. o Set the parameter "Enable DALI devce replacement through manual operaton?" on the parameter page "General" to "yes". Automatc DALI devce replacement can be ntated and executed through local control on the DALI Gateway. o Set the parameter "Enable DALI devce replacement through manual operaton?" to "no". Page 77 of 257

78 Functonal descrpton Automatc DALI devce replacement s not possble. The operatng functon s dsabled locally. Durng automatc devce replacement, all the other functons of the DALI Gateway are stopped. Durng devce replacement, the Gateway tracks all the receved bus states and evaluates the most recently tracked values (swtchng, dmmng, brghtness value, scenes, effects, central functon, emergency operaton, forced poston, dsablng functon) normally at the end of automatc devce replacement. Actve emergency operaton or an actve forced poston or dsablng functon s nterrupted by devce replacement and reactvated at the end of the replacement operaton f the functons have not been deactvated n the meantme. The behavour as at the begnnng of the forced poston or dsablng functon s not executed agan. Automatc devce replacement can also be executed when manual operaton s dsabled. Page 78 of 257

79 Functonal descrpton Central functon Central functon The Gateway offers the possblty of lnkng selected ndvdual or all groups and sngle devces wth a 1-bt central communcaton object. The behavour n case of actvaton va the central functon s comparable to a central group address lnked wth all "Swtchng" objects. The groups and sngle devces assgned to the central functon are actvated n accordance wth the central object value receved. The polarty of the central telegram can be confgured as nverted. The behavour of the groups and devces s dentcal to the normal control va the "Swtch" objects (same prorty last swtchng command s executed ). Thus, all downstream functons, such as tmng/supplementary functons, are also taken nto account. Enablng the central functon o Enable the central functon on parameter page "General" by settng the "Central functon?" to "Yes". If a functon s actve, the "Central functon for groups and devces" communcaton object s vsble. Assgnng groups and sngle devces to the central functon Each DALI group and each planned sngle devce can be assgned to the central functon ndependently. The central functon must have been enabled on parameter page "General". Otherwse, no assgnment s possble. o Set the Parameter "Assgnment to central functon?" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group name - Swtchng" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Devce name Swtchng" to "yes". The group or the sngle devce s assgned to the central functon. The assgned DALI operatng devces can be swtched on or off centrally. The swtchng state set by the central functon s tracked n the feedback objects and also transmtted to the bus, f these are actvely transmttng. The swtchng state set by a central functon s not tracked n the "swtchng" objects. After a bus/mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS, the central functon s always nactve (object value "0"). Page 79 of 257

80 Functonal descrpton Descrpton of group and devce functons Controllng the brghtness Settable brghtness range The settable brghtness range of a DALI group or a sngle devce can be lmted by defnng a lower and upper brghtness value. The parameters "Mnmum brghtness" and "Maxmum brghtness" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups -> [x] Group name" (x = Group number 1 32) or "Addressng -> Sngle devces -> [x] Devce name" (x = Short address ) specfy the brghtness values, whch may not be undershot or exceeded when presettng a brghtness value or dmmng operaton. In ths way, the brghtness of the controlled lamps of the DALI operatng devces can be adapted ndvdually even to the brghtness senstvty of the human eye. The confgured mnmum brghtness can be undershot only by swtchng off or when dmmng up startng from the "OFF" state. Furthermore, the brghtness value, whch s set whenever swtchng on va the "Swtchng" or the "Central functon swtchng" object on the DALI operatng devces, can be predefned. The parameter "Swtch-on brghtness" defnes ths brghtness separately for each group and each sngle devce. The settable value s anywhere between the mnmum and maxmum. Fgure 30: Example of a brghtness range wth swtch-on brghtness Settng the mnmum brghtness The mnmum brghtness can be set separately for each DALI group and each sngle devce. o Set the "Mnmum brghtness" parameter n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - > [x] Group" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballast" to the requred brghtness value. The set brghtness s not undershot when predefnng a brghtness value or durng a dmmng operaton n the "ON" state. The confgured mnmum brghtness can be undershot durng the dmmng operaton only by swtchng off or when dmmng up startng from the "OFF" state. The upper lmt of the settable value selecton s lmted by the confgured maxmum brghtness (mnmum brghtness < maxmum brghtness). Durng edtng of the mnmum brghtness, the ETS plug-n checks all the confgured brghtness values of the group or the sngle devce (e.g. swtch-on brghtness, scene values) to determne whether the values undershoot the mnmum brghtness. If ths s the case, the plug-n wll sgnal a value conflct and offer the followng selecton... - the brghtness values can be adjusted to the mnmum brghtness, or - the mnmum brghtness settng s reset to ts orgnal value. If values are receved by the brghtness value object and are less than the confgured mnmum brghtness, then the Gateway wll set the mnmum brghtness as the new brghtness value for the group or sngle devce concerned. Page 80 of 257

81 Functonal descrpton Settng the maxmum brghtness The maxmum brghtness can be set separately for each DALI group and each sngle devce. o Set the "Maxmum brghtness" parameter n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - > [x] Group" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballast" to the requred brghtness value. The set brghtness s not undershot n any swtched-on operatng state. The lower lmt of the selecton of the value settable s lmted by the confgured mnmum brghtness (mnmum brghtness < maxmum brghtness). Durng edtng of the maxmum brghtness, the ETS plug-n checks all the confgured brghtness values of the group or the sngle devce (e.g. swtch-on brghtness, scene values), to see f the values exceed the maxmum brghtness. If ths s the case, the plug-n wll sgnal a value conflct and offer the followng selecton... - the brghtness values can be adjusted to the maxmum brghtness, or - the maxmum brghtness settng s reset to ts orgnal value. If values are receved by the brghtness value object and are greater than the confgured maxmum brghtness, then the Gateway wll set the maxmum brghtness as the new brghtness value for the group or sngle devce concerned. Settng the swtch-on brghtness The swtch-on brghtness can be set separately for each DALI group and each sngle devce. o Set the "Swtch-on brghtness" parameter n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - > [x] Group" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballast" to "Brghtness value". In the selecton box, confgure the necessary brghtness value. The set brghtness s set after recept of an ON telegram va the "Swtchng" communcaton object or after recept of a central telegram wth the polarty "Actvated" by the assgned operatng devces. o Set the parameter "Swtch-on brghtness" to "Memory value (brghtness before swtchng off last tme)". On swtch-on, the actve and nternally-saved brghtness value pror to swtchng off last tme s set (va the "Swtchng" or "Central functon swtchng" object). Ths memory value s saved n the volatle memory, whch means that the value s predefned to maxmum brghtness after a bus or mans voltage return or an ETS programmng operaton. In the "Brghtness value" settng: The selecton of the settable value s lmted to the confgured mnmum brghtness at the lower lmt and by the confgured maxmum brghtness at the upper lmt. A memory value s also then saved nternally by a swtch-off telegram f the bus-controlled swtch-off s overrdden, for example, by a dsable or forced poston functon or by a manual operaton. In ths case, the nternally tracked brghtness value s saved as memory value. If no soft ON functon s actvated, the brghtness value s more or less jumped to when swtchng on (usng mnmum DALI fadng of 0.7 seconds). Once a soft ON functon s actvated, the swtch-on brghtness s dmmed accordng to the dmmng speed for the soft ON functon. Dmmng characterstc and dmmng speeds The brghtness of operatng devces of a DALI group or a confgured sngle devce can be changed by a dmmng operaton. The lmts of the brghtness range that can be set by a dmmng operaton are defned by the maxmum brghtness and mnmum brghtness predefned n the ETS. Page 81 of 257

82 Functonal descrpton Fgure 31: Example of a dmmable brghtness range A DALI group or sngle devce can be dmmed by... - Relatve dmmng: Relatve dmmng can ether be trggered by the 4-bt "dmmng" communcaton object avalable for each group or sngle devce or by a long button-press of the manual operaton. The data format of the "dmmng" object comples - as s normal wth KNX dmmng actuators - wth the KNX standard DPT 3.007, whch means that the dmmng drecton and relatve dmmng ncrements can be predefned n the dmmng telegram or dmmng procedures can also be stopped. In relatve dmmng by local manual operaton on the DALI Gateway, a dmmng procedure s executed whlst the approprate button s pressed. The dmmng process ends when the button s released or when the maxmum brghtness or mnmum brghtness s reached. A relatve dmmng operaton allows a brghtness value to be changed constantly and always starts from the brghtness that s set at the tme of the dmmng command. When dmmng up startng from the "OFF" state, the confgured mnmum brghtness can be undershot durng the dmmng operaton. In the plug-n of the DALI Gateway, the dmmng speed for relatve dmmng can be confgured separately for each group and each sngle devce. - Absolute dmmng: Absolute dmmng s trggered by specfyng a brghtness value. Ths value can be predefned by the 1-byte "Brghtness value" communcaton object of the KNX, whch s avalable separately n each group or sngle devce. In addton, brghtness values can also be set by a dsablng or forced poston functon or by the effect functon. Absolute dmmng can also be actvated, even n case of bus voltage falure, after bus or mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS, by specfyng brghtness values. When predefnng a brghtness value va the object, by a scene recall or by an effect step, t s possble to confgure (separately for each) n the ETS plug-n whether the value s jumped to drectly or alternatvely whether t s dmmed to usng a dmmng tme. In the case of all other absolute dmmng functons, the brghtness values are always nstantly jumped to. Even f brghtness values are nstantly jumped to, the dmmng procedure on DALI operatng devces always takes a very short tme as well as when swtchng wthout soft ON or soft OFF. Ths dmmng procedure s dependent on the system. The brghtness value jumped to wll be dmmed to wthn 0.7 seconds (short fadng). Ths tme cannot be altered. On the DALI Gateway, the settng of a dmmng tme for relatve dmmng or absolute dmmng (wth dmmng of the brghtness values) can take place for the entre possble DALI brghtness range, dependng on the system. The tme entered n the ETS defnes the maxmum length for dmmng over the entre brghtness range of the DALI data value "0 (0 %)" to "254 (100 %)". The dmmng step tmes can be derved from the confgured tmes. Examples: Confgured tme for relatve dmmng = 10 seconds / set brghtness value = 50 % -> relatve dmmng from 50 % to 100 % -> the dmmng operaton takes 5 seconds. Page 82 of 257

83 Functonal descrpton Confgured tme for absolute dmmng = 20 seconds / set brghtness value = 25 % -> absolute dmmng from 25 % to 100 % -> the dmmng operaton takes 15 seconds. When the dmmng tmes are confgured, the dmmng tme s always defned for the entre brghtness range ( %). A mnmum or maxmum brghtness confgured n the ETS does not lmt the dmmng tmes, but only specfes the dmmable range. Settng dmmng tme for relatve dmmng In the plug-n of the DALI Gateway, the dmmng tme for relatve dmmng can be set separately for each group and each sngle devce. o Set the parameter "Tme for relatve dmmng ( %)" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> Dmmng" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast -> Dmmng" to the requred dmmng tme. Settng dmmng behavour for absolute dmmng In the plug-n of the DALI Gateway, the dmmng behavour for absolute dmmng can be set separately for each group and each sngle devce usng the "Brghtness value" object. o Set the parameter "Dmmng behavour on recept of a brghtness value" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> Dmmng" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast -> Dmmng" to "Dm to". Once a new brghtness value s receved, t s set by means of the calculated dmmng ncrement tme for absolute dmmng. o Set the parameter "dmmng behavour after recept of a brghtness value" to "jump to". As soon as a new brghtness value s receved t wll be nstantly jumped to. Brghtness values can also be set by a dsablng or forced poston functon. Absolute dmmng can also be actvated, even n case of bus voltage falure, after bus or mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS, by specfyng brghtness values. In the case of these absolute dmmng functons, the brghtness values are always nstantly jumped to. Durng a scene or effect recall, the dmmng behavour can be confgured separately. Settng dmmng tme for absolute dmmng In the plug-n of the DALI Gateway, the dmmng tme for absolute dmmng can be set separately for each group and each sngle devce usng the "Brghtness value" object. The dmmng behavour must be confgured as "Dm to". o Set the parameter "Tme for absolute dmmng ( %)" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> Dmmng" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast -> Dmmng" to the requred dmmng tme. Dmmng characterstc The DALI Gateway converts KNX brghtness values to DALI brghtness values accordng to DPT and brghtness values that were confgured n the ETS. On the DALI page, the brghtness commands are transmtted n an 8-bt data value from the Gateway to the operatng devces. Ths data value accordng to IEC s referred to as "Arc Power Level (APL)" n the DALI specfcaton. The deally dmmable brghtness range on the DALI page s Page 83 of 257

84 Functonal descrpton represented n the data value by the decmal values The value "0" s nterpreted by the operatng devces as "OFF". A value "255" means "no change of brghtness" ("MASK"). The DALI specfcaton also descrbes a logarthmc dmmng characterstc. Ths characterstc determnes how the 8-bt data value s converted by operatng devces (e.g. electronc ballast for fluorescent lamps or LED drvers) to an equvalent lumnous flux at the physcal output va the connected lumnare. The lumnous flux (physcal unt "Lumen [lm]") s a measure for the lght output emtted by a lumnare. The dmmng characterstc of the operatng devces represents logarthmcally the 8-bt data values transmtted on the DALI page to the lumnous flux n the range Ths range then corresponds to a physcal lght output of 0.1 % %. Fgure 32: Logarthmc dmmng curve n DALI operatng devces (relatve lumnous flux [%] dependng on the 8-bt DALI data value [ ]) The logarthmc representaton of the dmmng values n the characterstc s used to adapt the emtted lumnous flux to the subjectve brghtness senstvty of the human eye. The human eye already perceves a far greater brghtness at a lumnous flux of 50 % (the lumnare emts half of ts lght output nto the surroundng space). Brghtness changes n the upper physcally possble dmmng range (> 50 % lumnous flux) are hardly perceved anymore by the eye as a rule. By usng a logarthmc characterstc, the dmmng range of the DALI data value s mapped n large parts on an area of the relatve lumnous flux where the human eye can optmally perceve brghtness changes. The actual dmmable brghtness range by a DALI operatng devce does not always have to correspond to the maxmum possble DALI dmmng range (0.1 % %). On a DALI operatng devce the least adjustable brghtness s referred to as "Physcal Mnmum Level (PHM)". Ths lower brghtness lmt value s defned by the physcal propertes of the operatng devce or connected lumnare and s normally specfed n the manufacturer's datasheet. The lower physcal brghtness lmt value of an assgned operatng devce s ndependent of the adjustable mnmum brghtness n the ETS plug-n. It s qute possble to set a lower mnmum brghtness (e.g. 0.1 %) n the ETS than an operatng devce can actually set as a mnmum (e.g. 3 %). In such cases, the Gateway dms to the confgured mnmum brghtness va the DALI data value. The operatng devce or lumnare then already stops at the physcal mnmum, however. Ideally, the mnmum brghtness of a DALI group or sngle devce s confgured to the physcal mnmum of the operatng devce. Page 84 of 257

85 Functonal descrpton A logarthmc dmmng characterstc s standard n DALI operatng devces and can normally be found n the delvery state. However, there are some operatng devces, n whch the characterstc curve can be adjusted - often by manufacturer-specfc software tools. As a rule, t s possble to swtch between a lnear characterstc and a logarthmc characterstc. Such operatng devces must always be set to a logarthmc characterstc n conjuncton wth the KNX DALI Gateway. Otherwse, the mechansm of the confgurable characterstcs of the DALI Gateway s ncorrect! When dmmng, the logarthmc characterstc curve provded for DALI s not deal for every control task. For ths reason, the KNX DALI Gateway offers the possblty of nfluencng the DALI dmmng characterstc wthout havng to ntervene n the operatng devces. For ths purpose, for each DALI group and sngle devce n the ETS plug-n n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> Dmmng" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast -> Dmmng" the parameter "DALI dmmng characterstc" s avalable. - Lnear DALI dmmng characterstc: In ths settng, the Gateway lnearses the DALI dmmng characterstc by convertng all brghtness values, whch are receved from the KNX and confgured n the ETS, approprately nto DALI data values. Thus, the KNX brghtness values form lnearly on the lumnous flux emtted by the DALI lumnare. The Gateway tself does not dm lnearly n ths settng. A lnear dmmng sequence of the relatve lumnous flux frst results at the physcal output of an operatng devce through the combnaton of the non-lnear converson of the Gateway and the logarthmc characterstc of the operatng devces. Feedbacks of the brghtness value to the KNX are also adjusted through converson. On account of the nternal calculaton process, there may be slght devatons between the specfed and fed back brghtness value (e.g. specfcaton = 50 % -> Feedback = 49 %). Example of brghtness change: KNX brghtness: 50 % -> DALI data value (APL): 229 -> Lumnous flux: approx. 50 % -> The human eye already perceves an ntensve brghtness. KNX brghtness: 75 % -> DALI data value (APL): 243 -> lumnous flux: approx. 75 % -> The human eye hardly perceves the brghtness dfference between the prevous dmmng settng anymore. The dmmng operaton appears unsteady. Page 85 of 257

86 Functonal descrpton Fgure 33: Lnear DALI dmmng characterstc (relatve lumnous flux [%] dependng on the 8-bt KNX data value [ ]) KNX brghtness value KNX brghtness value [%] DALI data value (APL) Transmsson of data values wth a lnear DALI dmmng characterstc Lumnous flux [%] Page 86 of 257

87 Functonal descrpton Advantages of a lnear DALI dmmng characterstc: Adjustment to exstng KNX actuators possble. KNX dmmng actuators or 1-10-V control unts normally form brghtness values lnearly n a physcal output sgnal by the "Scalng" (DPT / > 0.4 % %) defned accordng to the KNX specfcaton. If a DALI system wth such KNX actuators s combned n an nstallaton, t s normally necessary to set a lnear dmmng characterstc n the DALI Gateway n order to adapt the dmmng behavour to the other actuators. Otherwse, the lumnares wll dm to a dfferent brghtness wth dentcal KNX data values. A lnear dmmng characterstc also has a postve effect on a multchannel RGB colour control, especally durng dynamc colour changes (e.g. control of 3 dfferent DALI channels for RGB colour mxng). By convertng the KNX data values to a lnear lumnous flux for each prmary colour, colours can be mxed relably n a wde spectrum by the lumnare. In the case of operatng devces that have a hgh physcal mnmum brghtness (> 3 %) and thus a lmted lumnous flux range, a lnear characterstc allows the possble KNX brghtness range (0.4 % %) to be utlsed usefully n the lower dmmng range by the ncreased DALI data values. Dsadvantages of a lnear DALI dmmng characterstc: Dmmng operatons are not adjusted to the brghtness percepton of the human eye. Ths means that the dmmng behavour for mere brghtness control s perceved as uneven due to the logarthmc human percepton. Hgh number of levels n the lower dmmng range. - Logarthmc DALI dmmng characterstc: Wth ths settng, the Gateway forwards KNX brghtness values to the DALI page vrtually unprocessed. Merely a smoothng of the data values n the lower dmmng range takes place. A logarthmc dmmng sequence of the relatve lumnous flux results at the physcal output of an operatng devce through the combnaton of forwardng the value of the Gateway and the logarthmc characterstc of the operatng devces. Feedbacks of the effectve DALI brghtness value to the KNX s also possble n ths case. Owng to the fnely adjustable level n the lower dmmng range of a logarthmc DALI characterstc, KNX brghtness values of up to approx. 10 % are reported as a brghtness value 0.4 %. Predefned KNX brghtness values up to approx. 23 % are dsplayed n the feedback as brghtness value 11 % and KNX brghtness values up to approx. 33 % are dsplayed as brghtness value 24 %. The feedback occurs constantly from approx. 34 % KNX brghtness. Example of brghtness change: KNX brghtness: 50 % -> DALI data value (APL): 128 -> Lumnous flux: approx. 3 % -> The human eye subjectvely perceves about half of the lumnare brghtness. KNX brghtness: 75 % -> DALI data value (APL): 191 -> Lumnous flux: approx. 18 % -> The human eye clearly perceves a brghtness dfference between the prevous dmmng settng. The dmmng operaton s constantly effectve. Page 87 of 257

88 Functonal descrpton Fgure 34: Logarthmc DALI dmmng characterstc (relatve lumnous flux [%] dependng on the 8-bt KNX data value [ ]) KNX brghtness value KNX brghtness value [%] DALI data value (APL) Transmsson of data values wth a logarthmc DALI dmmng characterstc Lumnous flux [%] Advantages of a logarthmc DALI dmmng characterstc: Ideal for pure brghtness controls. Adjustment to the brghtness percepton of the human eye. As a result, brghtness changes are perceved evenly n the entre dmmng range. Fne number of levels n the lower dmmng range. Page 88 of 257

89 Functonal descrpton Dsadvantages of a logarthmc DALI dmmng characterstc: Dffcult adjustment up to no adjustment at all on other KNX actuators that only dm lnearly. Poor sldng progresson when mxng colours va separate DALI channels. In the case of operatng devces that have a hgh physcal mnmum brghtness (> 3 %) and thus a lmted lumnous flux range, the lower KNX dmmng range (0.4 %...50 %) cannot be utlsed. Page 89 of 257

90 Functonal descrpton Controllng the colour temperature Settable colour temperature range When actvatng DALI operatng devces that support the devce type "Tunable Whte" (DT8 - TW), the colour temperature of the connected lumnare can be changed. The settable colour temperature range of a DALI group or sngle devce can be lmted by defnng a lower and upper colour temperature value. The parameters "Mnmum colour temperature" and "Maxmum colour temperature" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups -> [x] Group name -> Tunable whte functon" (x = Group number 1 32) or "Addressng -> Sngle devces -> [x] Devce name -> Tunable whte functon" (x = Short address ) specfy the colour temperature values, whch may not be undershot or exceeded when the Gateway s n a swtched-on operatng state. In ths way, the colour temperature of the controlled lumnares of the DALI operatng devces can be lmted ndvdually and adapted to the respectve applcaton. Furthermore, the colour temperature value, whch s set whenever swtchng on va the "Swtchng" or the "Central functon swtchng" object on the DALI operatng devces, can be predefned. The parameter "Colour temperature after swtchng on" defnes ths colour temperature value separately for each group and each sngle devce. The settable value s anywhere between the mnmum and maxmum colour temperature. Fgure 35: Example of a confgured colour temperature range wth swtch-on colour temperature DALI lghts that can change the colour temperature are generally ftted wth two dfferent lumnares for warm whte and cold whte lght. The lumnous flux of both lumnares can be vared ndependently and thus the colour temperature can be changed n the specfed range by dfferent actvaton va the upstream DALI operatng devce (e.g. DALI DT8 LED drver). In the lower colour temperature range, only the warm whte lumnare s usually swtched on. In the upper colour temperature range, only the cold whte lumnare s swtched on. A DALI operatng devce accordng to devce type 8 essentally changes the proportonal lumnous flux of the lumnare whle mantanng the total lumnous flux provded, whch s specfed va the brghtness of the DALI group or sngle devce. Durng a dmmng operaton of the colour temperature, t can happen that the operatng devces swtch the lumnare on or off f requred. Ths can lead to swtchng operatons n the transton ranges, whch cause the dmmng operatons to brefly appear unsteady. Settng mnmum colour temperature The mnmum colour temperature can be set separately for each DALI group and each sngle devce. o Set the parameter "Mnmum colour temperature" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups -> [x] Group name -> Tunable whte functon" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces -> [x] Devce name -> Tunable whte functon" to the requred colour temperature. The set colour temperature s not undershot n any operatng state. The upper lmt of the selecton of the value settable here s lmted by the confgured maxmum colour temperature (mnmum colour temperature < maxmum colour temperature). Page 90 of 257

91 Functonal descrpton Durng edtng of the mnmum colour temperature, the ETS plug-n checks all confgured colour temperature values of the group or the sngle devce (e.g. swtch-on colour temperature, scene values) to determne whether the values undershoot the mnmum colour temperature. If ths s the case, the plug-n wll sgnal a value conflct and offer the followng selecton... - the colour temperature values can be adjusted to the mnmum colour temperature, or - the mnmum colour temperature settng s reset to ts orgnal value. If values are receved by the "Absolute colour temperature" object and are less than the confgured mnmum colour temperature, then the Gateway wll set the mnmum colour temperature as the new colour temperature value for the group or sngle devce concerned. In ths case, the 1-bt "Invald colour temperature" feedback can be generated as an opton. Settng the maxmum colour temperature The maxmum colour temperature can be set separately for each DALI group and each sngle devce. o Set the parameter "Maxmum colour temperature" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups -> [x] Group name -> Tunable whte functon" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces -> [x] Devce name -> Tunable whte functon" to the requred colour temperature value. The set brghtness s not undershot n any swtched-on operatng state. The lower lmt of the selecton of the value settable here s lmted by the confgured mnmum colour temperature (mnmum colour temperature < maxmum colour temperature). Durng edtng of the maxmum colour temperature, the ETS plug-n checks all the confgured colour temperature values of the group or the sngle devce (e.g. swtch-on colour temperature, scene values) to determne whether the values exceed the maxmum colour temperature. If ths s the case, the plug-n wll sgnal a value conflct and offer the followng selecton... - the colour temperature values can be adjusted to the maxmum colour temperature, or - the maxmum colour temperature settng s reset to ts orgnal value. If values are receved by the "Absolute colour temperature" object and are greater than the confgured maxmum colour temperature, then the Gateway wll set the maxmum colour temperature as the new colour temperature value for the group or sngle devce concerned. In ths case, the 1-bt "Invald colour temperature" feedback can be generated as an opton. Settng the swtch-on colour temperature The swtch-on colour temperature can be set separately for each DALI group and each sngle devce. o Set the parameter "Colour temperature after swtchng on" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups -> [x] Group name -> Tunable whte functon" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces -> [x] Devce name -> Tunable whte functon" to "Set colour temperature value". In the selecton box, confgure the necessary colour temperature value. The set colour temperature s set after recept of an ON telegram va the "Swtchng" communcaton object or after recept of a central telegram wth the polarty "actvated". o Set the parameter "Colour temperature after swtchng on" to "Memory value (colour temperature before swtchng off last tme)". On swtchng on, the actve and nternally saved colour temperature value pror to swtchng off last tme s set (va the "Swtchng" or "Central functon swtchng" object). Ths memory value s saved n the volatle memory, whch means that after a devce reset (mans voltage return or an ETS programmng operaton), the value s predefned to maxmum colour temperature. o Set the parameter "Colour temperature after swtchng on" to "tracked colour temperature value". Page 91 of 257

92 Functonal descrpton On swtchng on, the nternally tracked colour temperature most recently specfed and n the "OFF" state s preset. The tracked colour temperature value s not nfluenced by an ETS programmng operaton or by a bus voltage falure ("no change"). When the bus/mans voltage returns, the colour temperature actve most recently before the bus/mans voltage falure s restored. Hence, ths colour temperature s taken nto account as a colour temperature value to be tracked when swtchng on. In the "Set colour temperature value" settng: The lower lmt of the selecton of the value that can be set here s lmted by the confgured mnmum colour temperature and the upper lmt by the confgured maxmum colour temperature. A memory value s also then saved nternally by a swtch-off telegram f the bus-controlled swtch-off s overrdden, for example, by a dsable or forced poston functon or by a manual operaton. In ths case, the nternally tracked colour temperature value s saved as memory value. The colour temperature to be set by swtchng on s ether dmmed n the confgured dmmng tme or s jumped to drectly dependng on the confgured dmmng behavour (absolute dmmng). The dmmng characterstc for colour temperature changes s always lnear. A swtched-off DALI group or sngle devce can also be swtched on by the recept of an absolute colour temperature value or by relatve dmmng (confgurable functons) f necessary. In ths case, the swtch-on colour temperature s not evaluated. The Gateway then actvates on swtchng on the colour temperature, whch was set drectly by the absolute colour temperature value or by the relatve dmmng operaton. Dmmng characterstc and dmmng speeds When actvatng DALI operatng devces that support the devce type "Tunable Whte" (DT8 - TW), the colour temperature can be changed by a relatve or absolute dmmng operaton. The lmts of the colour temperature range adjustable by a dmmng operaton s defned by the mnmum and maxmum colour temperature predefned n the ETS. Fgure 36: Example of a dmmable colour temperature range A DALI group or sngle devce can be dmmed by... Page 92 of 257

93 Functonal descrpton - Relatve dmmng: Relatve dmmng of the colour temperature can be trggered by the 4-bt "Relatve colour temperature" communcaton object avalable for each group or sngle devce. The data format of the "dmmng" object - as well as wth relatve dmmng of the brghtness - comples wth the KNX standard DPT 3.007, whch means that the dmmng drecton and relatve dmmng ncrements can be predefned n the dmmng telegram or dmmng procedures can also be stopped. A relatve dmmng operaton allows a colour temperature value to be changed constantly and always starts from the colour temperature that s set at the tme of the dmmng command. In the plug-n of the DALI Gateway, the dmmng speed for relatve dmmng of the colour temperature can be confgured separately for each group and each sngle devce and ndependent of the dmmng speed for a brghtness change. A relatve dmmng telegram for controllng the colour temperature can also swtch on a group or sngle devce n the "OFF" state. In some applcatons, t may be necessary, however, for a swtched off group or swtched off devce to stll reman off untl a relatve dmmng telegram of the colour temperature s receved. Ths s nterestng when usng lght scenes, for nstance: Several DALI groups are set to a defned colour temperature va a lght scene. Other groups are swtched off by the scene. Only the colour temperature of channels not swtched off by the scene recall should be changed by dmmng up afterwards. Here, t s necessary for groups or sngle devces not to respond to a relatve dmmng operaton of the colour temperature and thus not to swtch on. The parameter "Behavour when OFF by relatve dmmng of the colour temperature" defnes whether or not a DALI group or sngle devce n the "OFF" state swtches on va a relatve dmmng telegram of the colour temperature or remans swtched off and only tracks the dmmng operaton nternally. - Absolute dmmng: Absolute dmmng s trggered by specfyng a colour temperature value. Ths value can be predefned by the 2-byte "Absolute colour temperature (K)" communcaton object accordng to KNX DPT of the KNX, whch s avalable separately n each group or sngle devce. In addton, colour temperature values can also be set by the scene functon or by the effect functon. When predefnng a colour temperature value va the object, by a scene recall or by an effect step, t s possble to confgure (separately for each) n the ETS plug-n whether the value s jumped to drectly or alternatvely whether t s dmmed to usng a dmmng tme (Fadng Tme). Just as wth relatve dmmng, an absolute dmmng telegram for controllng the colour temperature can also swtch on a group or sngle devce n the "OFF" state. Here too, t may be necessary n some applcatons for a swtched off group or swtched off devce to stll reman off f a new colour temperature value s specfed absolutely. The parameter "Behavour when OFF by absolute dmmng of the colour temperature" defnes whether or not a DALI group or sngle devce n the "OFF" state swtches on va a new absolute 2-byte dmmng telegram of the colour temperature or remans swtched off and only tracks the colour value nternally. On the DALI Gateway, t s possble that the settng of a dmmng tme for relatve dmmng or absolute dmmng (wth dmmng of the colour temperature values) can take place for the DALI Gateway n the range mnmum colour temperature to maxmum colour temperature. The dmmng step tmes can be derved from the confgured tmes. The dmmng characterstc for colour temperature changes s always lnear. It s possble va the 1-bt "Absolute colour temperature (K)" feedback object to optonally dsplay whether a colour temperature specfed externally va the "Absolute colour temperature (K)" s vald. Ths s the case, f the specfed colour temperature volates the set lmts of the mnmum and maxmum colour temperature. Relatve dmmng of the colour temperature cannot be trggered by manual operaton drectly on the devce. Page 93 of 257

94 Functonal descrpton Even f colour temperature values are nstantly jumped to, the dmmng procedure on DALI operatng devces always takes a very short tme. Ths dmmng procedure s dependent on the system. The colour temperature value jumped to wll be dmmed to wthn 0.7 seconds (short fadng). Ths tme cannot be altered. It s optonally possble to automatcally change the colour temperature proportonally when dmmng the brghtness. Ths makes t possble wth lttle project plannng to smulate a thermal radator usng almost any colour temperature controllable lumnare (percepton of the lght source such as an ncandescent or halogen lamp). Example: A DALI lumnare s ftted wth colour temperature controllable LED lghts. The lamp s swtched va KNX telegrams and dmmed n brghtness. When dmmng, the colour temperature should adjust automatcally to the brghtness of the dmmng settng wthout the colour temperature beng set separately va the KNX. At low brghtness, the lumnare should glow warm whte, and at hgh brghtness t should glow cold whte. Thus, the colour temperature should change constantly n the same way as the brghtness n the ranges of the dmmable brghtness range. The maxmum possble KNX brghtness range (0 % %) s mapped proportonally to the confgured colour temperature range durng the automatc adjustment of the colour temperature (mnmum colour temperature [0 %]...maxmum colour temperature [100 %]). A confgured mnmum and maxmum brghtness lmts the automatcally adjustable colour temperature range. In the same way, a confgured mnmum colour temperature can never be undershot and a maxmum colour temperature can never be exceeded even f the brghtness range allows a greater adjustment range. Fgure 37: Automatc adjustment of the colour temperature to the set brghtness Example n the maxmum brghtness and colour temperature range Fgure 38: Automatc adjustment of the colour temperature to the set brghtness Example wth lmted brghtness and colour temperature range Fgure 39: Automatc adjustment of the colour temperature to the set brghtness Example wth lmted colour temperature range Page 94 of 257

95 Functonal descrpton The automatc adjustment of the colour temperature to the brghtness dmmng settng f a DALI group or sngle devce can take place durng relatve dmmng and absolute dmmng. The parameters "Behavour of the colour temperature durng relatve dmmng of the brghtness" and "Behavour of the colour temperature durng absolute dmmng of the brghtness" allow the descrbed functon for the relatve or absolute dmmng to be actvated separately. The brghtness of the connected lumnare actvated on the physcal output of the DALI operatng devce s dmmed va the confgured DALI characterstc (lnearly or logarthmcally) n the ETS for each DALI group or sngle devce. The colour temperature s constantly dmmed lnearly. Settng dmmng tme for relatve dmmng In the plug-n of the DALI Gateway, the dmmng tme for relatve dmmng of the colour temperature can be set separately for each group and each sngle devce. o Set the parameter "Tme for relatve dmmng for colour temperature adjustment" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> TW functon colour temperature 1" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast -> Set TW functon colour temperature 1" to the requred dmmng tme. Settng dmmng behavour for absolute dmmng In the plug-n of the DALI Gateway, the dmmng behavour for absolute dmmng can be set separately for each group and each sngle devce usng the "Absolute colour temperature (K)" object. o Set the parameter "Dmmng behavour on recept of a colour temperature" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> TW functon colour temperature 1" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast -> Set TW functon colour temperature 1 to "dm". Once a new colour temperature value s receved, t s set by means of the calculated dmmng ncrement tme for absolute dmmng. o Set the parameter "Dmmng behavour after recept of a colour temperature" to "jump to". As soon as a new colour temperature value s receved t wll be nstantly jumped to. Durng a scene or effect recall, the dmmng behavour can be confgured separately. Settng dmmng tme for absolute dmmng In the plug-n of the DALI Gateway, the dmmng tme for absolute dmmng can be set separately for each group and each sngle devce usng the "Absolute colour temperature (K)" object. The dmmng behavour must be confgured as "Dm to". o Set the parameter "Tme for absolute dmmng for colour temperature adjustment" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> TW functon colour temperature 1" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast -> Set TW functon colour temperature 1" to the requred dmmng tme. On the DALI Gateway, t s possble that the settng of a dmmng tme for relatve dmmng or absolute dmmng (wth dmmng of the colour temperature values) can take place for the DALI Gateway n the range mnmum colour temperature to maxmum colour temperature. The dmmng step tmes can be derved from the confgured tmes. Page 95 of 257

96 Functonal descrpton Settng dmmng behavour n OFF state for relatve dmmng A relatve dmmng telegram for controllng the colour temperature can also swtch on a group or sngle devce n the "OFF" state. In the plug-n of the DALI Gateway, the behavour n the "OFF" state when recevng a relatve dmmng telegram can be set separately for each group and each sngle devce by the parameter "Behavour when OFF by relatve dmmng of the colour temperature". o Set the parameter to "Colour temp. value change swtches ON (standard)". The DALI group or the sngle devce n the "OFF" state s swtched to the swtch-on brghtness by a relatve dmmng telegram of the colour temperature telegram. The dmmng operaton for the colour temperature starts at the colour temperature value most recently set by the Gateway or whch was tracked n the "OFF" state. The relatve dmmng telegram that leads to swtchng on, specfes the dmmng drecton and dmmng ncrement. The dmmng operaton stops after reachng the specfed colour temperature. After an ETS programmng operaton, the colour temperature value, at whch the dmmng operaton s started for relatve dmmng after the "OFF" state, s permanently set to the mean value of the confgured colour temperature range: colour temperature start dm = ((colour temperature max - colour temperature mn ) : 2) + colour temperature mn. o Set the parameter to "Colour temp. value change s gnored". The DALI group or the sngle devce n the "OFF" state s not swtched on by the relatve dmmng telegram. The group or sngle devce remans swtched off and only tracks the dmmng operaton nternally based on the last vald colour temperature currently set. Settng dmmng behavour n OFF state for absolute dmmng An absolute 2-byte colour temperature telegram can also swtch on a group or sngle devce n the "OFF" state. In the plug-n of the DALI Gateway, the behavour n the "OFF" state when recevng an absolute colour temperature telegram can be set separately for each group and each sngle devce by the parameter "Behavour when OFF by absolute dmmng of the colour temperature". o Set the parameter to "Colour temp. value change swtches ON (standard)". The DALI group or the sngle devce n the "OFF" state s swtched to swtch-on brghtness by an absolute colour temperature telegram. If the dmmng behavour of the absolute colour temperature s confgured to "jump to", the ntended colour temperature value s preset. If the dmmng behavour s confgured to "dm to", the dmmng operaton starts at the colour temperature value most recently set by the Gateway or whch was tracked n the "OFF" state. The dmmng operaton s executed accordng to the set dmmng tme. The dmmng operaton stops after reachng the specfed colour temperature. o Set the parameter to "Colour temp. value change s gnored". The DALI group or the sngle devce n the "OFF" state s not swtched by the absolute colour temperature telegram. The group or the sngle devce remans swtched off and only tracks the colour temperature value nternally. Settng the behavour of the colour temperature durng dmmng of the brghtness It s optonally possble to automatcally change the colour temperature proportonally when dmmng the brghtness. Ths makes t possble wth lttle project plannng to smulate a thermal radator usng almost any colour temperature controllable lumnare (percepton of the lght source such as an ncandescent or halogen lamp). In the plug-n of the DALI Gateway, the behavour of the colour temperature can be set separately by means of parameters for each group and each sngle devce for ths applcaton durng dmmng of the brghtness separately for the relatve or absolute dmmng. Page 96 of 257

97 Functonal descrpton o o o o Set the "Behavour of the colour temperature durng relatve dmmng of the brghtness" to "no change of colour temperature". The relatve dmmng of the brghtness va a 4-bt dmmng telegram has no effect on the colour temperature of the group or sngle devce. The colour temperature can only be controlled separately. Set the "Behavour of the colour temperature durng relatve dmmng of the brghtness" to "Colour temperature proportonal to brghtness". Durng relatve dmmng of the brghtness va a 4-bt dmmng telegram, the colour temperature of the group or sngle devce s also changed proportonally. The colour temperature becomes warmer when dmmng down. The colour temperature becomes colder when dmmng up. The colour temperature can also be controlled separately. Set the parameter "Behavour of the colour temperature durng absolute dmmng of the brghtness" to "no change of colour temperature". The absolute dmmng of the brghtness va a 1-byte brghtness value has no effect on the colour temperature of the group or sngle devce. The colour temperature can only be controlled separately. Set the parameter "Behavour of the colour temperature durng absolute dmmng of the brghtness" to "Colour temperature proportonal to brghtness". Durng absolute dmmng of the brghtness va a 1-byte brghtness value, the colour temperature of the group or sngle devce s also changed proportonally. The colour temperature becomes warmer when dmmng down. The colour temperature becomes colder when dmmng up. The colour temperature can also be controlled separately. Page 97 of 257

98 Response after a devce reset Software "DALI Gateway C0201x" Functonal descrpton The swtchng states or brghtness values that set themselves after a bus voltage falure, bus or mans voltage return or after an ETS programmng operaton for DALI groups or sngle devces can be confgured n the ETS. The behavour of the colour temperature of a group or sngle devce s unalterably predefned n the case of a devce reset. The confguraton optons and permanently defned functons are descrbed below. Presettng the behavour of the brghtness after an ETS programmng operaton The parameter "Behavour after ETS programmng operaton" s avalable separately for each group or each sngle devce n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... -> [x] Group" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballast". Ths parameter can be used to confgure the brghtness behavour, rrespectve of the behavour after a bus or mans voltage return. o Set the parameter to "No change". After an ETS programmng operaton, the DALI Gateway does not transmt any commands to the DALI operatng devces. The assgned DALI operatng devces show no response and reman n the brghtness state that was last set. In ths state, no colour temperature control s possble after an ETS programmng operaton even f the devces are stll swtched on due to the last brghtness state. In ths case, the group or sngle devce concerned must ether be swtched off and swtched on agan after the ETS programmng operaton or must be preset to a brghtness value unequal "0 %" by a new telegram. Only n ths way the Gateway evaluates the state "ON" for the operatng devces and permts a control of the colour temperature by new commands. o Set the parameter to "swtch off". The DALI operatng devces are swtched off by the ETS after a programmng operaton. o Set the parameter to "Brghtness value". In the selecton box, confgure the necessary brghtness value. The DALI operatng devces are set to the predefned brghtness value n the selecton box next to the parameter. The selecton of the settable value s lmted by the confgured mnmum and maxmum brghtness. The confgured behavour wll be executed after every applcaton or parameter download by the ETS. A smple download of the physcal address alone or partal programmng of only the group addresses has the effect that ths parameter s dsregarded and that the confgured "Behavour after bus voltage return" wll be executed nstead. An ETS programmng operaton can only be executed f the mans voltage supply of the DALI Gateway s swtched on. In the "No change" settng: The communcaton objects of the Gateway are ntalsed wth "0" after a programmng operaton. In ths case, the swtchng status or brghtness value feedback only corresponds to the 'true' brghtness state when the group or the sngle devce have been controlled at least once va the KNX or by manual operaton. In ths settng, feedback objects set as actvely transmttng do not transmt a telegram. An actve manual mode wll be termnated by an ETS programmng operaton. After an ETS programmng operaton, the dsablng functons and the forced-postons are always deactvated. Page 98 of 257

99 Functonal descrpton After an ETS programmng operaton, the DALI Gateway ntalses tself and confgures the connected operatng devces wth relevant data va the DALI cable (e.g. mnmum brghtness, maxmum brghtness, power-on level, system falure level). For ths reason, the entre DALI system should deally be connected and completely ready for operaton so that all operatng devces apply confguraton changes. After each DALI commssonng wth changes (fully or partally), the applcaton program must be reloaded nto the Gateway usng the ETS. When dong so, t must be ensured that at least the newly added operatng devces or devces, n whch the confguraton was changed n the ETS, are ready for operaton after the ETS programmng operaton durng the commssonng. If there s an error on the DALI cable (e.g. short-crcut, cable break) durng the ntalsaton of the operatng devces, then the DALI confguraton cannot be executed. The error must then be elmnated and ETS programmng restarted. Durng the confguraton operaton after an ETS programmng operaton, "- -" s dsplayed n the 7-segment dsplay on the front panel of the devce. If KNX telegrams for groups or sngle devces are receved durng Gateway ntalsaton, then the devce wll perform the most recently specfed command and not the confgured behavour after an ETS programmng operaton. Settng the behavour of the brghtness n case of bus voltage falure The parameter "Behavour on bus voltage falure" s avalable separately for each group or each sngle devce n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... -> [x] Group" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballast". o Set the parameter to "No change". In the case of a bus voltage falure, the DALI Gateway does not transmt any commands to the DALI operatng devces. The assgned DALI operatng devces show no response and reman n the brghtness state that was last set. o Set the parameter to "swtch off". The DALI operatng devces are swtched off va the DALI cable n the case of a bus voltage falure f the mans voltage supply of the Gateway s stll swtched on. o Set the parameter to "Brghtness value". In the selecton box, confgure the necessary brghtness value. The DALI operatng devces are set to the predefned brghtness value va the DALI cable n the selecton box next to the parameter. The selecton of the settable value s lmted by the confgured mnmum and maxmum brghtness. If there s a voltage falure on the DALI cable (e.g. due to short-crcut, cable break, mans voltage falure on on DALI Gateway), then the assgned DALI operatng devces wll also show the confgured behavour when the bus voltage fals. Ths s guaranteed because the parameter settng n the DALI operatng devces s appled as the "System Falure Level" for the brghtness after an ETS programmng operaton. Excepton: Optonally, the system falure level, regardless of the behavour n case of bus voltage return, can be set on centrally suppled emergency lghts to a separate brghtness value for emergency operaton. In these cases, t s not the confguraton for the "Behavour on bus voltage falure" whch s appled as the System Falure Level, but the brghtness defned for emergency operaton. In the event of a bus falure or mans voltage falure, the current states of the forced postons are also saved so that they can be tracked n the event of bus or mans voltage return f necessary (dependng on the confguraton of the forced postons). Actve dsablng functons or forced poston functons are always cancelled by a bus voltage falure and are subsequently nactve n the connecton. Page 99 of 257

100 Functonal descrpton Settng the behavour of the brghtness after bus voltage return The parameter "Behavour after bus voltage return" s avalable separately for each group or each sngle devce n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... -> [x] Group" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballast". The parameter also defnes the behavour of the DALI Gateway after mans voltage return. o Set the parameter to "No change". After bus or mans voltage return, the DALI Gateway does not transmt any commands to the DALI operatng devces. The assgned DALI operatng devces show no response and reman n the brghtness state that was last set (also see the note on "Power-On Level" further below). In ths state, no colour temperature control s possble after bus or mans voltage return even f the devces are stll swtched on due to the last brghtness state. In ths case, the group or sngle devce concerned must ether be swtched off and swtched on agan after bus or mans voltage return or must be preset to a brghtness value unequal "0 %" by a new telegram. Only n ths way the Gateway evaluates the state "ON" for the operatng devces and permts a control of the colour temperature by new commands. o Set the parameter to "swtch off". The DALI operatng devces are swtched off on bus/mans voltage return va the DALI cable. o Set parameter to "brghtness value before bus voltage falure". After bus or mans voltage return, the brghtness value set most recently before the bus or mans voltage falure and saved nternally on bus/mans voltage falure wll be tracked. o Set the parameter to "Brghtness value". In the selecton box, confgure the necessary brghtness value. The DALI operatng devces are set to the predefned brghtness value n the selecton box next to the parameter. The selecton of the settable value s lmted by the confgured mnmum and maxmum brghtness. o Set the parameter to "Start starcase functon". The starcase functon s rrespectve of the 'Swtchng' object - actvated after bus or mans voltage return. After mans voltage return, the DALI Gateway ntalses the confgured operatng devces brefly. Durng ntalsaton, "- -" s dsplayed n the 7-segment dsplay on the front panel of the devce. The "Start starcase functon" settng s only avalable when the starcase functon s enabled for the affected group or the affected sngle devce. If ths settng was selected and the starcase functon was deactvated later, the parameter "Behavour after bus voltage return" automatcally sets tself to the "No change" settng. Settng "Brghtness value as before bus/mans voltage falure": An ETS programmng operaton of the applcaton or the parameter resets the nternally stored swtchng state to "OFF". In the "No change" settng: The communcaton objects of the Gateway are ntalsed wth "0" after bus/mans voltage return. In ths case, the swtchng status or brghtness value feedback only corresponds to the 'true' brghtness state when the group or the sngle devce have been controlled at least once va the KNX or by manual operaton. In ths settng, feedback objects set as actvely transmttng do not transmt a telegram. Page 100 of 257

101 Functonal descrpton If mans voltage only on the connected DALI operatng devces (e.g. supply from an external mans conductor) s swtched on or the Gateway s also swtched on agan and the response s confgured to "no change", the operatng devces set themselves to the brghtness specfed n ther "Power-On level". After an ETS programmng operaton, ths value s programmed nto the operatng devces by the DALI Gateway and corresponds to the settng of the parameter "Behavour after bus voltage return". In the settngs "Brghtness value before bus voltage falure" and "Start starcase functon", the command "No change" s programmed nto the operatng devces as the power-on-level. In the case of all other settngs, the confgured commands are appled drectly n the operatng devces. If the mans voltage of the DALI Gateway s swtched on, the devce only executes the parameter "Behavour after bus voltage return" after ntalsaton. It may occur that the DALI operatng devces react more quckly after bus voltage return and set themselves to the power-on level before the Gateway can transmt ndvdual commands on the DALI cable. Ths may result n short brghtness jumps. If KNX telegrams for groups or sngle devces are receved durng Gateway ntalsaton, the devce wll perform the most recently specfed command and not the confgured behavour after bus voltage return. When usng standby swtch-off and the delay untl start-up of the DALI devces, ensure that the parameter "Behavour after bus voltage return" s confgured as "Swtch off". Ths means that the affected devces do not swtch-on drectly when the mans voltage returns but only after they have receved an approprate DALI command from the Gateway va the DALI cable. In the case of forced poston as supplementary functon: The communcaton object of the forced poston can be ntalsed separately after bus voltage return. Ths has an effect on the reacton of the group or the sngle devce when the forced poston s actvated. The confgured "Behavour on bus voltage return" s only executed when no forced poston after a bus voltage return s actvated. Wth dsablng functon as supplementary functon: Actve dsablng functons are always nactve after bus or mans voltage return. Manual control s possble only whle the actuator s suppled wth power from the mans. Manual operaton ends n case of bus voltage falure, bus voltage return or mans voltage falure. Manual operaton n broadcast mode (unprogrammed DALI Gateway) cannot be termnated by a bus voltage falure/bus voltage return. Presettng the behavour of the colour temperature after an ETS programmng operaton The behavour of the colour temperature after an ETS programmng operaton s permanently set to "no change". After an ETS programmng operaton, the DALI Gateway does not transmt any colour temperatures to the DALI operatng devces. Ths means that the assgned DALI operatng devces reman n the colour temperature most recently specfed. The Gateway only transmts new colour temperatures n the state "ON" to the operatng devces. Consequently, after an ETS programmng operaton a new colour temperature s only then preset n the operatng devces va the colour temperature predefned va the KNX after the group or sngle devce was swtched on to a brghtness value unequal "0 %" (see "Presettng the behavour of the brghtness after an ETS programmng operaton"). The communcaton objects of the Gateway are ntalsed wth "0" after a programmng operaton. In ths case, the feedback of the colour temperature only then corresponds to a vald value when the colour temperature of the group or sngle devce was controlled at least once va the KNX and the transmsson crteron of the feedback was met. Actvely transmttng feedback objects of the colour temperature automatcally do not transmt any telegram mmedately after an ETS programmng operaton. The predefned behavour s executed by the ETS after every applcaton or parameter download. The smple download of the physcal address alone or partal programmng of only the group addresses has the effect that the settng "no change" s dsregarded and that the specfed "Behavour of the colour temperature after bus voltage return" wll be executed nstead. Page 101 of 257

102 Functonal descrpton If KNX telegrams for groups or sngle devces are receved for controllng the colour temperature after an ETS programmng operaton durng the ntalsaton of the Gateway (dsplay "- -" n the 7-segment dsplay on the front panel of the devce), the devce wll perform the most recently specfed command. DALI operatng devces normally only store the most recently specfed colour temperature n the volatle memory. Ths means that the most recently transmtted colour temperature nformaton wll be lost due to a falure of the mans voltage on the operatng devces. After mans voltage return, operatng devces normally set themselves to mnmum or maxmum colour temperature provded that the brghtness of the group or sngle devce was predefned greater than "0 %" (power-on level). The behavour on the operatng devces wth regard to the colour temperature after mans voltage return s defned mmedately by the operatng devces and cannot be nfluenced or sgnalled back by the Gateway. The Gateway can only nfluence the colour temperature after mans voltage return f the mans voltage was also swtched off and swtched on agan on the Gateway (see "Behavour of the colour temperature after bus voltage return"). Settng the behavour of the colour temperature n case of bus voltage falure The behavour of the colour temperature n case of bus voltage falure, just lke the behavour after an ETS programmng operaton, s permanently preset to "no change". In the case of a bus voltage falure, the DALI Gateway does not transmt any colour temperature commands to the DALI operatng devces. The assgned DALI operatng devces reman at the colour temperature most recently set provded that the mans voltage supply of the operatng devces s stll guaranteed. After bus voltage falure, t s no longer possble to control the colour temperature. DALI operatng devces that support the devce type "Tunable Whte" (DT8 - TW) are able to store a specfc value durng the commssonng, whch defnes the effectve colour change for the falure of the DALI operatng voltage for selectvely nfluencng the colour temperature control. The Gateway always ntalses ths DALI parameter n the operatng devces durng the confguraton of the "System Falure Level" for the brghtness wth the command "no change" (value "255" / "MASK"), so that a falure of the DALI operatng voltage (e.g. due to a falure of the mans voltage supply on the DALI Gateway) does not cause a change n the colour temperature value most recently specfed. Ths property must be taken nto account, for example, n DALI centrally suppled emergency lghtng systems f the DALI Gateway s not ntegrated nto the emergency power supply and the operatng devces respond autonomously to the mans voltage falure (falure of the DALI voltage). Settng the behavour of the colour temperature after bus voltage return The behavour of the colour temperature after bus or mans voltage return s preset permanently to "Colour temperature before bus voltage falure". After bus or mans voltage return, the colour temperature set most recently before the bus/mans voltage falure by relatve or absolute dmmng and saved nternally on bus/mans voltage falure wll be tracked. The Gateway only transmts the tracked colour temperature n the state "ON" to the operatng devces. Consequently, after bus or mans voltage return a tracked or new colour temperature s only then preset n the operatng devces va the colour temperature predefned va the KNX after the group or sngle devce was swtched on to a brghtness value unequal "0 %". Page 102 of 257

103 Functonal descrpton An ETS programmng operaton of the applcaton or the parameter resets the nternally stored colour temperature (0 K). Ths means that the operatng devces concerned normally set themselves to mnmum or maxmum colour temperature as soon as the group or sngle devce s swtched on after bus or mans voltage return (e.g. by the confgured behavour of the brghtness after bus voltage return). In ths case, the behavour of the operatng devces wth regard to the colour temperature s defned mmedately by the operatng devces and cannot be nfluenced by the Gateway. The colour temperature s only then vald after an ETS programmng operaton as soon as a colour temperature value s newly specfed as a result of relatve or absolute dmmng. The colour temperature only becomes nvald after an ETS programmng operaton by recallng a scene or an effect wth a defned colour temperature value. The communcaton objects of the Gateway are ntalsed wth "0" after bus/mans voltage return. After bus voltage return, actvely transmttng feedback objects transmt a telegram correspondng to the most recently effectve colour temperature n the DALI Gateway, but only f the DALI group or sngle devce s also swtched on after mans voltage return (brghtness unequal "0 %"). After a mans voltage return, only telegrams correspondng to the effectve colour temperature n the DALI Gateway are transmtted when the DALI group or sngle devce s actvely on after mans voltage return (brghtness unequal "0 %"). Page 103 of 257

104 Functonal descrpton Supplementary functon Supplementary functon Supplementary functons can be enabled for each DALI group and each sngle devce. As a supplementary functon, a dsablng or alternatvely a forced poston functon can be confgured. In ths respect, only one of these functons can be enabled for each group or sngle devce. The supplementary functons are enabled and confgured n the parameter node "Groups - [x] Group name" (x = Group number ) or "Addressng -> Sngle devce -> [x] Devce name" (x = Short address ). Settng dsablng functon as supplementary functon Durng an actve dsablng functon, the KNX operaton of the groups or sngle devces s overrdden and locked. Contnuous lght swtchng, for example, can also be overrdden. o In the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... -> [x] Group" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballast", set the parameter "Type of supplementary functons" to "Dsablng functon". The dsablng functon s enabled. The communcaton object "Dsablng functon" and the parameters of the dsablng functon become vsble. o Set the parameter "Polarty dsablng object" to the desred polarty. o Set the parameter "Behavour at the begnnng of the dsablng functon" to the requred behavour. At the begnnng of the dsablng functon, the confgured behavour wll be executed and the bus control of the group or sngle devce locked. In the "No change" settng, the operatng devces of the dsabled group or the sngle devce do not show any reacton. The devces reman n the most recently set brghtness state. In the "Flashng" settng, the affected devces are swtched on and off cyclcally durng dsablng. The "Flashng tme" s generally confgured n the parameter node "General". Durng flashng, the logcal swtchng state s fed back as "Swtched on 1" and the brghtness value as "Swtch-on brghtness". A soft ON/OFF functon s not executed durng flashng. In the "Memory value" settng, the actve and nternally saved brghtness value pror to swtchng off last tme s set (va the "Swtchng" or "Central functon swtchng" object). Ths memory value s saved n the volatle memory, whch means that after a bus/mans voltage return or an ETS programmng operaton, the value s predefned to maxmum brghtness. o In the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group name" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Devce name", set the parameter "Behavour at the end of the dsablng functon" to the requred behavour. At the end of the dsablng functon, the confgured behavour wll be executed and the bus control of the group or the sngle devce enabled agan. In the "No change" settng, the operatng devces of the dsabled group or the sngle devce do not show any reacton. The devces reman n the state most recently set by the dsablng functon. In "tracked brghtness value", the set state receved durng the dsablng functon or adjusted before the dsablng functon can be tracked at the end of the dsablng wth the approprate brghtness value. Any tme functons stll n progress wll also be taken nto account f necessary. In the "flashng" settng, the affected devces are swtched on and off cyclcally after the dsablng. The flashng tme s generally confgured n the parameter node "General". Durng flashng, the logcal swtchng state s fed back as "Swtched on 1" and the brghtness value as "Swtch-on brghtness". A soft ON/OFF functon s not executed durng flashng. The flashng status remans actve untl another bus command s receved or manual operaton specfes another brghtness value. In the "Memory value" settng, the actve and nternally saved brghtness value pror to swtchng off last tme s set (va the "Swtchng" or "Central functon swtchng" object). Ths memory value s saved n the volatle memory, whch means that after a bus/mans voltage return or an ETS programmng operaton, the value s predefned to maxmum brghtness. Page 104 of 257

105 Functonal descrpton After a bus falure or mans voltage falure or programmng the applcaton or the parameters wth the ETS, the dsablng functon s always deactvated (object value "0"). Wth the nverted settng ("1 = enabled / 0 = dsabled"), a telegram update "0" must frst be carred out after the ntalsaton untl the dsablng s actvated. Updates of the dsablng object from "actvated" to "deactvated do not produce any reacton on the DALI operatng devces. A group or sngle devce that has been dsabled va KNX can stll be operated n manual operaton thereafter! At the end of a manual operaton, the Gateway executes the dsablng reacton for the affected groups or devces once agan f dsablng s stll actvated at ths tme. In the settng "Tracked brghtness value": Durng a dsablng functon, the overrdden functons of the DALI Gateway (swtchng, dmmng, brghtness value) contnue to be executed nternally. Consequently, newly receved bus telegrams are evaluated and tme functons are trggered as well. At the end of the dsablng, the tracked states are set. A scene or effect recall (low polarty) s not tracked. Settng forced poston functon as supplementary functon The forced poston functon can also be combned wth other functons of a group or sngle devce. Wth an actve forced poston, the upstream functons are overrdden so that the affected group or devce s locked. The forced poston functon possesses a separate 2-bt communcaton object. The frst bt (bt 0) of the object "Forced poston" ndcates whether swtch-off or swtch-on s forced. If the dmmng channel s swtched on by force, an ETS parameter defnes whch brghtness value t should be swtched on to. The second bt (bt 1) of the object actvates or deactvates the forced poston (Fgure 40). The behavour at the end of the forced poston functon can be confgured. In addton, the forced object can be ntalsed on bus or mans voltage return. Fgure 40: Bt codng of forced poston o o o In the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... -> [x] Group" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballast", set the parameter "Type of supplementary functons" to "Forced poston functon". The forced poston functon s enabled. The communcaton object "forced poston" and the parameter of the forced poston functon become vsble. Confgure the parameter "Brghtness for forced poston actve, ON" to the requred behavour that should be executed f a forced control s actvated va the communcaton object. In the "Brghtness value" settng, the DALI operatng devces set the brghtness set n the selecton box durng a forced poston. The selectable value s restrcted to the lmts of the confgured mnmum and maxmum brghtness. In the "No change" settng, bus operaton s locked but the operatng devces show no response and reman n the most recently set brghtness state. In the "Memory value" settng, the actve and nternally saved brghtness value pror to swtchng off last tme s set (va the "Swtchng" or "Central functon swtchng" object). Ths memory value s saved n the volatle memory, whch means that after a bus/mans voltage return or an ETS programmng operaton, the value s predefned to maxmum brghtness. Set the parameter "Behavour at the end of the forced poston" to the requred behavour. Page 105 of 257

106 Functonal descrpton o At the end of the forced poston, the confgured behavour wll be executed. Bus operaton s enabled agan. In the "No change" settng, the operatng devces show no response and reman n the brghtness state last selected by the forced poston. In "tracked brghtness value", the state receved durng the forced poston functon or the brghtness value adjusted before the functon can be tracked at the end of the forced poston. Any tme functons stll n progress wll also be taken nto account f necessary. Updates of the forced poston object from "forced poston actve" to "forced poston actve" whle mantanng the swtchng status or from "forced poston nactve" to "forced poston nactve" show no reacton. A group or sngle devce that has been dsabled va KNX can stll be operated n manual operaton thereafter! At the end of a manual operaton, the Gateway executes the forced reacton for the affected groups or devces once agan f the forced poston s stll actvated at ths tme. In the settng "tracked brghtness value" at the end of the forced poston: Durng a forced poston, the overrdden functons of the DALI Gateway (swtchng, dmmng, brghtness value) contnue to be executed nternally. Consequently, newly receved bus telegrams are evaluated and tme functons are trggered as well. At the forced end, the tracked states are set. A scene or effect recall (low polarty) s not tracked. The current state of the object of the forced poston functon wll be stored n case of bus or mans voltage falure. Set the parameter "behavour after bus voltage return" to the requred behavour. After bus or mans voltage return, the confgured state s transferred to the "Forced poston" communcaton object. When a forced poston s actvated, the DALI group or the sngle devce s mmedately actvated and nterlocked accordngly by forced control after bus/mans voltage return untl a forced control takes place va the bus. In ths case, the parameter "Behavour after bus voltage return" wll not be evaluated. In the "State before bus voltage falure" settng, after bus or mans voltage return, the last exstng and nternally forced poston state that was stored before the bus or mans voltage falure wll be tracked. An ETS programmng operaton deletes the stored state (reacton n that case same as wth "no forced poston actve"). If the tracked state corresponds to "No forced poston actve", the force-ndependent parameter "Behavour after bus voltage return" wll be executed on return of bus voltage. If forced poston s actvated, the DALI operatng devces are swtched on to the brghtness value predefned by the parameter "Swtch-on brghtness for forced poston, ON". After programmng the applcaton or parameters wth the ETS, the forced poston functon s always deactvated (object value "0"). Page 106 of 257

107 Functonal descrpton Feedback functons Feedback for swtchng status and brghtness value The DALI Gateway can track the current swtchng state and brghtness value of a DALI group or sngle devce va separate feedback objects and can also transmt them to the bus, f the bus voltage s on. The followng feedback objects can be enabled ndependently of each other for each DALI group and each confgured sngle devce... - Feedback swtchng status (1-bt), - Feedback brghtness value (1-byte). The Gateway calculates the object value of the feedback objects durng each swtchng or dmmng operaton. The Gateway tracks the swtchng state or brghtness value and updates the feedback objects, even when a group or sngle devce s actvated by the manual operaton or scene functon or by usng effects. The swtchng status feedback object s updated after the followng events... - Immedately after swtch-on, (f necessary, frst after a swtch-on delay has elapsed and at the begnnng of a soft ON dmmng procedure / also after a starcase functon), - after swtch-off, (f necessary, frst after a run-on-tme has elapsed and at the end of a soft OFF dmmng procedure / also after a starcase functon), - mmedately after swtchng off by means of the automatc swtch-off functon, - at the begnnng of a dmmng procedure when dmmng ON (relatvely hgh dmmng or brghtness value = %), - at the end of a dmmng procedure when dmmng OFF (brghtness value = 0 %), - If the swtchng state changes n normal operaton (therefore not for dmmng procedures that do not change the swtchng state e.g. from 10 % to 50 % brghtness), - At the start or end of a dsablng or forced poston functon (f the swtchng state changes as a result), - On scene recall or effect run-through (always when the swtchng state changes as a result), - On bus/mans voltage return or at the end of an ETS programmng operaton (possbly also delayed / excepton: "No change"). The brghtness value feedback object s updated after the followng events... - at the end of a relatve (4-bt) or absolute (1-byte) dmmng procedure. - after swtch-on, f the swtch-on brghtness s set (f necessary, frst after a swtch-on delay has elapsed and at the end of a soft ON dmmng procedure / also after a starcase functon), - after swtch-off, (f necessary, frst after a run-on-tme has elapsed and at the end of a soft OFF dmmng procedure / also after a starcase functon), - mmedately after swtchng off by means of the automatc swtch-off functon, - f, n normal operaton, the brghtness value changes (f a brghtness value specfcaton exceeds/undershoots the maxmum/mnmum brghtness as a result of relatve or absolute dmmng from outsde or exceeds the maxmum brghtness, the Gateway updates brghtness value feedback accordng to the maxmum brghtness or mnmum brghtness), - at the start or end of a dsablng or forced poston functon (f the brghtness value changes as a result), - on scene recall or effect run-through (f the brghtness value changes as a result), - always on bus/mans voltage return or at the end of an ETS programmng operaton (possbly also delayed / excepton: "No change"). In the case of enablng functon as supplementary functon: A flashng DALI group or sngle devce s always sgnalled back as "swtched on" and wth swtch-on brghtness. Swtchng status feedbacks are also transmtted for dsabled groups or devces when the outputs are readjusted by a manual operaton, for example. Page 107 of 257

108 Functonal descrpton Actvate swtchng status feedback The swtchng status feedback can be used as an actve message object or as a passve status object. As an actve message object, the swtchng status feedback s also drectly transmtted to the bus whenever there s an update. As a passve status object, there s no telegram transmsson after an update. In ths case, the object value must be read out. The ETS automatcally sets the object communcaton flags requred for proper functonng. The parameter "Feedback swtchng status?" s avalable separately for each DALI group or each sngle devce n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> Swtchng" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast -> Swtchng". o Set the parameter to "yes, feedback object s actve sgnallng object". The "Swtchng status feedback" object s enabled. The swtchng status s transmtted once the status s updated. An automatc telegram transmsson of the feedback takes place after bus/mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS (excepton: "No change"). o Set the parameter to "yes, feedback object s passve status object". The "Swtchng status feedback" object s enabled. The swtchng status wll be transmtted n response only f the feedback object s read out from by the bus. No automatc telegram transmsson of the feedback takes place after bus or mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS. Presettng update of the swtchng status feedback In the ETS you can specfy when the Gateway should update the feedback value for the swtchng status n case of an actvely transmttng communcaton object. The object value updated by the Gateway s then sgnalled actvely to the bus. The parameter "Updatng the object value for swtchng status feedback" s created separately for each DALI group or each sngle devce n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> Swtchng" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast -> Swtchng". The swtchng status feedback must be confgured to actvely transmttng. o Set the parameter to "After each update of the nputs". The Gateway updates the feedback value n the object once a new telegram s receved on the nput objects "Swtchng" or "Central swtchng". Wth an actvely transmttng feedback object, a new telegram s also then actvely transmtted to the bus each tme. The telegram value of the feedback does not necessarly have to change n the process. Hence, a correspondng swtchng status feedback s also generated on the "Swtchng" object such as n the case of cyclcal telegrams for example. In addton, feedback s transmtted at the begnnng or end of a dsablng or forced poston functon, and also durng an effect run-through, even f the feedback state does not change. o Set the parameter to "Only f the feedback value changes". The Gateway only updates the feedback value n the object f the telegram value (e.g. "OFF" to "ON") also changes. If the telegram value of the feedback does not change (e.g. n the case of cyclcal telegrams to the "Swtchng" object wth the same telegram value), the feedback then remans unchanged. Consequently, wth an actvely transmttng feedback object, no telegram wth the same content wll be transmtted repeatedly ether. Ths settng s recommendable, for nstance, f the "Swtchng" and "Swtchng feedback" objects are lnked to an dentcal group address. Ths s often the case when actvatng by means of lght scene push-button sensors (recall and storage functon). Settng the swtchng status feedback on bus or mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS If used as an actve message object, the swtchng status feedback state s transmtted to the bus after bus or mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS. In these cases, the feedback telegram can be delayed wth the delay beng preset globally for all DALI groups together (cf. "Delay after bus/mans voltage return"). Page 108 of 257

109 Functonal descrpton o o Set the parameter "Tme delay for feedback after bus voltage return" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> Swtchng" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast > Swtchng" to "yes". The swtchng status feedback s transmtted after a delay after bus or mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS. No feedback telegram s transmtted durng a runnng delay, even f the swtchng state changes durng ths delay. Set the parameter "Tme delay for feedback telegram after bus voltage return" to "no". The swtchng status feedback s transmtted mmedately after bus or mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS. The behavour of a group or a sngle devce after bus voltage return and after an ETS programmng operaton can be confgured n the ETS and set to "No change". In ths case, the communcaton objects of the Gateway are ntalsed wth "0". In ths case, the swtchng status feedback only corresponds to the 'true' brghtness state when the group or the sngle devce has been controlled at least once va the bus or by manual operaton. In ths settng, feedback objects set as actvely transmttng do not transmt a telegram. Presettng the cyclcal transmsson functon for the swtchng status feedback telegram The swtchng status feedback telegram can also be transmtted cyclcally va the actve message object n addton to the transmsson after updatng. o Set the parameter "Cyclcal transmsson of feedback telegram?" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> Swtchng" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast > Swtchng" to "yes". Cyclcal transmsson s actvated. o Set the parameter "Cyclcal transmsson of feedback telegram" to "no". Cyclcal transmsson s deactvated so that the feedback telegram s only transmtted when a swtchng status s updated. The cycle tme s defned centrally for all DALI groups and sngle devces n the parameter node "General -> Status and feedback". Durng an actve delay, no feedback telegram wll be transmtted even f a swtchng state changes. Actvate brghtness value feedback The brghtness value feedback can be used as an actve message object or as a passve status object. As an actve message object, the brghtness value feedback nformaton s also drectly transmtted to the bus whenever there s an update. As a passve status object, there s no telegram transmsson after an update. In ths case, the object value must be read out. The ETS automatcally sets the object communcaton flags requred for proper functonng. The parameter "Feedback brghtness value?" s avalable separately for each DALI group or each sngle devce n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> Dmmng" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast -> Dmmng". o Set the parameter to "yes, feedback object s actve sgnallng object". The "brghtness value feedback" object s enabled. The brghtness value s transmtted once ths s updated. An automatc telegram transmsson of the feedback takes place after bus/mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS (excepton: "No change"). o Set the parameter to "yes, feedback object s passve status object". Page 109 of 257

110 Functonal descrpton The "brghtness value feedback" object s enabled. The brghtness value wll be transmtted n response only f the feedback object s read out from by the bus. No automatc telegram transmsson of the feedback takes place after bus or mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS. Presettng update of the brghtness value feedback In the ETS, you can specfy when the Gateway should update the feedback value for the brghtness value n case of an actvely transmttng communcaton object. The object value updated by the Gateway s then sgnalled actvely to the bus. The parameter "Updatng the object value for brghtness value feedback" s created separately for each DALI group or each sngle devce n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> Dmmng" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast -> Dmmng". The brghtness value feedback must be confgured to "actve message object". o Set the parameter to "After each update of the nputs". The Gateway updates the feedback value n the object once a new telegram s receved on the nput object "brghtness feedback". Wth an actvely transmttng feedback object, a new telegram s also then actvely transmtted to the bus each tme. The telegram value of the feedback does not necessarly have to change n the process. Hence, a correspondng brghtness value feedback s also generated on the "brghtness value feedback" object such as n the case of cyclcal telegrams for example. In addton, feedback s transmtted at the begnnng or end of a dsablng or forced poston functon, and also durng an effect run-through, even f the feedback value does not change. o Set the parameter to "Only f the feedback value changes". The Gateway only updates the feedback value n the object f the telegram value (e.g. "0 %" to "100 %") also changes. If the telegram value of the feedback does not change (e.g. n the case of cyclcal telegrams to the "brghtness value" object wth the same telegram value), the feedback then remans unchanged. Consequently, wth an actvely transmttng feedback object, no telegram wth the same content wll be transmtted repeatedly ether. Ths settng s recommendable, for nstance, f the "brghtness value" and "brghtness value feedback" objects are lnked to an dentcal group address. Ths s often the case when actvatng by means of lght scene push-button sensors (recall and storage functon). Settng the brghtness value feedback on bus or mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS If used as an actve message object, the brghtness value feedback state s transmtted to the bus after bus or mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS. In these cases, the feedback telegram can be delayed wth the delay beng preset globally for all DALI groups together (cf. "Delay after bus/mans voltage return"). o Set the parameter "Tme delay for feedback after bus voltage return" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> Dmmng" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast -> Dmmng" to "yes". The brghtness value feedback s transmtted after a delay after bus or mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS. No feedback telegram s transmtted durng a runnng delay, even f the brghtness value changes durng ths delay. o Set the parameter "Tme delay for feedback telegram after bus voltage return" to "no". The brghtness value feedback s transmtted mmedately after bus or mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS. Page 110 of 257

111 Functonal descrpton The behavour of a group or a sngle devce after bus voltage return and after an ETS programmng operaton can be confgured n the ETS and set to "No change". In ths case, the communcaton objects of the Gateway are ntalsed wth "0". In ths case, the brghtness value feedback only corresponds to the 'true' brghtness state when the group or the sngle devce has been controlled at least once va the bus or by manual operaton. In ths settng, feedback objects set as actvely transmttng do not transmt a telegram. Presettng the cyclcal transmsson functon for the brghtness value feedback telegram The brghtness value feedback telegram can also be transmtted cyclcally va the actve message object n addton to the transmsson after updatng. o Set the parameter "Cyclcal transmsson of feedback telegram?" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> Dmmng" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast -> Dmmng" to "yes". Cyclcal transmsson s actvated. o Set the parameter "Cyclcal transmsson of feedback telegram" to "no". Cyclcal transmsson s deactvated so that the feedback telegram s only transmtted to the bus when the brghtness value s updated. The cycle tme s defned centrally for all DALI groups and sngle devces n the parameter node "General -> Status and feedback". Durng an actve delay, no feedback telegram wll be transmtted even f a brghtness value changes. Feedback of the colour temperature The DALI Gateway can track the set colour temperature of a DALI group and sngle devce va a separate 2-byte feedback object accordng to DPT and can also transmt t to the bus, f the bus voltage s on. In addton, the Gateway can dsplay whether an externally specfed colour temperature s vald (object value "ON") or nvald (object value "OFF) by means of a separate 1-bt feedback object. An nvald colour temperature exsts f the specfed value volates the set lmts of the mnmum and maxmum colour temperature. The Gateway determnes the object value of the feedback objects each tme the colour temperature s nfluenced. The Gateway tracks the colour temperature value and updates the feedback objects even when a group or sngle devce s actvated by the scene functon or by usng effects. The feedback object "FB absolute colour temperature (K)" s updated after the followng events... - after a completed relatve or absolute dmmng operaton of the colour temperature, but only f the DALI group or sngle devce s also swtched on after mans voltage return (brghtness unequal "0 %"), - mmedately after swtchng on a DALI group or sngle devce, but only f the colour temperature value dffers from the last value that was fed back, - on scene recall or effect run-through (always when the colour temperature changes as a result), - after bus voltage return (possbly also delayed), but only f the DALI group or sngle devce s also swtched on after mans voltage return (brghtness unequal "0 %"), - after mans voltage return (possbly also delayed), but only f the DALI group or sngle devce s actvated by the Gateway after mans voltage return (brghtness unequal "0 %"). The communcaton objects of the Gateway are ntalsed wth "0" after an ETS programmng operaton. In ths case, the feedback of the colour temperature only then corresponds to a vald value when the colour temperature of the group or sngle devce was controlled at least once va the KNX and the transmsson crteron of the feedback was met. Actvely transmttng feedback objects of the colour temperature automatcally do not transmt any telegram mmedately after an ETS programmng operaton. Page 111 of 257

112 Functonal descrpton If a colour temperature specfcaton exceeds or undershoots the mnmum or maxmum colour temperature as a result of relatve or absolute dmmng specfed externally, the Gateway updates a feedback accordng to the mnmum or maxmum temperature. The feedback object "FB nvald colour temperature" s updated after the followng events... - when predefnng a new absolute colour temperature va the object "Absolute colour temperature (K)" (dependng on the confgured transmsson behavour), - always after a devce reset (ETS programmng operaton, bus/mans voltage return / possbly also delayed), wth the status "vald colour temperature". Actvatng colour temperature feedback The colour temperature feedback must frst be enabled n the ETS plug-n before t can be used. The parameter "Feedback of the current colour temperature?" enables the feedback and s avalable separately for each DALI group or each sngle devce n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> TW functon colour temperature 1" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast -> TW functon colour temperature 1" created. o Set parameter to "yes". The feedback of the colour temperature s avalable. The object "FB absolute colour temperature (K)" s enabled. o Set parameter to "no". The feedback of the colour temperature s not avalable. Presettng transmsson behavour of the colour temperature feedback The colour temperature feedback can be used as an actve message object or as a passve status object. As an actve message object, the colour temperature feedback s also drectly transmtted to the bus whenever there s an update. As a passve status object, there s no telegram transmsson after an update. In ths case, the object value must be read out. The ETS automatcally sets the object communcaton flags requred for proper functonng. The parameter "Feedback of the current colour temperature?" confgures the functon of the feedback. o Set the parameter to "Actve sgnallng object". The feedback of the absolute colour temperature s transmtted once ths t updated. o Set the parameter to "Passve status object". The feedback of the absolute colour temperature wll be transmtted n response only f the feedback object s read out from the bus. No automatc telegram transmsson of the feedback takes place after bus or mans voltage return. Settng update of the colour temperature feedback In the ETS you can specfy when the Gateway should update the feedback value for the current colour temperature n case of an actvely transmttng communcaton object. The object value updated by the Gateway s then sgnalled actvely to the bus. The parameter "Updatng the object value for current colour temperature value feedback" s created separately for each DALI group or each sngle devce n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> TW functon colour temperature 1" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast -> TW functon colour temperature 1" created. The feedback of the current colour temperature must be confgured to "actve message object". o Set the parameter to "After each update of the nputs". Page 112 of 257

113 Functonal descrpton o The Gateway updates the feedback value n the object once a new telegram s receved on the nput object "Absolute colour temperature (K)", but only f the DALI group or sngle devce s also swtched on. Wth an actvely transmttng feedback object, a new telegram s also then actvely transmtted to the bus each tme. The telegram value of the feedback does not necessarly have to change n the process. Hence, a correspondng colour temperature feedback s also generated on the object "Absolute colour temperature (K)" such as n the case of cyclcal telegrams, for example. Set the parameter to "Only f the feedback value changes". The Gateway only updates the feedback value n the object f the telegram value also changes. Ths only takes place, however, f the DALI group or sngle devce s also swtched on. If the telegram value of the feedback does not change when swtched on (e.g. n the case of cyclcal telegrams to the "Absolute colour temperature (K)" object wth the same telegram value), the feedback then remans unchanged. Consequently, wth an actvely transmttng feedback object, no telegram wth the same content wll be transmtted repeatedly ether. Ths settng s recommendable, for nstance, f the "Absolute colour temperature (K)" and "FB absolute colour temperature (K)" objects are lnked to an dentcal group address. Ths s often the case when actvatng by means of lght scene push-button sensors (recall and storage functon). Settng the colour temperature feedback on bus or mans voltage return If used as an actve message object, the colour temperature feedback state s transmtted to the bus after bus or mans voltage return, but only f the DALI group or sngle devce s also swtched on (brghtness unequal "0 %"). In these cases, the feedback telegram can be delayed wth the delay beng preset globally for all DALI groups together (cf. "Delay after bus/mans voltage return"). The feedback of the current colour temperature must be confgured to "actve message object". o Set the parameter "Tme delay for feedback after bus voltage return" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> TW functon colour temperature 1" or "Addressng - > Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast -> Set TW functon colour temperature 1" to "yes". The colour temperature feedback s transmtted wth a delay after bus or mans voltage return. No feedback telegram s transmtted durng a runnng delay, even f the colour temperature changes durng ths delay. o Set the parameter "Tme delay for feedback telegram after bus voltage return" to "no". The colour temperature feedback s transmtted mmedately after bus or mans voltage return. After a mans voltage return, only telegrams correspondng to the effectve colour temperature n the DALI Gateway are transmtted when the DALI group or sngle devce s actvely on after mans voltage return (brghtness unequal "0 %"). The communcaton objects of the Gateway are ntalsed wth "0" after an ETS programmng operaton. In ths case, the feedback of the colour temperature only then corresponds to a vald value when the colour temperature of the group or sngle devce was controlled at least once va the KNX and the transmsson crteron of the feedback was met. Actvely transmttng feedback objects of the colour temperature automatcally do not transmt any telegram mmedately after an ETS programmng operaton. Presettng the cyclcal transmsson of the colour temperature feedback The colour temperature feedback telegram can also be transmtted cyclcally va the actve message object n addton to the transmsson after updatng. The feedback of the current colour temperature must be confgured to "actve message object". Page 113 of 257

114 Functonal descrpton o o Set the parameter "Cyclcal transmsson of feedback telegram?" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> TW functon colour temperature 1" or "Addressng - > Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast -> Set TW functon colour temperature 1" to "yes". Cyclcal transmsson s actvated. Set the parameter "Cyclcal transmsson of feedback telegram" to "no". Cyclcal transmsson s deactvated so that the feedback telegram s transmtted to the bus only when updatng a colour temperature. The cycle tme s defned centrally for all DALI groups and sngle devces n the parameter node "General -> Status and feedback". Durng an actve delay, no feedback telegram wll be transmtted even f a colour temperature changes. Actvatng "nvald colour temperature" feedback The feedback of an nvald colour temperature must frst be enabled n the ETS plug-n before t can be used. The parameter "Feedback of an nvald colour temperature?" enables the feedback and s avalable separately for each DALI group or each sngle devce n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> TW functon colour temperature 2" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast -> TW functon colour temperature 2" created. o Set parameter to "yes". The feedback of an nvald colour temperature s avalable. The object "FB nvald colour temperature" s enabled. o Set parameter to "no". The feedback of an nvald colour temperature s not avalable. Presettng transmsson behavour of the "nvald colour temperature" feedback The feedback of an nvald colour temperature can be used as an actve message object or as a passve status object. As an actve message object, the feedback s also drectly transmtted to the bus whenever there s an update of the object "FB absolute colour temperature (K)". As a passve status object, there s no telegram transmsson after an update. In ths case, the object value must be read out. The ETS automatcally sets the object communcaton flags requred for proper functonng. The parameter "Feedback of an nvald colour temperature?" confgures the functon of the feedback. o Set the parameter to "Actve sgnallng object". The feedback of an nvald colour temperature s transmtted once ths t updated. After a devce reset (ETS programmng operaton, mans voltage return), the status "vald colour temperature" s always transmtted f an object s actvely transmttng. o Set the parameter to "Passve status object". The feedback of an nvald colour temperature wll be transmtted n response only f the feedback object s read out from the bus. Presettng update of the "nvald colour temperature" feedback In the ETS you can specfy when the Gateway should update the feedback value for an nvald colour temperature n case of an actvely transmttng communcaton object. The object value Page 114 of 257

115 Functonal descrpton updated by the Gateway s then sgnalled actvely to the bus. The parameter "Updatng the object value for nvald colour temperature value feedback" s created separately for each DALI group or each sngle devce n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> TW functon colour temperature 2" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast -> TW functon colour temperature 2" created. The feedback of an nvald colour temperature must be confgured to "actve message object". o Set the parameter to "After each update of the nputs". The Gateway updates the feedback value n the object once a new telegram s receved on the nput object "Absolute colour temperature (K)". Wth an actvely transmttng feedback object, a new telegram s also then actvely transmtted to the bus each tme. The telegram value of the feedback does not necessarly have to change n the process. Hence, a correspondng "nvald colour temperature" feedback s also generated on the "Absolute colour temperature (K)" object, such as n the case of cyclcal telegrams for example. o Set the parameter to "Only f the feedback value changes". The Gateway only updates the feedback value n the object f the telegram value also changes. If the telegram value of the feedback does not change (e.g. n the case of cyclcal telegrams to the "Absolute colour temperature (K)" object wth the same telegram value), the feedback then remans unchanged. Consequently, wth an actvely transmttng feedback object, no telegram wth the same content wll be transmtted repeatedly ether. Settng the "nvald colour temperature" feedback on bus or mans voltage return or after an ETS programmng operaton If used as an actve message object, the swtchng status feedback of an nvald colour temperature s transmtted to the bus after bus or mans voltage return or after an ETS programmng operaton. In these cases, the feedback telegram can be delayed wth the delay beng preset globally for all DALI groups together (cf. "Delay after bus/mans voltage return"). The feedback of an nvald colour temperature must be confgured to "actve message object". o Set the parameter "Tme delay for feedback after bus voltage return" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> TW functon colour temperature 2" or "Addressng - > Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast -> Set TW functon colour temperature 2" to "yes". The "nvald colour temperature" feedback s transmtted wth a delay after bus or mans voltage return or after an ETS programmng operaton. No feedback telegram s transmtted durng a runnng delay, even f the colour temperature changes durng ths delay. o Set the parameter "Tme delay for feedback telegram after bus voltage return" to "no". The "nvald colour temperature" feedback s transmtted mmedately after bus or mans voltage return or after an ETS programmng operaton. After a devce reset (ETS programmng operaton, mans voltage return), the status "vald colour temperature" s always transmtted f an object s actvely transmttng. Presettng the cyclcal transmsson of the "nvald colour temperature" feedback The feedback telegram of an nvald colour temperature can also be transmtted cyclcally va the actve message object n addton to the transmsson after updatng. The feedback of an nvald colour temperature must be confgured to "actve message object". o Set the parameter "Cyclcal transmsson of feedback telegram?" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> TW functon colour temperature 2" or "Addressng - > Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast -> Set TW functon colour temperature 2" to "yes". Cyclcal transmsson s actvated. Page 115 of 257

116 Functonal descrpton o Set the parameter "Cyclcal transmsson of feedback telegram" to "no". Cyclcal transmsson s deactvated so that the feedback telegram s transmtted to the bus only when updatng the feedback. The cycle tme s defned centrally for all DALI groups and sngle devces n the parameter node "General -> Status and feedback". Page 116 of 257

117 Functonal descrpton Automatc swtch-off Automatc swtch-off The swtch-off functon permts automatc swtchng of a DALI group or a sngle devce after a brghtness value was dmmed or jumped to and ths new brghtness value s below a swtch-off brghtness set n the ETS. A delay can be confgured optonally untl swtchng off (Fgure 41). The swtch-off functon s actvated after reachng a constant brghtness value,.e. after a completed dmmng procedure through absolute or relatve dmmng. A new dmmng operaton, whch ends below swtch-off brghtness starts, starts any tme delay whch may be present. In the same way, the swtch-off functon s nterrupted f the swtch-off brghtness s exceed durng a dmmng operaton. The automatc swtch-off functon, for example, not only makes t possble to set the lghtng to mnmum brghtness but to swtch off by means of relatve dmmng as well. A further applcaton, for example, s tme-controlled "Good nght swtch-off" of a dmmed chldren's room lghtng. Fgure 41: Dmmng and swtchng behavour of the automatc swtch-off functon Swtchng off always takes place wthout soft OFF functon,.e. jumpng. The swtch-off brghtness n the dmmable brghtness range can be set between the confgured maxmum and mnmum brghtness. Automatc swtch-off does not take place f "Swtch-off brghtness = Mnmum brghtness" s set, snce the swtch-off brghtness cannot be undershot. The swtch-off functon s always actve f the swtch-off brghtness s confgured to maxmum brghtness and the maxmum brghtness s randomly undershot. The feedback objects for swtchng state and brghtness value are updated by the automatc swtch-off functon after swtchng off. The swtch-off functon can also be combned wth other functons of the DALI Gateway. It should be noted that the dsablng functon, the forced poston functon, the scene functon and the effect functon overrde the swtch-off functon. The automatc swtch-off can only be actvated by a dmmng procedure ntated va the 4-bt ("dmmng") or 1-byte ("brghtness value") communcaton object. If the swtch-off functon s overrdden, the DALI Gateway termnates the processng of the delay tme and the evaluaton of the swtch-off brghtness. Swtchng on (swtch-on brghtness) usng the communcaton object "Swtchng" does not actvate the swtch-off functon. Page 117 of 257

118 Functonal descrpton Enablng automatc swtch-off functon In the plug-n of the DALI Gateway, the automatc swtch-off functon can be set separately for each group and each sngle devce. o Set the parameter "Automatc swtch-off when undershootng a brghtness?" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> Dmmng" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast -> Dmmng" to "yes". The automatc swtch-off functon s enabled. Addtonal parameters become vsble. Settng the swtch-off brghtness The swtch-off brghtness must be defned for the swtch-off functon. The swtch-off functon s set separately for each DALI devce and each sngle devce. The swtch-off functon must be enabled. o Set the parameter "Swtch-off when brghtness value less than" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> Dmmng" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast -> Dmmng" to the requred brghtness value. Once a dmmng procedure causes a value to fall below the parametersed shutoff brghtness and once the brghtness has been set to constant, the DALI group or the sngle devce swtches off or alternatvely starts the delay untl swtchng off. The parameter selecton s restrcted to the lmts of the mnmum and maxmum brghtness. Settng the delay of the swtch-off functon A tme delay can be actvated before the swtch-off functon swtches-off automatcally after undershootng the swtch-off brghtness at the end of a dmmng procedure. The tme delay can optonally be enabled separately for each DALI group and each sngle devce. The swtch-off functon must be enabled. o Set the parameter "Delay untl swtchng off?" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> Dmmng" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast -> Dmmng" to "yes". Confgure the parameter "Delay untl swtchng off" to the requred tme. Once a dmmng procedure causes a value to fall below the parametersed shutoff brghtness and once the brghtness has been set to constant, the DALI Gateway trggers the delay tme. The DALI Group or the sngle devce concerned swtches off for good once the delay tme has elapsed. The delay tme can be re-trggered by further dmmng procedures. Page 118 of 257

119 Functonal descrpton Swtch-on and swtch-off behavour Tme delays Up to two tme functons can be preset ndependently of each other for each DALI group and each sngle devce. The tme functons affect the communcaton objects "Swtchng" or "Central functon swtchng" only (f the central functon s actvated for the group or the sngle devce) and delay the object value receved dependng on the telegram polarty. Actvatng swtch-on delay The swtch-on delay can be set separately n the plug-n of the DALI Gateway for each group and each sngle devce. o In the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> Swtch-on/Swtch-off behavour" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast -> Swtch-on/Swtchoff behavour", set the parameter "Selecton of tme delay" to "Swtch-on delay" or to "swtch-on delay and swtch-off delay". Confgure the desred swtch-on delay. The swtch-on delay s enabled. After recepton of an ON telegram va the "swtchng" object, the confgurable tme s started. Another ON-telegram trggers the tme only when the parameter "Swtch-on delay retrggerable " s set to "yes". An OFF-telegram receved durng the ON-delay wll end the delay and sets the swtchng status to "OFF". Actvatng swtch-off delay The swtch-off delay can be set separately n the plug-n of the DALI Gateway for each group and each sngle devce. o In the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> Swtch-on/Swtch-off behavour" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast -> Swtch-on/Swtchoff behavour", set the parameter "selecton of tme delay" to "swtch-off delay" or to "swtchon delay and swtch-off delay". Confgure the desred swtch-off delay. The swtch-off delay s enabled. After recepton of an OFF-telegram va the "swtchng" object, the confgurable tme s started. Another OFF-telegram trggers the tme only when the parameter "swtch-off delay retrggerable?" s set to "yes". An ON-telegram receved durng the OFF-delay wll end the delay and sets the swtchng status to "ON". Feedback: If a tme delay has been preset and f the swtchng state s changed va the "Swtchng" object, the tme delay must have elapsed before feedback telegrams wll be transmtted. At the end of a dsablng functon or forced poston functon, the brghtness state receved durng the functon or adjusted before the functon can be tracked. Resdual tmes of tme functons are also tracked f these had not yet fully elapsed at the tme of the reactvaton or forced control. The tme delays do not nfluence the starcase functon f ths s enabled. A tme delay stll n progress wll be fully aborted by a reset of the actuator (bus/ mans voltage falure or ETS programmng). Soft ON/OFF functon The soft-functons permt a DALI group or a sngle devce to be swtched on or off at reduced speed when a swtchng command s receved va the "Swtchng" or "Central swtchng functon" communcaton objects. If the soft ON functon s actvated, a dmmng procedure s executed untl the swtch-on brghtness when swtchng on. Ths also occurs f the DALI group of the sngle devce s already swtched on to a brghtness value smaller than swtch-on brghtness. Page 119 of 257

120 Functonal descrpton Lkewse, wth the soft OFF functon, a dmmng procedure s executed to 0 % brghtness after recept of an OFF telegram (Fgure 42). The dmmng speeds can be confgured separately n the ETS plug-n for the soft ON and soft OFF functon. Just as wth relatve or absolute dmmng, the dmmng tme s specfed for the entre brghtness range, and thus for a brghtness change from 0 % to 100 %. The DALI Gateway uses the stated dmmng tme to calculate the dmmng speed for a dmmng step of the soft functons. The soft ON or soft OFF functons are not retrggerable by the recept of further swtchng telegrams whle mantanng the swtchng status. The soft functons can be actvated and confgured separately n the ETS plug-n. Fgure 42: Dmmng behavour of the soft ON/OFF functons wth mnmum brghtness > 0% The dmmng operaton of a Soft ON functon starts at the mnmum brghtness confgured n the ETS plug-n. If a DALI group or a sngle devce s swtched off (brghtness value = 0 %) and s then swtched on, the operatng devces jump to the confgured mnmum brghtness and start wth the Soft ON dmmng operaton to the swtch-on brghtness. The soft functons also have effects on the swtchng edges of the starcase functon. A DALI group or ndvdual dsabled va the bus can also flash dependng on the ETS confguraton for the dsablng functon. Dmmng s not executed wth the soft functons durng ON and OFF flashng. Enablng and settng soft ON functon In the plug-n of the DALI Gateway, the Soft ON functon can be set separately for each group and each sngle devce. o Set the parameter "Soft ON functon?" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> Swtch-on/Swtch-off behavour" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] - >Swtch-on/swtch-off behavour" to "yes". The soft ON functon s enabled. The parameter for the dmmng tme of the soft ON functon becomes vsble. Page 120 of 257

121 Functonal descrpton o Confgure the parameter "Tme for soft ON ( %)" to the requred dmmng tme. Enablng and settng soft OFF functon In the plug-n of the DALI Gateway, the Soft OFF functon can be set separately for each group and each sngle devce. o Set the parameter "Soft OFF functon?" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> Swtch-on/Swtch-off behavour" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] - >Swtch-on/swtch-off behavour" to "yes". The soft OFF functon s enabled. The parameter for the dmmng tme of the soft OFF functon becomes vsble. o Confgure the parameter "Tme for soft OFF ( %)" to the requred dmmng tme. Page 121 of 257

122 Functonal descrpton Starcase functon Starcase functon The starcase functon that can be confgured separately can be used for mplementng tmecontrolled lghtng of a starcase or for functon-related applcatons. The starcase functon must be enabled n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... ->[x] Group name -> Starcase functon" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Devce name -> Starcase functon", n order for the requred communcaton objects and parameters to be vsble. The starcase functon s actvated va the communcaton object "Starcase functon start / stop" and s ndependent of the "swtchng" object. In ths way, parallel operaton of tme control and normal control s possble, whereby the last command receved s always executed: A telegram to the "swtchng" object at the tme of an actve starcase functon aborts the starcase tme prematurely and presets the swtchng state accordng to the receved object value (the tme delays are also taken nto account) or scene value. Lkewse, the swtchng state of the "swtchng" object can be overrdden by a starcase functon. Tme-ndependent contnuous lght swtchng can also be mplemented n combnaton wth a dsablng functon because the dsablng functon has a hgher prorty and overrdes the swtchng state of the starcase functon (see page 104). The starcase functon can also be extended by means of a supplementary functon. At the same tme, t s possble actvate a tme extenson. The "tme extenson" permts retrggerng of an actvated starcase va the object "Starcase functon Start / Stop" n tmes. Alternatvely, the "Tme preset va the bus" can be set. Wth ths supplementary functon, the confgured starcase tme can be multpled by a factor receved va the bus, thus t can be adapted dynamcally. Furthermore, an extenson of the starcase functon can be mplemented by means of a prewarnng functon. Durng the pre-warnng, the brghtness can be reduced. The pre-warnng should warn people n the starcase that the lght wll soon be swtched off. As an alternatve to the pre-warnng at the end of the starcase tme, the actuator can actvate reduced contnuous lghtng. In ths way, for example, long, dark hallways can have permanent basc lghtng. Specfyng swtch-on behavour of the starcase functon An ON telegram to the "Starcase functon start/stop" object actvates the starcase tme (T ON ), the duraton of whch s defned by the "Starcase tme" parameters. The DALI group or the sngle devce swtches to swtch-on brghtness. At the end of the starcase tme, the DALI group or the sngle devce shows the "reacton at the end of the starcase tme" confgured n the ETS. At the same tme, the DALI group or the sngle devce can swtch off, optonally actvate the pre-warnng tme (T Prewarn ) of the pre-warnng functon (see page ) or dm to the reduced contnuous lghtng (applcaton: e.g. long, dark hallways). Takng nto account any possble pre-warnng functon, ths gves rse to the example swtch-on behavour of the starcase functon (Fgure 43). Fgure 43: Swtch-on behavour of the starcase functon wthout soft functons Page 122 of 257

123 Functonal descrpton In addton, swtchng on can be nfluenced by the soft functons of the DALI Gateway. Takng nto account any soft ON and soft OFF functon, ths gves rse to the swtch-on behavour of the starcase functon shown below (Fgure 44). Fgure 44: Swtch-on behavour of the starcase functon wth soft functons (as an example wth mnmum brghtness = 0 %) o Set the parameter "Starcase functon?" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - >[x] Group -> Starcase functon" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballast -> Starcase functon" to "yes". The starcase functon s enabled. Addtonal parameters become vsble. o In the "Starcase tme" parameter, confgure the necessary swtch-on tme of the starcase functon. o Set the parameter "Starcase tme retrggerable?" to "yes". Every ON telegram receved durng the ON phase of the starcase tme retrggers the starcase tme completely. o The parameter "Starcase tme retrggerable?" s alternatvely to "no". ON telegrams receved durng the ON phase of the starcase tme are rejected. The starcase tme s not retrggered. An ON telegram receved durng the pre-warnng tme or durng the reduced contnuous lghtng trggers the starcase tme ndependently of the parameter "Starcase tme retrggerable?" always afterwards. Specfyng swtch-off behavour of the starcase functon In the case of a starcase functon, the reacton to an OFF telegram can also be confgured on the object "Starcase functon start/stop". Wthout recevng an OFF telegram, at the end of the starcase tme, the DALI group or the sngle devce always shows the "Reacton at the end of the starcase tme" confgured n the ETS. At the same tme, the DALI group or the sngle devce can swtch off, optonally actvate the pre-warnng tme (T Prewarn ) of the pre-warnng functon or dm to the reduced contnuous lghtng (applcaton: e.g. long, dark hallways). If, on the other hand, the DALI Group or the sngle devce receves an OFF telegram va the object "Starcase functon start/stop", the actuator evaluates the parameter "Reacton to an OFF-telegram". In ths case, the channel can react mmedately to the OFF telegram and end the starcase tme prematurely. Alternatvely, the OFF telegram can be gnored. Takng nto account any possble pre-warnng functon, ths gves rse to the example swtch-off behavour of the starcase functon (Fgure 45). Page 123 of 257

124 Functonal descrpton Fgure 45: Swtch-off behavour of the starcase functon wthout soft functons In addton, swtchng off can be nfluenced by the soft functons of the DALI Gateway. Takng nto account any soft ON and soft OFF functon, ths gves rse to the swtch-off behavour of the starcase functon shown below (Fgure 46). Fgure 46: Swtch-off behavour of the starcase functon wth soft functons (as an example wth mnmum brghtness = 0 %) The parameter "reacton to OFF-telegram" defnes whether the starcase tme (T EIN ) of the starcase functon can be aborted prematurely. Ths parameter s located n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... ->[x] Group -> Starcase functon" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballast -> Starcase functon and relates exclusvely to the "Starcase functon start / stop" object. The starcase functon must be enabled. o Set parameter "Reacton to OFF-telegram" to "swtch off". Once an OFF telegram s receved va the object "Starcase functon start/stop" durng the ON phase of the starcase tme, the operatng devces swtch off mmedately. If the starcase tme s stopped prematurely by such a telegram, there s no pre-warnng,.e. the pre-warnng tme s not started. It s also not dmmed to a reduced contnuous lghtng. It s also possble to swtch off prematurely durng a dmmng procedure of a soft functon or durng a pre-warnng or reduced contnuous lghtng. o Set parameter "Reacton to OFF-telegram" to gnore". OFF telegrams receved va the object "Starcase functon start / stop" durng the ON phase of the starcase functon are rejected. The starcase tme wll be executed completely to the end wth the confgured "behavour at the end of the starcase tme". Page 124 of 257

125 Functonal descrpton Settng the pre-warnng functon of the starcase functon At the end of the swtch-on tme of the starcase functon, the DALI group or the sngle devce shows the "Reacton at the end of the starcase tme" confgured n the ETS. The DALI group or the sngle devce can be set to swtch off mmedately, alternatvely to dm to the reduced contnuous lghtng (applcaton: e.g. long, dark hallways) or to execute the pre-warnng functon. If the parameter s confgured to "actvate pre-warnng tme", the pre-warnng tme (T Vorwarn ) and pre-warnng brghtness can be confgured n the ETS plug-n. The pre-warnng should warn people stll on the starcase that the lght wll soon be swtched off. As a pre-warnng, the operatng devces can be set to a pre-warnng brghtness before they swtch off permanently. The pre-warnng brghtness s normally reduced n the brghtness value compared to the swtch-on brghtness. The pre-warnng tme (T Prewarn ) and the pre-warnng brghtness can be confgured separately (Fgure 47). The pre-warnng tme s added to the starcase tme (T EIN ). The pre-warnng tme nfluences the values of the feedback objects so that the swtchng state "OFF" and the value "0" are frst tracked after the pre-warnng tme n the feedback objects has elapsed. Fgure 47: The pre-warnng functon of the starcase functon wthout soft OFF functon Addtonally, the pre-warnng functon can also be extended by the soft OFF functon. Takng nto account any soft ON and soft OFF functon, ths gves rse to the swtch-off behavour of the starcase functon shown below after the pre-warnng has elapsed (Fgure 48). Fgure 48: The pre-warnng functon of the starcase functon wth soft OFF functon (as an example wth mnmum brghtness = 0 %) The pre-warnng brghtness does not necessarly have to be less than the swtch-on brghtness. The pre-warnng brghtness can always be confgured to values between maxmum brghtness and mnmum brghtness. Page 125 of 257

126 Functonal descrpton The starcase functon must be enabled. o In the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... ->[x] Group -> Starcase functon" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballast -> Starcase functon", set the parameter "Reacton at the end of the starcase tme" to "Actvate pre-warnng tme". The pre-warnng functon s enabled. The desred pre-warnng tme (T Vorwarn ) can be preset. o Confgure the "pre-warnng tme". o Set the parameter "Reduced brghtness" to the desred brghtness value. Durng the pre-warnng tme, the dmmng channel s set to the confgured brghtness value. An ON telegram to the object "Starcase functon start/stop" whle a pre-warnng functon s stll n progress stops the pre-warnng tme and always starts (ndependently of the parameter "Starcase tme retrggerable?") the starcase tme anew. Even durng the prewarnng tme, the parameter "reacton to OFF telegram" s evaluated so that a pre-warnng n progress can be termnated early by swtchng off. Usng the automatc swtch-off functon: The reduced brghtness of the pre-warnng does not start the swtch-off functon after reachng or undershootng the swtch-off brghtness! Settng contnuous lghtng of the starcase functon At the end of the swtch-on tme of the starcase functon, the Gateway shows the "Reacton at the end of the starcase tme" confgured n the ETS for the approprate DALI group or the sngle devce. The DALI group or the sngle devce can be set to swtch off mmedately, alternatvely to execute a pre-warnng functon, or to dm to the reduced contnuous lghtng. The reducton of the lghtng to contnuous lghtng after the starcase tme has elapsed s approprate, for example, f a certan degree of artfcal lght should be swtched on permanently n long, dark hallways. Swtchng to swtch-on brghtness by actvatng the starcase functon normally takes place by addtonal presence detectors or moton detectors when people are present n the hallway. If the parameter "Reacton at the end of the starcase tme" s confgured to "actvate reduced contnuous lghtng", the brghtness for the contnuous lghtng can be confgured n the ETS. The contnuous brghtness s normally reduced n the brghtness value compared to the swtchon brghtness (Fgure 49). The contnuous lghtng remans permanently actve after the starcase tme has elapsed. Only when an ON telegram s receved agan va the object "Starcase functon start/stop" does the DALI Gateway swtch back to the swtch-on brghtness and start countng the starcase tme agan. The recept of an OFF telegram va the object "Starcase functon start/stop" only swtches the contnuous lghtng off f the parameter "Reacton to OFF-telegram" s confgured to "Swtch off". A DALI group or a sngle devce can always be swtched on and off va the "Swtchng" object, ndependently of the Starcase functon. Consequently, contnuous lghtng wll also be overrdden f telegrams arrve va the "Swtchng" object. If permanent contnuous lghtng s desred, whch cannot be nfluenced by the "Swtchng" object nor by the object of the starcase functon, the dsablng functon should be used. Page 126 of 257

127 Functonal descrpton Fgure 49: The contnuous lghtng of the starcase functon wthout soft functons Addtonally, the contnuous lghtng can also be extended by the soft functon. Takng nto account any soft ON and soft functon, ths gves rse to modfed contnuous lghtng behavour of the starcase functon (Fgure 50). Fgure 50: The contnuous lghtng of the starcase functon wth soft OFF functons The brghtness of the contnuous lghtng does not necessarly have to be less than the swtch-on brghtness. The brghtness of the contnuous lghtng can always be confgured to values between basc/mnmum brghtness and maxmum brghtness. The starcase functon must be enabled. o In the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... ->[x] Group -> Starcase functon" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballast -> Starcase functon", set the parameter "Reacton at the end of the starcase tme" to "Actvate reduced permanent lghtng". The contnuous lghtng s enabled. The "Reduced brghtness" can be set to the desred brghtness value. Page 127 of 257

128 Functonal descrpton The confgured value for the reduced brghtness must be greater than or equal to the mnmum brghtness (f confgured) or less than or equal to the maxmum brghtness! An ON telegram to the object "Starcase functon start/stop" always starts (ndependently of the parameter "Starcase tme retrggerable?") the starcase tme anew. Even durng actvated contnuous lghtng, the parameter "Reacton to OFF telegram" s evaluated so that contnuous lghtng can be swtched off. Usng the automatc swtch-off functon: The reduced brghtness of the contnuous lghtng does not start the swtch-off functon after reachng or undershootng the swtch-off brghtness! Settng supplementary functon of the starcase functon tme extenson Wth the tme extenson functon, the starcase tme can be retrggered several tmes (.e. extended) va the "Starcase functon start/stop" object. The duraton of the extenson s predefned by several operatons at the control secton (several ON telegrams n successon). The confgured starcase tme can be extended n ths way wthn a tme perod by a maxmum of the confgured factor (a maxmum of 5-fold). The tme s then always extended automatcally at the end of a sngle starcase tme (T EIN ). Fgure 51: Tme extenson of the starcase functon Wth ths functon, the duraton of a swtched on lght n a starcase can be extended (e.g. by a person after shoppng) by a defned length of tme wthout havng to retrgger the swtch-on tme of the lghtng every tme the lghtng shuts off automatcally. o Set the parameter "Supplementary functon for starcase functon" to "tme extenson" and set the maxmum desred factor on the parameter "maxmum tme extenson". Each tme an ON telegram s receved on the object "Starcase functon start/stop", the starcase tme s extended automatcally by retrggerng after t has elapsed. The number of telegrams receved determnes how often the starcase tme s retrggered. The retrggerng wthn the perod of a starcase tme (T ON ) can only occur as often as the confgured factor specfes. For example, the "3-fold tme" settng means that after the started starcase tme has elapsed and wthn the current retrggered tme perod, t s retrggered automatcally a maxmum of three addtonal tmes (Fgure 51). A tme extenson can generally be trggered durng the entre swtch-on tme. In each perod of an extended starcase tme, new extensons can take place by telegrams. The "Maxmum tme extenson" parameter s re-evaluated n each new tme perod. Telegrams for the tme extenson are only evaluated durng the starcase tme. An ON telegram durng the pre-warnng functon or contnuous lghtng trggers the starcase tme as a restart, whch means that a new tme extenson s possble. Page 128 of 257

129 Functonal descrpton If a tme extenson was confgured as a supplementary functon, the parameter "Starcase tme retrggerable?" s preset to "No" because the retrggerng takes place by the tme extenson. Settng supplementary functon of the starcase functon tme preset va the bus Wth the tme preset va the bus, the confgured starcase tme can be multpled by an 8-bt factor receved va the bus, thus t can be adapted dynamcally. Wth ths settng, the factor s derved from the object "starcase tme factor". The possble factor value for settng the starcase tme s between The entre starcase tme arses as a product from factor (object value) and the confgured starcase tme as a bass as follows... Starcase tme = (starcase tme object value) x (starcase tme parameter) Example: Object value "starcase tme factor" = 5; parameter "starcase value" = 10s. -> set starcase tme = 5 x 10s = 50 s Alternatvely, the starcase functon parameter can defne whether the recept of a new factor also starts the starcase tme of the starcase functon at the same tme. In ths case, the object "Starcase functon start/stop" s not necessary and the receved factor value determnes the startng and stoppng. o Set "supplementary functon for starcase functon" to "tme preset va the bus" and set the parameter "starcase functon actvatable va 'starcase tme' object?" to "No". The starcase tme can be adapted dynamcally by the "starcase tme factor" object. A value "0" s nterpreted as value "1". The starcase functon s started and stopped exclusvely va the "starcase functon start / stop" object. o Set "supplementary functon for starcase functon" to "tme preset va the bus" and set the parameter "starcase functon actvatable va 'starcase tme' object?" to "Yes". The starcase tme can be adapted dynamcally by the "starcase tme factor" object. In addton, the starcase functon s started wth the new starcase tme (the "starcase functon start / stop" s not necessary) after recevng a new factor. A factor value "0" s nterpreted as an OFF telegram, whereby n ths case, the confgured reacton to an OFF telegram s evaluated, too. A larger starcase wth several floors s an example as an applcaton for the tme preset va the bus wth automatc startng of the starcase tme. On each floor there s a push-button sensor that transmts a factor value to the starcase functon. The hgher the floor, the greater the factor value transmtted so that the lghtng stays swtched on longer f the passng through the starcase needs more tme. When a person enters a starcase and a pushbutton s pressed, the starcase tme s now adjusted dynamcally to the starcase tme and swtches on the lghtng at the same tme, too. Settng "Starcase functon actvatable va"starcase tme" object?" = "Yes": A factor > 0 receved durng a warnng tme trggers the starcase tme ndependently of the parameter "starcase tme retrggerable?" always afterwards. After a reset (bus voltage return or ETS programmng) the "starcase tme factor" object s always ntalsed wth "1". The starcase functon s not started automatcally solely as the result of ths, however. The two supplementary functons "tme extenson" and "tme preset va the bus" can only be confgured alternatvely. Presettng behavour of the starcase functon after bus or mans voltage return The starcase functon can be started automatcally after bus or mans voltage return. The starcase functon must be enabled. Page 129 of 257

130 Functonal descrpton o In the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... -> [x] Group" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballast", set the parameter "Behavour after bus voltage return" to "Start starcase functon". Immedately after bus or mans voltage return, the starcase tme of the starcase functon s started. The confgured behavour wll only be executed, f no forced poston on bus voltage return s actvated. Page 130 of 257

131 Operatng hours counter Software "DALI Gateway C0201x" Functonal descrpton The operatng hours counter determnes the swtch-on tme of the DALI group or the sngle devce. A group or an electronc ballast s actvely on for the operatng hours counter f the brghtness value s greater than "0",.e. when the lght s lt. The operatng hours counter adds up the determned swtch-on tme accurately to the mnute for the DALI group or the sngle devce n full hours respectvely (Fgure 52). The totalled operatng hours are added n a 2-byte meter and stored permanently n the devce. The current counter status can be transmtted cyclcally to the bus by the "OHC value" communcaton object or when there s a change n an nterval value. Fgure 52: Functon of the operatng hours counter (usng the example of an up-counter) In the as-delvered state, the operatng hour values of all DALI groups and sngle devces of the Gateway s "0". If the operatng hours counter s not enabled n the confguraton of a DALI group or a sngle devce, no operatng hours wll be counted for the DALI group or sngle devce concerned. Once the operatng hours counter s enabled, however, the operatng hours wll be determned and added up by the ETS mmedately after commssonng the DALI Gateway. If the operatng hours counter s subsequently dsabled agan n the parameters and the Gateway s programmed wth ths dsablng functon, all operatng hours prevously counted for the DALI group or the sngle devce concerned wll be deleted. When enabled agan, the meter readng of the operatng hours counter s always on "0 h". The operatng hours values (full hours) stored n the devce wll not be lost n case of a bus/mans voltage falure or by ETS programmng. Any summed up operatng mnutes (full hour not yet reached) wll be rejected n ths case, however. After bus voltage return or after an ETS download, the Gateway passvely updates the "OHC value" communcaton object n each DALI group or sngle devce. The object value can be read out f the read-flag s set. The object value, dependng on the confguraton for the automatc transmsson, s actvely transmtted f necessary to the bus once the parametersed transmt delay has elapsed after bus voltage return (see page ). The operatng hours counter detects any operaton of the DALI groups or sngle devces by the manual operaton, whch means that swtchng on a channel also actvates the countng of operatng hours. In the same way, manual swtch-off nterrupts a countng operaton. Actvatng the operatng hours counter o Dsable the "Operatng hours counter" functon n the parameter of the same name n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... -> [x] Group -> Operatng hours counter" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballast -> Operatng hours counter" ("yes" settng). The operatng hours counter s actvated. The necessary parameters and communcaton objects are vsble. Page 131 of 257

132 Functonal descrpton Deactvatng the operatng hours counter o Dsable the "Operatng hours counter" functon n the parameter of the same name n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... -> [x] Group -> Operatng hours counter" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballast -> Operatng hours counter" ("no" settng). The operatng hours counter s deactvated. No communcaton objects or parameters of the "Operatng hours counter" functon are vsble. Deactvaton of the operatng hours counter and subsequent programmng wth the ETS resets the counter status to "0". Settng the counter type The operatng hours counter can optonally be confgured as an up-counter or down-counter. Dependng on ths type of counter, a lmt or start value can be set optonally, whereby, for example, the operatng tme of a DALI group or a sngle devce can be montored by restrctng the counter range. Up-counter: After actvatng the operatng hours counter by enablng n the ETS or by restartng, the operatng hours are counted startng at "0". A maxmum of 65,535 hours can be counted, after that the counter stops and sgnals a counter operaton va the "OHC elapsed" object. A lmtng value can be set optonally n the ETS or can be predefned va the communcaton object "OHC start/lmtng value". In ths case, the counter operaton s sgnalled to the bus va the "OHC elapsed" object f the lmtng value s reached. The counter contnues countng - f t s not restarted - up to the maxmum value 65,535 and then stops. Only a restart ntates a new countng operaton. Down-counter: After enablng the operatng hours counter n the ETS, the counter status s on "0" and the Gateway sgnals a counter operaton for the DALI group or the sngle devce concerned after the programmng operaton or after bus voltage return va the "OHC elapsed" object. Only after a restart s the down-counter set to the maxmum value 65,535 the countng operaton started. A startng value can be set optonally n the ETS or can be predefned va the communcaton object "OHC start/lmtng value". If a start value s set, the down-counter s ntalsed wth ths value nstead of the maxmum value after a restart. The meter then counts the start value downwards by the hour. When the down-counter reaches the value "0", the counter operaton s sgnalled to the bus va the "OHC elapsed" and the countng s stopped. Only a restart ntates a new countng operaton. Enable the "Operatng hours counter" functon n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - > [x] Group -> Operatng hours counter" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballast -> Operatng hours", n order for the requred communcaton objects and parameters to be vsble. o Set the parameter "Counter type" to "Up-counter". Set the parameter "Start/lmtng value specfcaton?" to "yes, as receved va object" or "yes, as parameter" f t s necessary to montor the lmtng value. Otherwse, reset the parameter to "no". In the "yes, as specfed n parameter" settng, specfy the requred lmt value ( hrs). The meter counts the operatng hours forwards startng from "0 h". If the montorng of the lmtng value s actvated, the Gateway transmts a "1" telegram va the object "OHC elapsed" as soon as the predefned lmtng value s reached. Otherwse, the counter operaton s frst transmtted when the maxmum value 65,535 s reached. o Set the parameter "Counter type" to "Down-counter". Set the parameter "Start/lmtng value specfcaton?" to "yes, as receved va object" or "yes, as parameter" f t s necessary to montor the start value. Otherwse, reset the parameter to "no". In the "yes, as specfed n parameter" settng, specfy the requred start value ( hrs.). The meter counts the operatng hours down to "0 h" after a restart. Wth a start value preset, the start value s counted down, otherwse the countng operaton starts at the maxmum value 65,535. The Gateway transmts a "1" telegram va the object "OHC elapsed" for the dmmng channel concerned once the value "0" s reached. Page 132 of 257

133 Functonal descrpton The value of the communcaton object "OHC elapsed" s stored permanently. The object s ntalsed mmedately wth the value that was saved before bus voltage return or ETS programmng. If an operatng hours counter s n ths case dentfed as elapsed,.e. f the object value s a "1", an addtonal telegram wll be actvely transmtted to the bus as soon as the parametersed transmt delay has elapsed after bus voltage return. If the counter has not yet elapsed (object value "0"), no telegram s transmtted on return of bus voltage or after an ETS programmng operaton. Wth a lmtng or start value preset va object: The values receved va the object are frst valdly accepted and permanently saved nternally after a restart of the operatng hours counter. The object s ntalsed mmedately wth the value that was last saved before bus voltage return or ETS programmng. The values receved wll be lost n the case of a bus voltage falure or by an ETS download f no counter restart was executed before. For ths reason, when specfyng a new start or lmtng value t s advsable to always execute a counter restart afterwards as well. A standard value of 65,535 s predefned provded that no lmtng value or start value has been receved yet va the object. The values receved and stored va the object are reset to the standard value f the operatng hours counter s deactvated n the parameters of the ETS and an ETS programmng operaton s beng performed. Wth a lmtng or start value predefned va object: If the start or lmtng value s predefned wth "0", the actuator wll gnore a counter restart to avod an undesred reset (e.g. n ste operaton -> hours already counted by manual operaton). If the counter drecton of an operatng hours counter s reversed by reconfguraton n the ETS, a restart of the meter should always be performed after programmng the gateway so that the meter s rentalsed. Restartng the operatng hours counter The counter status of the operatng hours can be reset at any tme by the communcaton object "OHC restart". The polarty of the restart telegram s predefned: "1" = restart / "0" = no reacton. o Descrbe the communcaton object "OHC restart" as "1". In the up-counter the meter s ntalsed wth the value "0" after a restart and n the downcounter ntalsed wth the start value. If no start value was confgured or predefned by the object, the start value s preset to 65,535. Durng every counter restart, the ntalsed meter readng s transmtted actvely to the bus. After a restart, the sgnal of a counter operaton s also reset. At the same tme, a "0" telegram s transmtted to the bus va the object "OHC elapsed". In addton, the lmtng or start value s ntalsed. If a new lmtng or start value was predefned va the communcaton object, a counter restart should always be performed afterwards, too. Otherwse, the values receved wll be lost n the case of a bus voltage falure or by an ETS download. If the communcaton object "OHC start/lmtng value" was descrbed wth "0" (ether manually by the user or after a devce reset), there are dfferent behavours after a restart dependng on the prncple of the value specfcaton... Preset as parameter: The counter elapses mmedately after a counter restart. Preset va object: A counter restart wll be gnored to avod an undesred reset (e.g. after nstallaton of the devces wth hours already beng counted by manual operaton). A lmtng or start value greater than "0" must be predefned n order to perform the restart. Settng the transmsson behavour The current value of the operatng hours counter s always tracked n the communcaton object "OHC value". After bus voltage return or after an ETS programmng operaton, the Gateway passvely updates the "OHC value" communcaton object n each DALI group or sngle devce. Page 133 of 257

134 Functonal descrpton The object value can be read out f the read-flag s set. In addton, the transmsson behavour of ths communcaton object can be set. Enable the "Operatng hours counter" functon n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - > [x] Group -> Operatng hours counter" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballast -> Operatng hours", n order for the requred communcaton objects and parameters to be vsble. o Set the parameter "Automatc transmsson of countng value" to "After change by nterval value". Confgure the "Countng value nterval ( hrs.)" to the desred value. The meter readng s transmtted to the bus as soon as t changes by the predefned countng value nterval. After bus voltage return or after ETS programmng operaton, the object value s transmtted automatcally after "Delay after bus voltage return" has elapsed f the current counter status or a multple of ths corresponds to the countng value nterval. A counter status "0" s always transmtted n ths case. o Set the parameter "Automatc transmsson of countng value" to "Cyclcal". The counter value s transmtted cyclcally. The cycle tme s defned ndependent of the channel on the parameter page "Status and feedback". After bus voltage return or ETS programmng, the counter status s transmtted to the KNX after the confgured cycle tme has elapsed. Page 134 of 257

135 Scene functon Software "DALI Gateway C0201x" Functonal descrpton The DALI Gateway allows the creaton of up to 16 of your own scenes. Each ndvdual scene can be assgned to the avalable DALI groups or sngle devces. Furthermore, a scene brghtness value as well as a colour temperature, f used, can be confgured for each assgned group and each assgned sngle devce and stored n the DALI Gateway. Ths also allows the ntegraton of varous operatng devces nto scene controls. If necessary, the ndvdual scenes must be created n the "Scenes" parameter node. Scenes can be created by selectng the "Scenes" node n the tree vew and then executng the command New usng the context menu (rght mouse-clck). Selectng a created scene n the tree vew causes the scene confguraton to appear n the rght pane of the plug-n.(fgure 53). Fgure 53: Confguraton page of a scene as an example wth two created effect scenes and three DALI groups Created scenes can also be coped usng the Copy command of the context menu of an approprate scene parameter node and nserted nto the hgher-level nodes "Scenes" as a new scene usng Insert. Parameter settngs are also appled. It s also possble to nsert a prevously coped scene nto an exstng scene. All the parameter settngs are appled wthout creatng a new element. Created scenes can be deleted at any tme by selectng the approprate parameter node n the tree structure and executng the Delete command of the context menu. In addton, a parameter can be used to assgn a name to each scene. It s possble to change a name at a later date usng the parameter confguraton or, alternatvely, by usng the Rename command n the context menu. We recommend labellng each scene clearly by gvng t a name (e.g. "Scene TV", "Scene dnng", etc.). The name may be a maxmum of 28 characters and may contan alphanumerc and specal characters. Each scene receves a unque number (1...16), whch s shown n square brackets before the name. Ths number s only a label wthn the ETS plug-n, n order to dstngush clearly between the ndvdual scenes, even f they have the same name. In addton, scenes have KNX numbers (1...64). These KNX numbers can be used to recall a scene or a scene memory functon usng Page 135 of 257

136 Functonal descrpton the scene extenson object. Scene numbers do not have to be dentcal to KNX extenson numbers. The KNX numbers are confgured ndvdually. KNX numbers must be unque. It s not possble to assgn the same KNX numbers to multple scenes. A scene recall overrdes a brghtness value specfcaton va the "Brghtness value" object, a swtchng or dmmng operaton va the objects "Swtchng", "Central functon swtchng" and "Dmmng" as well as specfcatons for colour temperatures va the object "Absolute colour temperature (K)". A starcase functon s also overrdden by a scene recall. The prorty of the scene functon over the dsablng or forced poston functons of a group or a sngle devce can be confgured for each scene. Thus, t s possble for a scene recall to overrde a dsablng or forced poston functon. Alternatvely, a scene can have a lower prorty, whch means that dsablng functons or forced postons cannot be overrdden by a scene recall. A functon overrdden by a scene recall s executed agan when the functon s updated va the KNX. A scene recall can optonally take place after a delay. Settng a KNX scene number Scenes possess KNX numbers (1...64). These KNX numbers can be used to recall a scene or a scene memory functon usng the scene extenson object. The KNX numbers are confgured ndvdually for each scene. KNX numbers must be unque. It s not possble to assgn the same KNX numbers to multple scenes. o In the parameter node "Scenes -> [x] Scene name" n the parameter "KNX number of the scene (1...64)", set the requred extenson number. It s possble to recall and save a scene va the scene extenson object usng the specfed KNX number. If a KNX number already used for another scene s entered, the ETS plug-n wll then automatcally correct the nput value to the next free KNX number. It should be noted that the object value of the extenson nput s always "1" less than the confgured KNX number, n accordance wth KNX DPT Example: KNX number = "1" -> Value n extenson object = "0" -> The value "0" recalls the scene wth the KNX number 1. The value "1" recalls the scene wth the KNX number 2. Ths apples approprately for all other scenes and KNX numbers. Confgurng the group and devce assgnment of a scene Groups and sngle devces can be assgned to a scene wthout restrctons. Each group and each sngle devce can be assgned ndependently by actvatng the checkbox n front of the group or sngle devce name n the scene confguraton.(fgure 54). Groups and sngle devces, whose checkboxes are not actvated, are not assgned to the scene. Any non-created groups or sngle devces of the DALI Gateway are greyed out and thus cannot be edted. Fgure 54: Example of a group assgnment to a scene wth brghtness values and colour temperature values Page 136 of 257

137 Functonal descrpton For reasons of clarty, all the avalable groups (1...32) and sngle devces (1...64) - rrespectve of the confgured addressng type - are splt up nto varous pages n the scene functon wndow, each of whch can be dsplayed separately. 16 groups or sngle devces are avalable on any gven page. Pressng the buttons "Groups...", "Sngle devces..." n the scene confguraton wndow changes between the page vews. Scenes can also be used for a master control (broadcast). Only one brghtness value and optonally one colour temperature value can ever be assgned to each scene. o Actvate the checkbox of the DALI groups and sngle devces, whch are to be assgned to the selected scene. The actvated groups and sngle devces are assgned to the scene. The parameters of the scene brghtness value and - f the colour temperature control s used - scene colour temperature value are enabled ncludng the parameter for the memory functons. DALI groups or sngle devces ntegrated n centrally suppled emergency lghtng operaton cannot be assgned to any scene! Assgnments to scenes are lost f the ntegraton of groups or devces takes place later n emergency operaton. In these cases, the ETS plugn warns of losng assgnments. Settng scene brghtness values and colour temperature values For each DALI group ntegrated n a scene, for each ntegrated sngle devce and for each scene, t s necessary to specfy whch brghtness value s to be set when a scene s recalled. When usng the tunable whte functon for DALI operatng devces, whch support the "Colour Control" (DALI Devce Type 8) devce type, a colour temperature can also optonally be defned for each assgned group or sngle devce. A group or a sngle devce must be assgned to a scene. o In the parameter node "Scenes -> [x] Scene name", specfy the necessary scene brghtness value for each DALI group assgned to the scene and each assgned sngle devce. Durng a scene recall, the approprate confgured brghtness value s set on the operatng devces. In the settng "---" the brghtness value of the group or sngle devce remans unchanged when recallng the scene. o When usng the colour temperature control: In the parameter node "Scenes -> [x] Scene name", specfy the necessary scene colour temperature value for each DALI group assgned to the scene and each assgned sngle devce. In the settng "---" the colour temperature value of the group or sngle devce remans unchanged when recallng the scene. Durng a scene recall, the approprate confgured colour temperature s set on the operatng devces. It should be noted that a colour temperature specfed n the scene s only vsually effectve n the DALI lghts f the group or sngle devce s swtched on, too. Even f groups or sngle devces are swtched off, colour temperature changes are tracked nternally n the devce when recallng a scene. On swtchng on a group or sngle devce after a scene recall, the colour temperature most recently recalled accordng to the scene s preset n the DALI lghts. The confgured brghtness values and colour temperature values are adopted n the DALI Gateway durng programmng wth the ETS only f the parameter "Overwrte scene values durng ETS download?" s set to "yes". The selecton of the scene brghtness value and scene colour temperature value s restrcted n the ETS plug-n by the confgured mnmum and maxmum values. The parameters for the colour temperature are only avalable f the tunable whte lghts are ntegrated under "General". If the colour temperature control s used globally, the plug-n always dsplays parameters for the colour temperature for all groups and sngle devces n all scenes, too. Ths s dsplayed even f no colour temperature control at all s provded n the groups or sngle devces (e.g. n the case of DALI devce types that do not even allow any colour temperature control). In such cases, the colour temperature specfcatons n the scenes are neffectve. Page 137 of 257

138 Functonal descrpton Durng DALI commssonng, t s possble to assgn multple dentcal DALI operatng devces to dfferent groups (multple assgnment: e.g. Electronc ballast 1 s located n Group A and Group B). If groups (e.g. A & B) have now been assgned to a scene and these groups contan the same operatng devces (e.g. electronc ballast 1), then there wll be a conflct on account of the dfferng scene brghtness values or scene colour temperature values. In ths case, the operatng devces assgned multple tmes are set to the value of the group wth the hghest number. Presettng the storage behavour for the scene functon The current brghtness values of all the DALI groups and sngle devces assgned to as scene can be saved usng the scene extenson usng when a save telegram s receved. In so dong, the brghtness values to be saved can be nfluenced by all the functons of the ndvdual groups and devces (e.g. swtchng, dmmng, manual operaton) before savng. When usng the tunable whte functon for DALI operatng devces, whch support the "Colour Control" (DALI Devce Type 8) devce type, the memory functon of the colour temperature can also optonally be trggered for each assgned group or sngle devce. A group or a sngle devce must be assgned to a scene. o In the parameter node "Scenes -> [x] Scene name" actvate the "Save" checkbox for the DALI groups and sngle devces below the brghtness value, whch are to react to the memory functon. The memory functon of the brghtness s actvated for the DALI group or sngle devce affected. The current brghtness value s stored nternally n the scene va the extenson object on recept of a storage telegram. o In the parameter node "Scenes -> [x] Scene name" actvate the "Save" checkbox for the DALI groups and sngle devces below the colour temperature value, whch are to react to the memory functon. The memory functon of the colour temperature s actvated for the DALI group or sngle devce affected. The current colour temperature s stored nternally n the scene va the extenson object on recept of a storage telegram. o In the parameter node "Scenes -> [x] Scene name" deactvate the "Save" checkbox for the DALI groups and sngle devces below the brghtness value, whch are not to react to the memory functon. The memory functon of the brghtness s deactvated for the DALI group or sngle devce affected. A storage telegram receved va the extenson object wll be rejected based on the brghtness. Durng a scene recall, the brghtness permanently defned n the scene s then recalled. o In the parameter node "Scenes -> [x] Scene name" deactvate the "Save" checkbox for the DALI groups and sngle devces below the colour temperature value, whch are not to react to the memory functon. The memory functon of the colour temperature s deactvated for the DALI group or sngle devce affected. A storage telegram receved va the extenson object wll be rejected based on the colour temperature. Durng a scene recall, the colour temperature permanently defned n the scene s then recalled. If the brghtness or colour temperature of a scene s confgured to "---" (no change), the memory functon of the scene values concerned can generally not be executed. The checkbox of the memory functon s then not selectable n the ETS plug-n. Durng a save operaton, scene values are saved to nternal non-volatle memory n the DALI Gateway, thus overwrtng the value of a group or sngle devce most recently programmed by the ETS. The confgured brghtness values and colour temperature values n the ETS are adopted agan n the DALI Gateway durng programmng wth the ETS only f the parameter "Overwrte scene values durng ETS download?" s set to "yes". Page 138 of 257

139 Functonal descrpton Irrespectve of the set prorty for the entre scene, no new scene values are ever saved f dsablng or a forced poston s actve for ndvdual groups or devces. Settng the scene prorty The prorty of the scene functon over the dsablng or forced poston functons of a group or a sngle devce can be confgured for each scene. Thus, t s possble for a scene recall to overrde a dsablng or forced poston functon. Alternatvely, a scene can have a lower prorty, whch means that dsablng functons or forced postons cannot be overrdden by a scene recall. The scene prorty can be confgured separately for each created scene. o In the parameter node "Scenes -> [x] Scene name", confgure the parameter "Prorty, scene to be dsabled/forced poston" to "low". The scene has a lower prorty to the supplementary functons of the assgned groups or the assgned sngle devces. It s not possble to call up or save a scene f a supplementary functons s only actvated for one group or one sngle devce. o In the parameter node "Scenes -> [x] Scene name", confgure the parameter "Prorty, scene to be dsabled/forced poston" to "hgh". The scene has a hgher prorty to the supplementary functons of the assgned groups or the assgned sngle devces. Scenes are only ever called-up or saved when a scene extenson unt s receved. Irrespectve of the set prorty for the entre scene, no new scene values are ever saved f dsablng or a forced poston s actve for ndvdual groups or devces. In the "Tracked brghtness value" settng at the end of dsablng/forced poston: At the end of the supplementary functons, a scene recall receved durng the functon wll not be tracked. In the "Prorty = Hgh" settng: A scene recall does not statcally lock the lower-level functons of a group or a sngle devce. The hgher prorty solely specfes that the scene brghtness value s set at the moment of the scene recall and the prevously specfed brghtness value s overrdden. After scene recall, t s possble that the scene brghtness value wll be changed by other functons of the Gateway (e.g. on termnatng an addtonal functon or by swtchng or dmmng). Scenes can also be ncluded n effect steps. In ths case, the scene prorty s not evaluated when an effect s recalled. The confgured prorty of the approprate effect s of more mportance. Settng the ETS programmng behavour for the scene functon Durng storage of a scene, the scene values are stored nternally to non-volatle memory n the devce. To prevent the stored values from beng replaced durng ETS programmng of the applcaton or of the parameters by the orgnally programmed scene brghtness values or scene colour temperature values, the DALI Gateway can nhbt overwrtng of the scene values. As an alternatve, the orgnal values can be reloaded nto the devce durng each programmng run of the ETS. The ETS programmng behavour can be confgured separately for each scene. o In the parameter node "Scenes -> [x] Scene name", set the parameter "Overwrte scene values durng ETS download" to "yes". Durng each ETS programmng operaton of the applcaton program or of the parameters, the scene values confgured n the ETS wll be programmed nto the Gateway. Scene values stored n the devce by means of a storage functon wll be overwrtten, f any. o In the parameter node "Scenes -> [x] Scene name", set the parameter "Overwrte scene values durng ETS download" to "no". Page 139 of 257

140 Functonal descrpton Scene values stored n the devce wth a storage functon wll be mantaned. If no scene values have been stored, the brghtness values and colour temperature values last programmed n the ETS reman vald. Durng frst commssonng of the Gateway, ths parameter should be set to "yes" so that the scenes are ntalsed wth vald scene values. Presettng the recall delay for the scene functon Each scene recall can optonally also be evaluated after a delay. Wth ths feature, dynamcal scene sequences can, for example, be confgured f several actuators or Gateways are combned wth cyclcal scene telegrams. The scene recall delay can be confgured separately for each created scene. o In the parameter node "Scenes -> [x] Scene name", set the parameter "Delay scene recall?" to "yes". Confgure the delay tme. The delay tme s actvated. The delay only nfluences the scene recall of the approprate scene. The delay tme s started on arrval of a recall telegram. The correspondng scene wll be recalled and the brghtness and colour temperature value set to the respectve scene poston value only after ths tme has elapsed. o In the parameter node "Scenes -> [x] Scene name", set the parameter "Delay scene recall?" to "no". The delay tme s deactvated. A scene recall s carred out wthout a delay mmedately after the recept of a scene recall telegram. Each scene recall telegram restarts the delay tme and retrggers t. If a new scene recall telegram s receved whle a delay s actve (scene recall not yet executed), the old (and not yet recalled scene) wll be rejected and only the scene last receved executed. The scene recall delay has no nfluence on the storage of scene values. A scene storage telegram wthn a scene recall delay termnates the delay and thus the scene recall. In case of bus or mans voltage falure, all tme functons wll be stopped. Therefore, all scene recalls that are stll n the delay stage wll be aborted. A scene recall receved shortly before bus or mans voltage falure wll then be lost f the correspondng delay has not yet elapsed. A delayed scene recall wll also be completely aborted for the affected groups or sngle devces n the case of a functon wth a hgher prorty (e.g. manual operaton, forced poston functon, dsable functon). Scenes can also be ncluded n effect steps. In ths case, the recall delay set for the scene s not effectve when an effect s recalled. The confgured tme sequence of the effect s of more mportance. Settng the dmmng behavour when recallng a scene In the scene confguraton, t s possble to defne whether the scene brghtness values and scene colour temperature values for the assgned groups or sngle devces jump nstantly or dm. A scene recall can therefore be executed ndependently of the set dmmng behavour. The behavour durng a scene recall can be confgured separately for each scene. o In the parameter node "Scenes -> [x] Scene name", set the parameter "Behavour on scene recall" to "Jump". The values of the scene concerned are jumped to nstantly durng a recall. o In the parameter node "Scenes -> [x] Scene name", set the parameter "Behavour on scene recall" to "Dm to...". "Dm to...". At the same tme, defne the tme requred to dm to the scene values. Page 140 of 257

141 Functonal descrpton The values of the scene concerned are dmmed to durng a recall. The dm fadng s actvated The tme n the parameter selecton defnes the duraton of the dmmng procedure requred to reach the values. The brghtness values and colour temperature values of a group or a sngle devce at whch the dmmng starts has no sgnfcance. Thus, the dmmng procedure n case of a scene recall always requres the exact predefned tme for all groups and sngle devces of the scene. Any DALI operatng devces ncluded n the scene (through groups or as a sngle devce) react smultaneously, because addressng takes place on the DALI-sde usng scene commands (Multcast), whch the Gateway programs nto the operatng devce durng ntalsaton, accordng to the scene confguraton n the ETS plug-n. The confgured dmmng tme for the dm fadng of the scene functon may devate from the standard dmmng behavour of a group or a sngle devce. The DALI Gateway always works wth a standard fadng tme of 0.7 seconds. Ths value s automatcally programmed nto DALI operatng devces durng ntalsaton. Drectly after scene recall, the Gateway reprograms all the assgned DALI operatng devces to the dmmng tme of the scene. After recallng the scene, the Gateway mmedately reprograms the fadng tme back to the orgnal value. Ths reprogrammng takes place separately for each group and sngle devce ntegrated nto the scene n sequence va the DALI cable. Scenes can also be ncluded n effect steps. In ths case, the dmmng behavour set for the scene s not effectve when an effect s recalled. The confgured dmmng behavour of an effect s of more mportance. Page 141 of 257

142 Effect functon Software "DALI Gateway C0201x" Functonal descrpton In partcular, for the mplementaton of dynamc lght scenes, t s possble to nclude lghts or lght groups n the effect control of the DALI Gateway. Up to 16 effects are avalable here, each wth up to 16 effect steps. Each effect step represents an ndvdual lght scene. Tme-controlled togglng of the effect steps makes the overall effect dynamc. Brghtness and colour temperature sequences (colour temperature only wth DALI operatng devces that support devce type "Colour Control" (DALI Devce Type 8))" can be mplemented usng one or more DALI groups, as well as usng ndvdual DALI devces or scenes. Effects are created n the ETS plug-n and are confgured separately. An effect can be added to the confguraton by selectng the parameter node "Effects" n the tree vew and then executng the command New usng the context menu (rght mouse-clck). Selectng a created effect n the tree vew causes the effect confguraton to appear n the rght pane of the plug-n.(fgure 55). Fgure 55: Confguraton page of an effect as an example wth 15 created effect steps and stop step Edtng effects Up to 15 effect steps can be created for each effect, as necessary. The last step of an effect s always the stop step n the confguraton. Ths s only executed when the effect s stopped automatcally after the number of run-throughs (ETS parameter) has been reached, or the user performs the Stop command va communcaton objects. A new effect step can be added by selectng an effect parameter node n the tree vew and then executng the New command n the context menu. Ths always adds the frst step of an effect. If steps already exst, these are always shfted one place when new steps are added. The exstng steps are thus gven a new, hgher step number (2...15). When new effects are created, all the necessary effect steps should always be created drectly, n order to avod subsequent edtng and shftng of the effect sequences due to the addng of new steps. Created effects can also be coped usng the Copy command of the context menu of an approprate scene or effect parameter node and nserted nto the hgher-level node "Effects" as a new effect usng Insert. Parameter settngs are also appled. It s also possble to nsert a Page 142 of 257

143 Functonal descrpton prevously coped effect nto an exstng effect. All the parameter settngs are appled wthout creatng a new element. Effect steps can only be coped and nserted nto exstng steps. Ths completely transfers the confguraton of the coped step nto another step. Ths functon can be used, for example, to transport exstng step confguratons nto other steps, after new steps have been added, thereby changng the sequence of the lght scene. Created effects and effect steps can be deleted at any tme by selectng the approprate parameter node n the tree structure and executng the Delete command of the context menu. In addton, a parameter can be used to assgn a name to each effect. It s possble to change a name at a later date usng the parameter confguraton or, alternatvely, by usng the Rename command n the context menu. We recommend labellng each effect clearly by gvng t a name (e.g. "Effect wndow", "Effect entrance area", etc.). The name may be a maxmum of 28 characters and may contan alphanumerc and specal characters. Each effect receves a unque number (1...16), whch s shown n square brackets before the name. Ths number s only a label wthn the ETS plug-n, n order to dstngush clearly between the ndvdual effects, even f they have the same name. In addton, effects possess KNX numbers (1...64). These KNX numbers can be used to start and stop the effects usng the extenson object. Effect numbers do not have to be dentcal to KNX extenson numbers. The KNX numbers are confgured ndvdually. KNX numbers must be unque. It s not possble to assgn the same KNX numbers to multple effects. In the case of effect steps, the step number (1...15) s dsplayed n square brackets. Ths labels the step sequence of an effect run-through drectly. Startng and stoppng effects (effect run-through) Effect steps can control DALI groups, sngle devces and scenes. As soon as t s started, an effect runs "n the background". Each new effect step overrdes the prevous effect step or the most recently specfed brghtness and colour temperature state of an ntegrated DALI group or an assgned sngle devce. In contrast to the control of groups and devces va the objects "Swtchng", "Dmmng", "Brghtness value", "Absolute colour temperature" and "Central functon for groups and devces", effects always have the same prorty. The last presettng determnes the brghtness and colour temperature value. Wth regard to the tme sequences (tme between effect steps, dmmng behavour), an effect only ever works wth the parameters of the effect steps. Parameters of the DALI groups, ndvdual devces or the scenes are rrelevant for the effect functon. To ensure that tme functons of the groups and devces (e.g. starcase functon, tme delays) and the effect functon do not nfluence each other, parallel operaton of these functons,.e. the executon of an effect and control usng group or devce functons, should be avoded f possble. An effect always starts at effect step 1. The steps are processed n sequence, accordng to ther number. Once all the brghtness values and colour temperature values of an effect step have been set, the effect controller wats for the set "Delay untl the next step". Then the next step s recalled. An effect run-through corresponds to callng up all the steps created n the effect. The number of run-throughs can be specfed ndvdually between usng a parameter. An effect stops automatcally when the confgured number of run-throughs has been reached. Otherwse the effect starts agan wth the frst step after processng of the last effect step. Alternatvely, an effect can also be started manually usng communcaton objects and stopped at any tme. A stop command termnates the effect mmedately after the processng of the current step and subsequent executon of the stop step, wthout recallng other effect steps or watng for delay tmes (Fgure 57). There are separate 1-bt objects (1 = Start effect / 0 = Stop effect) as well as a shared 1-byte extenson object avalable manual startng and stoppng of effects. When an effect s stopped, the stop step s always executed. Ths makes t possble to set a defned lghtng state. The stop step s not executed explctly between multple effect runthroughs. Page 143 of 257

144 Functonal descrpton start run-through 1 run-through 2 step 1 step 2 step 3 step 1 step 2 step 3 stop t Fgure 56: Example of an effect sequence wth automatc stop (here: 3 effect steps, 2 run-throughs) start stop run-through 1 run-through 2 (shorten) step 1 step 2 step 3 step 1 step 2 stop t Fgure 57: Example of an effect sequence wth manual stop (here: 3 effect steps, run-through 2 s stopped early) Retrggerng of an effect (multple startng) shows no reacton. The effect contnues normally. An effect must frst be stopped, n order to restart t n a defned manner at Step 1. It s possble to run through multple effects smultaneously. If the same groups, sngle devces or scenes are ntegrated nto effects runnng smultaneously, then the effects nfluence each other. In order to acheve a tdy, fault-free effect run-through, always try to avod runnng through effects wth the same assgnments smultaneously. The prorty of the effect functon over the dsablng or forced poston functons of a group or a sngle devce can be confgured separately for each effect. Thus, t s possble for an effect recall to overrde a dsablng or forced poston functon. An effect can have a lower prorty, meanng that dsablng functons or forced postons cannot be overrdden by a effect recall. Settng a KNX effect number Just lke scenes, effects possess KNX numbers (1...64). These KNX numbers can be used to start and also stop ndvdual effects usng the extenson object of the effect functon. The KNX numbers are confgured ndvdually for each effect. KNX numbers must be unque. It s not possble to assgn the same KNX numbers to multple effects. The structure of the telegram value for the effect extenson s orentated to the KNX DPT , whch s also used n the scene extenson (Fgure 58). Page 144 of 257

145 Functonal descrpton bts number (0...63), corresponds KNX number (1...64) not used ( 0 ) 0 = start effect / 1 = stop effect Fgure 58: Structure of the object value for the effect extenson o In the parameter node "Effects - [x] Effect name" n the parameter "KNX number of the effect (1...64)", set the requred extenson number. It s possble to start and stop an effect va the effect extenson object usng the specfed KNX number. If a KNX number already used for another effect s entered, then the ETS plug-n wll automatcally correct the nput value to the next free KNX number. It should be noted that the object value of the extenson nput s always "1" less than the confgured KNX number, n accordance wth KNX DPT (Fgure 58). Example: KNX number = "1" -> Value n extenson object = "0" -> The value "0" recalls the effect wth the KNX number 1. The value "1" starts the effect wth the KNX number 2. Ths apples approprately for all other effects and KNX numbers. Settng the effect prorty The prorty of the ndvdual effects over the dsablng or forced poston functons of a group or a sngle devce can be confgured for each scene. Thus, t s possble for an effect to overrde a dsablng or forced poston functon. An effect can have a lower prorty, meanng that dsablng functons or forced postons cannot be overrdden by a effect recall. o In the parameter node "Effects -> [x] Effect name", confgure the parameter "Prorty, effect to be dsabled/forced poston" to "Low". The effect has a lower prorty to the supplementary functons of the assgned groups or the assgned sngle devces. It s not possble to start an effect f a supplementary functons s only actvated for one group or one sngle devce (f assgned). o In the parameter node "Effects -> [x] Effect name", confgure the parameter "Prorty, effect to be dsabled/forced poston" to "Hgh". The effect has a hgher prorty to the supplementary functons of the assgned groups or the assgned sngle devces. The effect can be started f a dsablng or forced poston functon s actve. Note that the effect prorty set n the ETS plug-n s only observed when an effect s to be restarted. Prorty s gnored - rrespectve of the settng- f a prevously started effect s runnng and a dsablng or forced poston s actvated. For ths reason, an effect wth a hgher prorty, f t s runnng, can be overrdden wth a dsablng or forced poston functon. In the same way, a dsablng or forced poston functon wth a hgher prorty can be overrdden by an effect, f the actvaton of the dsablng or the forced poston takes place after the effect starts. If scenes are ntegrated n an effect step, then the scene prorty s not evaluated when an effect s recalled. The confgured prorty of the approprate effect s of more mportance. Settng the number of effect run-throughs An effect always starts at effect step 1. The steps are processed n sequence, accordng to ther number. An effect run-through corresponds to callng up all the steps created n the effect. The number of run-throughs can be specfed ndvdually between usng a parameter. An Page 145 of 257

146 Functonal descrpton effect stops automatcally when the confgured number of run-throughs has been reached. Otherwse the effect starts agan wth the frst step after processng of the last effect step. o In the parameter node "Effects -> [x] Effect name", set the parameter "Number of runthroughs" to the desred value ( ). The effect repeats the set number of tmes. Then the effect stops automatcally. In the "0" settng, the effect repeats cyclcally, untl a manual Stop command s receved va the communcaton objects. A manual stop command va the communcaton objects termnates the effect mmedately after the processng of the current step and subsequent executon of the stop step, wthout recallng other effect steps or watng for delay tmes. Confgurng the group and devce assgnment of an effect step Groups and sngle devces can be assgned to an effect step wthout restrctons. In addton, t s possble to assgn created scenes. Each group, each sngle devce and each scene can be assgned ndependently by actvatng the checkbox n front of the group or sngle devce name or the scene name n the confguraton of the effect steps.(fgure 59). Groups, sngle devces and scenes, whose checkboxes are not actvated, are not assgned to the effect step. Any noncreated groups, sngle devces or scenes of the DALI Gateway are greyed out and thus cannot be edted. Fgure 59: Example of a group assgnment to an effect step For reasons of clarty, all the avalable groups (1...32) and sngle devces (1...64) - rrespectve of the confgured addressng type - as well as the scenes (1...16) are splt up nto varous pages n the wndow of an effect step, each of whch can be dsplayed separately. 16 groups or sngle devces are avalable on any gven page. Scenes also have ther own page. Pressng the buttons "Groups...", "Sngle devces..." or "Scenes 1-16" n the confguraton wndow of an effect step changes between the page vews. Effects can also be used for master control (broadcast). Only one brghtness value and one colour temperature value s ever assgned to each effect step. o Actvate the checkbox of the DALI groups, sngle devces and scenes, whch are to be assgned to the selected effect step. The actvated groups, sngle devces and scenes are assgned to the effect step. The parameters of the brghtness values and - f the colour temperature control s used - colour temperature values are enabled. Page 146 of 257

147 Functonal descrpton Assgned sngle devces are contacted n turn by the effect controller, because the devces are addressed ndvdually usng ther short address. Ths slows down processng of an effect step. In addton, ths nfluences the processng tme of an effect step, f the dmmng behavour allows for dmmng tmes other than the standard (0.7 seconds). The more groups or sngle devces are assgned to an effect step, the slower the effect step edtng wll be. The "Delay untl next step" s only started when the last assgnment of an effect step has been processed. When a scene s recalled, the slowng effect from the addressng type does not notceably occur. For ths reason, we recommend ntegratng devces - f at all possble - nto scenes and assgnng them to the effect controller. Only groups, sngle devces or scenes, whose brghtness or colour temperature are to be changed by an effect step, should ever be assgned to that step. If several dentcal DALI operatng devces are ntegrated nto an effect step, for example, due to redundant ntegraton va groups and scenes, the brghtness and colour temperature commands are evaluated and set usng a fxed prorty. The group brghtness/colour temperature value specfed n an effect step has the hghest prorty and thus prevals over values of sngle devces and scenes. The brghtness/colour temperature values of sngle devces have medum prorty and preval over scene values. Scene values have the lowest prorty. It s possble to run through multple effects smultaneously. If the same groups, sngle devces or scenes are ntegrated nto effects runnng smultaneously, then the effects nfluence each other. In order to acheve a tdy, fault-free effect run-through, always try to avod runnng through effects wth the same assgnments smultaneously. DALI groups or sngle devces ntegrated n centrally suppled emergency lghtng operaton cannot be used n effects! Assgnments to effect steps are lost f the ntegraton of groups or devces takes place later n emergency operaton. In these cases, the ETS plug-n warns of losng assgnments. Settng brghtness values and colour temperatures for effect steps For each DALI group ntegrated n an effect step and for each ntegrated sngle devce, t s necessary to specfy whch brghtness value s to be set when the effect step s recalled. When usng the tunable whte functon for DALI operatng devces, whch support the "Colour Control" (DALI Devce Type 8) devce type, a colour temperature can also optonally be defned for each assgned group or sngle devce. A group, a sngle devce or a scene must be assgned to an effect step. o In the parameter node "Effects -> [x] Effect name -> [y] Step" (x = / y = ), specfy the necessary brghtness value for each assgned DALI group and for each assgned sngle devce. In the settng "---" the brghtness value of the group or sngle devce remans unchanged when recallng the effect step. Durng a recall of the effect step, the approprate confgured brghtness value s set on the operatng devces. o When usng the colour temperature control: In the parameter node "effect -> [x] effect name -> [y] step" (x = / y = ), specfy the necessary scene colour temperature value for each DALI group assgned to the scene and for each assgned sngle devce. In the settng "---" the colour temperature of the group or sngle devce remans unchanged when recallng the effect step. Durng a recall of the effect step, the approprate confgured colour temperature s set on the operatng devces. It should be noted that a specfed colour temperature s only vsually effectve n the DALI lghts f the group or sngle devce s swtched on, too. Even f groups or sngle devces are swtched off, colour temperature changes are tracked nternally n the devce durng the effect control. On swtchng on a group or sngle devce whle an effect s runnng, the colour temperature most recently recalled accordng to the current effect step s preset n the DALI lghts. The selecton of the brghtness values and colour temperature values s restrcted n the ETS plug-n by the confgured mnmum and maxmum values. Page 147 of 257

148 Functonal descrpton The parameters for the colour temperature are only avalable f the tunable whte lghts are ntegrated under "General". If the colour temperature control s used globally, the plug-n always dsplays parameters for the colour temperature for all groups and sngle devces n all effect steps, too. Ths s dsplayed even f no colour temperature control at all s provded n the groups or sngle devces (e.g. n the case of DALI devce types that do not even allow any colour temperature control). In such cases, the colour temperature specfcatons n the effect steps are neffectve. Durng DALI commssonng, t s possble to assgn multple dentcal DALI operatng devces to dfferent groups (multple assgnment: e.g. Electronc ballast 1 s located n Group A and Group B). If groups (e.g. A & B) have now been assgned to an effect step and these groups contans the same operatng devces (e.g. electronc ballast 1), then there wll be a conflct on account of the dfferng effect step brghtness values. In ths case, the effect controller calls up all the brghtness values n order (startng wth Group 1). If there s a multple assgnment of electronc ballasts, t may occur that bref brghtness changes occur (e.g. brghtness jumps, flckerng, etc.) when an effect step s recalled. The same apples to scenes n an effect step, f varous scene assgnments are confgured wth dentcal groups. Settng the dmmng behavour when recallng effect steps In the confguraton of an effect step, t s possble to specfy whether the brghtness values and colour temperature values for the assgned groups, sngle devces or scenes are recalled wth an nstant jump or are dmmed to. The recall of an effect step can thus be executed ndependently of the set dmmng behavour of the groups or sngle devces. o In the parameter node "Effects -> [x] Effect name -> [y] Step" (x = / y = ), set the parameter "Behavour on recallng the effect step" to "Jump to". The values of the effect step affected are jumped to durng a recall. o In the parameter node "Effects -> [x] Effect name -> [y] Step" (x = / y = ), set the parameter "Behavour on recallng the effect step" to "Dm to...". At the same tme, defne the tme requred to dm to the values. The values of the effect step affected are dmmed to durng a recall. The dm fadng s actvated The tme n the parameter selecton defnes the duraton of the dmmng procedure requred to reach the values. The brghtness values and colour temperature values of a group or a sngle devce at whch the dmmng starts has no sgnfcance. Thus, the dmmng procedure n case of an effect recall always requres the exact predefned tme for all groups, sngle devces and scenes. The confgured dmmng tme for the dm fadng of the effect functon may devate from the standard dmmng behavour of a group or a sngle devce. The DALI Gateway always works wth a standard fadng tme of 0.7 seconds. Ths value s automatcally programmed nto DALI operatng devces durng ntalsaton. If the dmmng behavour of an effect step now allows for another fadng tme, the Gateway wll reprogram all the assgned DALI operatng devces to the dmmng tme of the effect step drectly after recall. After the confgured brghtness/colour temperature value has been specfed, the Gateway mmedately reprograms the fadng tme back to the orgnal value. Ths reprogrammng takes place separately for each group, each sngle devce and each scene ntegrated nto the effect step n sequence va the DALI cable. As a result, the processng of an effect step becomes longer, the more groups, sngle devces or scenes are assgned to t. The "Delay untl next step" s only started when the last assgnment of an effect step has been processed. If scenes are ntegrated n an effect step, the dmmng behavour set for the scene s not effectve when an effect s recalled. The confgured dmmng behavour of an effect s of more mportance. Page 148 of 257

149 Functonal descrpton Settng a delay between effect steps Durng an effect run-through, effect steps are processed n sequence, accordng to ther number. Once all the brghtness values and colour temperature values of an effect step have been set, the effect controller wats for the set "Delay untl the next step". Then the next step s recalled. o In the parameter node "Effects -> [x] Effect name -> [y] Step" (x = / y = ), confgure the parameter "Delay untl next step" to the requred tme. When an effect step s recalled, the effect controller sets all the values accordng to the presettng and then wats for the set tme. Only then s the next step recalled. In the "00:00.0" settng, the ndvdual steps are recalled wthout delay after ther processng. Assgned sngle devces are contacted n turn by the effect controller, because the devces are addressed ndvdually usng ther short address. Ths slows down processng of an effect step. In addton, ths nfluences the processng tme of an effect step, f the dmmng behavour allows for dmmng tmes other than the standard (0.7 seconds). The more groups or sngle devces are assgned to an effect step, the slower the effect step edtng wll be. The "Delay untl next step" s only started when the last assgnment of an effect step has been processed. Tmer for effects Effects can start and stop automatcally dependng on the tme and weekday f necessary. Ths functon s mplemented by a smple tmer. If the tmer functon s to be used, ths must be enabled globally. o In the parameter node "Effects" confgure the parameter "Start effects by tmer?" to "yes (start by tmer or object)". The tmer functon s enabled globally. Effects can be assgned to the partcular parameter pages of the tmer functon by confgurng start and stop tmes. In addton to controllng va the tmer, effects can always be started and stopped as well va the communcaton objects (1-bt or 1-byte extenson) or DALI test functon. o Confgure the parameter "Start effects by tmer?" to "no (start only by object)". The tmer functon s not avalable. Effects can be started and stopped exclusvely va the communcaton objects (1-bt or 1-byte extenson) or va the DALI test functon. Startng and stoppng va the tmer s equvalent to controllng va the communcaton objects. An effect started by the tmer can be stopped by a KNX command on the objects at any tme. Smlarly, t s possble to stop an effect started va the objects usng the tmer. To ensure that the tmer can process the confgured start and stop tmes, the current tme and current weekday must be transmtted to the Gateway va the KNX. The data format for provdng ths nformaton can be set n the ETS plug-n. The tmer functon must be enabled globally. o Set the parameter "Data format for tme and date of the tmer" to "3-byte 'weekday / tme' (DPT )". The current tme and weekday for the tmer s provded by a 3-byte object accordng to KNX DPT o Confgure the parameter "Data format for tme and date of the tmer" to "8-byte 'date / weekday / tme' (DPT )". The current tme and weekday for the tmer s provded by an 8-byte object accordng to KNX DPT The date contaned n the telegram s rrelevant and s rejected by the tmer. Page 149 of 257

150 Functonal descrpton The data format for transmttng the tme and weekday makes t possble not to specfy any weekday n the telegram ether (telegram value for the weekday = 0 / "any day"). In ths case, the Gateway evaluates all start and stop tmes cyclcally each day regardless of whch weekdays were specfed n the ETS confguraton! The Gateway frst then evaluates the confgured weekdays agan as soon as a weekday (Mon...Sun) has been specfed va the KNX n the telegram last receved. When usng the 8-byte data type (DPT ), the weekday (Mon...Sun) specfed n the telegram can optonally be declared as nvald ("not vald"). If a tme wth such a specfcaton was receved, effects wll then no longer be started or stopped automatcally by the tmer. The tmer frst processes the set start and stop tmes agan as soon as vald weekdays are specfed n a new telegram. Wth the 8-byte data format, the specfed tme can also be declared as nvald f necessary. In ths case, too, effects wll no longer be started or stopped automatcally by the tmer untl a new vald tme s specfed. To ensure hgh accuracy, we recommend settng the tme of the tmer va a KNX telegram at least once a day. As long as no vald tme has been receved after a devce reset (mans voltage return, devce restart), the tmer processes no start and stop tmes. Once the tmer functon has been enabled globally under "Effects", all or ndvdual effects can be assgned to the tmer ndependently of one another. Each effect wll then have a start and stop tme. These tmes can be assgned to any of the weekdays. The tmer functon must be enabled globally. o Set the parameter "Set start tme?" to "yes" f the effect should be started automatcally va the tmer. In the parameter "Effect start tme", defne the tme for the start and weekdays when the start tme should be executed. The tmer starts the effect at the specfed tme on the defned weekdays. Furthermore, the effect can be started at any tme va the communcaton objects (1-bt or 1-byte extenson) or va the DALI test functon. o Set the parameter "Set start tme?" to "yes" f the effect should be stopped automatcally va the tmer. In the parameter "Effect stop tme", defne the tme for stoppng and the weekdays when the stop tme should be executed. The tmer stops the effect at the specfed tme on the defned weekdays. Furthermore, the effect can be stopped at any tme va the communcaton objects (1-bt or 1-byte extenson) or va the DALI test functon. Fgure 60: Example of an effect confguraton wth start and stop tme for the tmer (here: automatc startng at 8:00 and stoppng 16:00 on Mon...Fr) There s always just one start tme and one stop tme per effect, whch s executed on the confgured weekdays. Thus, t s not possble to start an effect on the same day or on dfferent days at dfferent tmes of the day. Lkewse, t s not possble to stop an effect at dfferent tmes on the same day or on dfferent days. Page 150 of 257

151 Functonal descrpton If the start and stop tme of an effect was confgured at the same tme of day and the tmes are actve on the same weekdays, the tmer frst executes a start and a stop mmedately after that. Therefore, t may happen that an effect actually starts and the frst effect step s executed before the automatc stoppng of the effect by the tmer occurs. As a result, effects are then not processed completely. For ths reason, dentcal start and stop tmes that are effectve on the same weekdays should be avoded. The tmer always chronologcally processes the confgured start and stop tmes of all effects consecutvely to the second (effect start tme / effect stop tme). When settng the tme of day va the KNX, the tmer re-evaluates the start and stop tmes for each effect and decdes whether the tmes and thus the startng and stoppng of an effect must be repeated. The tmer only repeats a start or stop tme f ths s no longer than 60 seconds n the past startng from the newly receved tme. Attenton must be pad to ths property especally when settng the tmer to a summer/wntertme changeover. Examples: Current tme: 1:59:59, confgured start tme: 2:00:00 -> Even before the nternal clock of the Gateway swtches to 2:00:00, the new tme 3:00:00 s already receved. -> The tmer does not execute the start tme snce t s too far n the past. Current tme: 1:59:59, confgured start tme: 3:00:00 -> The new tme 3:00:10 s receved va the KNX. -> The tmer executes the start tme snce t s n the tmeframe of the retroactve vew. If a start or stop tme has already been processed durng a day, ths tme wll not be executed a second tme on the same day (e.g. by resettng the tme). After a change of day, (.e. after 00:00:00 / ntated by the tme of day tself or by a a change of day n the KNX-tme telegram), the tmer frst evaluates all start and stop tmes anew f necessary and executes start and stop tmes later n the course of the day accordng to the confgured tmes and dependng on the set weekday. Dsablng functons allow deactvaton of the tmer f necessary and can thus nhbt an automatc start or stop command. The confgured start and stop tmes of an effect are not processed durng an actve dsablng functon. It s only possble to start or stop an effect durng an actve dsablng functon by the communcaton objects or va the DALI test functon. Each effect has ts own dsablng functon so that start and stop tmes of ndvdual effects can be deactvated ndvdually. Each dsablng functon has a separate 1-bt dsablng object for whch the telegram polarty can be defned. The dsablng functons can be used, for example, f the automatc startng and stoppng of effects should be suppressed durng absence or on holdays. The tmer functon must be enabled globally. o Set the parameter "Use dsablng functon for tmer?" to "yes". In the parameter "Polarty dsablng object for tmer" confgure the polarty of the dsablng telegram. The 1-bt dsablng object s avalable. The dsablng functon can be actvated and deactvated va the KNX accordng to the confgured polarty f necessary. The dsablng functons are always deactvated (object value = "OFF") after a devce reset. If the parameter "Polarty dsablng object for tmer" s confgured to "1 = enabled / 0 = dsabled", an "OFF" telegram must frst be sent to the dsablng object after a devce reset so that the dsablng functon s actvated. o Set the parameter "Use dsablng functon for tmer?" to "no". The tmer dsablng functon s not avalable. Effects can only be started and stopped va the communcaton objects or va the DALI test functon. The behavour of an effect can be defned at the begnnng and end of the assocated dsablng functon. In ths way, a dsablng functon can stop selectvely, or alternatvely, just nhbt the executon of the start and stop tmes of the tmer. When deactvatng the dsablng functons, effects can be selectvely started or stopped. Here too, t s optonally possble to nhbt the automatc executon of the start and stop tmes. o Set the parameter "Behavour at the begnnng of the dsablng functon" to the requred response. Page 151 of 257

152 Functonal descrpton o In the "no change" settng, the executon of the start and stop tmes s nhbted by the tmer mmedately at the begnnng of the dsablng functon. Ths reacton also takes place n the "Stop effect" settng. Addtonally, the effect s then also stopped. Set the parameter "Behavour at the end of the dsablng functon" to the requred response. In the "no change" settng, the executon of the start and stop tmes s enabled agan by the tmer at the end of the dsablng functon. The tmer does not repeat any start or stop tmes that were suppressed durng an actve dsablng functon. In the "Start effect" settng, the effect s addtonally started. The stoppng of the effect at the end of the dsablng functon can be specfcally nduced by the "Stop effect" settng. Startng an effect that has already started or stoppng an effect that has already stopped shows no reacton. An effect must frst be stopped, n order to restart t n a defned manner at Step 1. Page 152 of 257

153 Emergency lghtng Software "DALI Gateway C0201x" Functonal descrpton The DALI Gateway can be ntegrated nto DALI emergency lghtng systems. It allows nterference-free operaton of operatng devces, general lghtng systems and emergency lghtng operatng devces of the same DALI system. The devce s able to ntegrate standard DALI operatng devces for lghtng control accordng to IEC (DALI System) and IEC (Control Gear) nto centrally-suppled emergency lghtng systems as an emergency lght. The applcaton prncples of a DALI emergency lghtng system (emergency lght system, scope of emergency operaton, types of emergency lghts) are descrbed n more detal n the chapter "Applcaton prncples - DALI emergency lghtng systems". The statutory and standard specfcatons vary from country to country. In any event, the user / techncal planner should check whether the specfc specfcatons should be mantaned. The functon "Emergency lghtng" s enabled f the parameter "Integraton of emergency lghts?" n the ETS plug-n of the DALI Gateway n the parameter node "General", s set to "yes" per lmtng value. In ths case, the parameter node "Emergency lghts", whch contans all the relevant parameters for confgurng the emergency lghtng functon, becomes vsble. The followng chapters descrbe the confguraton of ndvdual functons of emergency lght ntegraton n the ETS plug-n General confguratons Emergency lghts system No emergency lghts wth specal DALI operatng devces are used n an emergency lghtng system, suppled by group or central battery systems. Instead, standard devces are used accordng to the basc DALI standards. These devces, whch are prmarly ntended to control general DALI lghtng systems, usually only possess one mans voltage connecton and do not possess a battery for self-supply, should the mans voltage fal. Ths DALI Gateway cannot control any sngle-battery-operated DALI emergency lghts accordng to IEC Emergency lghts overall status The DALI Gateway s able to evaluate the operatng status of all the DALI operatng devces ntegrated nto the emergency operaton n accordance wth the transferred error status, and to make them avalable collectvely to other KNX devces n the form of 1-bt feedback va the object "Feedback, emergency lghts, complete". The status of all the electronc ballasts ntegrated nto the centrally suppled emergency operaton s evaluated. If the Gateway only detects a malfuncton of only one operatng devce or of multple operatng devces, t wll set the object value to "1". Otherwse (error-free system), the object value s set to "0". Ths allows the central dsplay of the complete status of a DALI emergency lghtng system, e.g. on a KNX vsualsaton, meanng that further analyses (e.g. evaluaton of the error statuses) can be carred out. An error s also present when the Gateway can no longer set up communcaton to an operatng devce ntegrated n emergency operaton. The complete status feedback can be used as an actve message object or as a passve status object. As an actve message object, the feedback nformaton s also drectly transmtted to the bus whenever there s an update. As a passve status object, there s no telegram transmsson after an update. In ths case, the object value must be read out. The ETS automatcally sets the object communcaton flags requred for proper functonng. Page 153 of 257

154 Functonal descrpton If used as an actve message object, the complete status feedback state s transmtted to the bus after bus or mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS, should an error be present. In these cases, the feedback telegram can be tme-delayed wth the delay beng preset globally for all devce feedback together. If a tme delay s requred, the parameter "Tme delay for feedback after bus voltage return" must be set to "yes". Otherwse ("no" settng), transmsson of the actve message telegram takes place mmedately after a devce reset and f there s an error. Optonally, the complete status feedback, n ts functon as an actve sgnallng object, can also be transmtted cyclcally, n addton to transmsson on an update. The parameter "Cyclcal transmsson of feedback telegram?" specfes whether cyclcal transmsson s enabled or not. If enabled, the parameter "Tme for cyclcal transmsson" on the same parameter page wll defne the cycle tme. Page 154 of 257

155 Confguratons for centrally-suppled emergency lghts Scope of emergency operaton Software "DALI Gateway C0201x" Functonal descrpton In centrally-suppled emergency lghtng systems, a dstncton s made as to whch parts of the electrcal buldng nstallaton are suppled by the emergency power supply. The parameter "Scope of emergency operaton" n the parameter node "Emergency lghts -> Centrallysuppled" (avalable f the emergency lght system allows for centrally-suppled electronc ballasts) defnes the scope of the emergency lghtng systems... - "Emergency lghts" settng: In ths applcaton, ether all or just ndvdual DALI operatng devces are connected to the emergency power supply. The KNX system and DALI Gateway are not suppled wth emergency power, whch means that f the mans voltage fals, these subsystems wll no longer functon. If there s a fault, there s no DALI voltage because the power supply of the Gateway s no longer workng. - "Emergency lghts & KNX system" settng: In ths applcaton, all or ndvdual DALI operatng devces as well as the power supply of the KNX system are connected to the emergency power supply. The DALI Gateway s not suppled wth emergency power, whch means that t wll no longer functon f the mans voltage fals. If there s a fault, there s no DALI voltage because the power supply of the Gateway s no longer workng. Snce the KNX system contnues workng wthout nterrupton f the mans power fals, mans falure messages that the Gateway can produce before swtch-off (feedback of supply voltage falure) can be evaluated and processed. - "Emergency lghts & KNX system & DALI Gateway" settng: In ths applcaton, all or ndvdual DALI operatng devces, the power supply of the KNX system and the mans voltage connecton of the DALI Gateway are connected to the emergency power supply. If there s a fault, DALI voltage wll reman snce the power supply of the Gateway contnues workng. Ths applcaton offers the greatest flexblty, snce the DALI Gateway can contnue to control the operatng devces. In ths applcaton, the DALI operatng devces do not swtch automatcally to the "System Falure Level". Instead, the Gateway controls selected operatng devces at a specal brghtness value for emergency operaton. Ths brghtness can be confgured n the ETS plug-n wthn the lmts of mnmum and maxmum brghtness f necessary. Alternatvely, t s possble to defne no specal behavour at the begnnng of emergency operaton. In ths case, the operatng devces assgned to emergency operaton reman at the last set brghtness value. Integraton of operatng devces The Gateway requres the nformaton of whch of the DALI operatng devces are ntegrated nto centrally-suppled emergency operaton. Furthermore, t s necessary to defne the brghtness value, optonally also the colour temperature or the behavour for emergency operaton. Each group and devce of the sngle addressng n the project desgn has specal parameters for ths purpose. These parameters are avalable n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... -> [x] Group -> "Emergency lghts, centrally-suppled" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballast -> Emergency lghts, centrally-suppled". Page 155 of 257

156 Functonal descrpton Regardless of whether the scope of emergency operaton also ncludes the Gateway (see parameter "Scope of emergency operaton"), the behavour of all the electronc ballasts of a DALI group or all the sngle devces n emergency operaton can be nfluenced dfferently... - Emergency operaton only comprses DALI lghts: Due to the swtched-off DALI voltage, the operatng devces suppled wth emergency current set the "System Falure Level" saved n the devce at the begnnng of emergency operaton as the brghtness value. Ths brghtness value was wrtten by the DALI Gateway to the DALI operatng devces after ETS commssonng. By default, the "System Falure Level" s defned by the "Behavour n case of bus voltage falure" parameter of a group or sngle devce. Optonally, ths value - rrespectve of the behavour n case of bus voltage falure - can be set to a separate brghtness value for emergency operaton. For ths purpose, set the parameter "Defne separate brghtness value for emergency operaton?" to "yes". The parameter "Brghtness value n emergency operaton" then avalable defnes the value for the "System Falure Level" regardless of the behavour n case of bus voltage falure. When actvatng operatng devces that support the devce type "Colour Control" (DALI Devce Type 8), the effectve colour temperature n emergency operaton does not change n ths confguraton. The Gateway ntalses the DALI operatng devces so that the colour temperature remans unchanged f the DALI voltage fals. - Emergency operaton comprses DALI lghts and KNX system: Even n ths case, due to the swtched-off DALI voltage, the operatng devces suppled wth emergency current set the "System Falure Level" saved n the devce at the begnnng of emergency operaton. As n the applcaton "Emergency operaton only comprses DALI lghts", ths brghtness value was wrtten by the DALI Gateway to the DALI operatng devces after ETS commssonng. Optonally, ths value - rrespectve of the behavour n case of bus voltage falure - can be set to a separate brghtness value for emergency operaton. For ths purpose, set the parameter "Defne separate brghtness value for emergency operaton?" to "yes". The parameter "Brghtness value n emergency operaton" then avalable defnes the value for the "System Falure Level" regardless of the behavour n case of bus voltage falure. When actvatng operatng devces that support the devce type "Colour Control" (DALI Devce Type 8), the effectve colour temperature n emergency operaton does not change even n ths confguraton. The Gateway ntalses the DALI operatng devces so that the colour temperature remans unchanged f the DALI voltage fals. - Emergency operaton comprses DALI lghts, KNX system and DALI Gateway (recommended applcaton): In ths applcaton, the DALI operatng devces do not swtch automatcally to the "System Falure Level". Instead, the Gateway controls selected operatng devces to the brghtness value specfed by the parameter "Brghtness at the start of emergency operaton". Ths parameter s avalable f the parameter "Defne behavour at the start of emergency operaton?" s confgured to "yes". Otherwse ("no" settng), the operatng devces assgned to emergency operaton reman at the last set brghtness values. The brghtness value specfed by the parameter "Brghtness at the start of emergency operaton" s also entered nto the DALI operatng devces as the System Falure Level. If the mans voltage supply of the DALI Gateway should fal, and consequently the DALI voltage, the operatng devces affected wll also set themselves to ths brghtness value. If the parameter s unavalable (parameter "Defne behavour at the start of emergency operaton?" set to "no"), the "System Falure Level" s defned by the "Behavour n case of bus voltage falure" parameter of a group or sngle devce. When actvatng operatng devces that support the devce type "Colour Control" (DALI Devce Type 8), a colour temperature can also be defned for the emergency operaton besdes a brghtness value n ths confguraton. The parameter "Colour temperature at the begnnng of emergency operaton" specfes ths colour temperature value and s avalable as long as the parameter "Defne behavour at the start of emergency operaton?" s confgured to "yes". Otherwse ("no" settng), the operatng devces assgned to emergency operaton reman at the last set colour temperature value. Page 156 of 257

157 Functonal descrpton DALI groups or sngle devces ntegrated n centrally suppled emergency lghtng operaton cannot be assgned to any scene and effect! Assgnments to scenes and effects are lost f the ntegraton of groups or devces takes place later n emergency operaton. In these cases, the ETS plug-n warns of losng assgnments. Montorng power supply falure If the scope of emergency operaton also allows for the ntegraton of the DALI Gateway, the Gateway wll actvate emergency operaton. It nstgates all the approprate actons on the KNX and the DALI page. Identfcaton of a mans falure as the cause of emergency operaton can take place n dfferent ways. Ether the Gateway automatcally dentfes whether mans voltage s present (nternal falure messages) or not usng the dagnoss of the DALI operatng devces. Ths s possble through contactng and readng out all commssoned DALI devces. If a number of these devces specfed by the programmer do not respond, the Gateway wll assume that the mans voltage has faled. In addton, or alternatvely, a KNX telegram can nform the Gateway that emergency operaton s to be actvated (external falure message). Ths s useful, for example, when a KNX bnary nput s montorng the mans voltage and transmts a message telegram f there s a mans falure. The parameter "Montorng for the falure of the general power supply?" n the parameter node "Emergency lghts -> Centrally-suppled -> Emergency lghts & KNX system & DALI Gateway" defnes whether the detecton of a mans voltage falure wll take place usng an nternal DALI falure message or, alternatvely, usng an external KNX falure message. Both optons can be combned and lnked logcally (AND, OR), whch means that a hgher guarantee of detecton or redundancy can be mplemented durng falure detecton. - Internal DALI falure message: Wth the nternal DALI falure message, all the planned and commssoned DALI operatng devces are polled cyclcally (same nterval n seconds as for determnng the error status). Should one of the devces no longer respond to the Gateway, the operatng devce concerned wll be saved nternally as "faled". As a result, the DALI Gateway wll assume that the mans voltage supply of the DALI operatng devce has faled. In the ETS plug-n, the parameter "Maxmum number of faled devces" (1...64) can be used to defne how many devces must be dentfed as "faled" for the Gateway to actvate emergency operaton. If the number of faled devces reaches or exceeds the confgured lmt value, then falure of the general mans power supply s assumed. If the lmt value was not reached, the Gateway wll reman n normal operaton. The standard settng of the parameter "Maxmum number of faled devces" s "64", whch means that all the DALI operatng devces must fal before emergency operaton s actvated. Ths number s not usually reached n practcal applcatons snce emergency lghtng systems always have some electronc ballasts ntegrated nto the central emergency power supply. Consequently, these operatng devces do not fal n the event of a mans voltage falure and can therefore not be dentfed by the Gateway as "faled", whch means that the maxmum lmt value of 64 operatng devces can never be reached. If the nternal DALI falure message s beng used, the parameter "Maxmum number of faled devces" must always then be set to the requred number of devces and thus adjusted to the number of DALI subscrbers n the DALI system whch are not suppled wth emergency current. - External KNX falure message: In the case of the external KNX falure message, a dfferent KNX bus devce (e.g. bnary nput) can nform the DALI Gateway va the 1-bt object ("Falure, external supply") that the general mans voltage supply has faled. Wth ths, the Gateway then actvates emergency operaton. The telegram polarty of the object s fxed: "1" = Mans voltage has faled, "0" = Mans voltage avalable. Page 157 of 257

158 Functonal descrpton Updates to the object "Falure, external supply" from "1" to "1" or "0" to "0" do not produce any reacton. If the nternal and external falure messages are nterlnked, the Gateway wll then use the set logcal lnk to test whether emergency operaton s to be actvated or not. In the settng "Falure message DALI OR KNX (nternal OR external"), the Gateway must ether have ndependently dentfed that the defned number of DALI devces has faled, or must have been nformed externally about the mans falure. Only one postve falure message s decsve n actvatng emergency operaton. In the settng "Falure message DALI AND KNX (nternal AND external)", both the nternal and external evaluaton must be postve n order for the emergency operaton to be actvated If only one falure message s actve, emergency operaton wll not be actvated. In addton, actve emergency operaton wll be termnated as soon as a falure message becomes nactve agan. After a devce reset (mans voltage falure and return on the Gateway, ETS programmng operaton), emergency operaton s always deactvated. Message: Falure, general supply A 1-bt falure telegram can be transmtted to the KNX as feedback ether through the nternal falure message, or alternatvely, through the external falure message, provded that the Gateway has actvated emergency operaton. Ths allows other bus devces evaluatng ths feedback (e.g. other KNX DALI Gateways) to react and also actvate emergency operaton. Automatc dentfcaton of a mans voltage falure s usually not necessary wth these devces, whch means that only one DALI Gateway n the KNX system needs to be ntegrated actvely nto mans falure detecton. If necessary, the object "Feedback, supply falure" s enabled by the parameter "Message, general supply falure?" n the parameter node "Emergency lghts -> Centrally-suppled -> Emergency lghts & KNX system & DALI Gateway". Ths object causes telegram transmsson as soon as the Gateway actvates ("1 telegram / mans voltage faled) or deactvates ("0" telegram / mans voltage avalable agan) emergency operaton. After a devce reset (mans voltage falure and return on the Gateway, ETS programmng operaton), emergency operaton s always deactvated. No telegram transmsson takes place va the object "Feedback, supply falure", not even f emergency operaton was actve before the reset. "Feedback, supply falure" s transmtted mmedately as soon as the Gateway detects the falure or return of the mans voltage. It should be noted that the deactvaton of emergency operaton after the return of mans voltage can take place after a delay. Feedback s not generated f emergency operaton was actvated or deactvated usng the object "Emergency operaton, external message". Reacton to external message The DALI Gateway does not need to montor ts own DALI system or external falure messages tself n order to dentfy the falure of the general mans voltage supply and thus to actvate emergency operaton. Optonally, t can be swtched to emergency operaton by an external message. When usng the external message, only one DALI Gateway (Master) n the KNX system needs to be ntegrated actvely nto mans falure detecton. All other Gateways - f avalable - wll then evaluate the external feedback of ths Master. Alternatvely, a Gateway can be controlled usng the external message from any KNX devce. If necessary, the object "Emergency operaton, external message" s enabled by the parameter "Allow reacton to external message?" n the parameter node "Emergency lghts -> Centrallysuppled -> Emergency lghts & KNX system & DALI Gateway". Usng ths 1-bt object, a dfferent KNX bus devce (e.g. another DALI Gateway -> lnk to the object "Feedback, supply falure") can nform the DALI Gateway that emergency operaton has been actvated. Through ths, the Gateway then actvates emergency operaton, wthout havng to dentfy the falure of Page 158 of 257

159 Functonal descrpton the general mans voltage supply tself. The telegram polarty s fxed: "1" = Mans voltage has faled / Actvate emergency operaton, "0" = Mans voltage avalable / Deactvate emergency operaton. In specal cases, t s possble to combne the montorng for falures n the mans voltage supply (through an nternal and/or external falure message) wth the reacton to an external message. Ths s useful, for example, when the Gateway s to montor the exstence of mans voltage ndependently and, n addton, t must be possble to execute the forced actvaton and deactvaton of emergency operaton - for example for servcng purposes. Emergency operaton can be controlled ndependently usng the object "Emergency operaton, external message" to montor for falures n the general mans voltage supply. Behavour at the end of emergency operaton If the Gateway deactvates emergency operaton (due to nternal or external falure montorng of the mans voltage or an external message telegram), all the DALI groups or sngle devces ntegrated n centrally suppled emergency operaton are swtched to defned brghtness colour temperature states (colour temperature only when usng the tunable whte functon). The behavour at the end of emergency operaton s specfed globally by the parameter of the same name n the parameter node "Emergency lghts -> Centrally suppled -> Emergency lghts & KNX system & DALI Gateway" separated for brghtness and colour temperature. Ths means that the swtchng off or the actvaton of a defned brghtness value can be confgured. Alternatvely, the brghtness value actve before emergency operaton or the brghtness value tracked nternally durng emergency operaton can be set. As a fnal alternatve, t s possble to retan the current state of all operatng devces. The colour temperature can be nfluenced at the end of emergency operaton so that ether a colour temperature value s specfed or the nternally tracked colour temperature s set durng emergency operaton. As a further opton, the effectve colour temperature durng actve emergency operaton can reman unchanged at the end of emergency operaton. In the settngs "Brghtness value" or "Colour temperature value", values can be confgured n the full value range wthout restrcton. The mnmum and maxmum values of the ndvdual DALI groups or sngle devces are not taken nto account here when settng the parameter. If brghtness values or colour temperature values that undershoot the ndvdual mnmum values or exceed the maxmum values are defned for the behavour at the end of emergency operaton, then the groups or sngle devces concerned are lmted to the correspondng lmt values. Deactvaton of emergency operaton and thus the executon of the behavour at the end of emergency operaton can take place after a delay. A tme delay s advsable n order to gve DALI operatng devces wthout an emergency current supply suffcent tme after the return of mans voltage to swtch on at the operatng brghtness and colour temperature. The delay tme means that DALI emergency lghts are only swtched off or swtched to normal operaton when the standard lghtng s ready for operaton. The parameter "Delay tme at the end of emergency operaton" defnes the perod of tme from the dentfcaton of the return of mans voltage untl the actual deactvaton of emergency operaton. In the "00:00" settng, emergency operaton s deactvated wthout a delay. If the mans voltage fals agan durng a delay or an external message telegram forces the Gateway nto emergency operaton, emergency operaton wll reman actvated wthout nterrupton. Feedback emergency operaton The DALI Gateway s able to make the state of emergency operaton avalable on the KNX n the form of 1-bt feedback va the object "Feedback, emergency operaton status". Ths allows other KNX bus devces to be nformed about emergency operaton n order to control dsplays for users (e.g. n a vsualsaton) or to carry out further actons (e.g. remote forwardng va the telephone or IP data network through sutable KNX components). If emergency operaton s Page 159 of 257

160 Functonal descrpton actvated, the Gateway sets the object value to "1". Otherwse (emergency operaton deactvated), the object value s set to "0". If the feedback functon s to be used, t must be enabled n the parameter node "Emergency lghts -> Centrally-suppled -> Emergency lghts & KNX system & DALI Gateway -> Feedback, emergency operaton" usng the parameter "Feedback 'Emergency operaton status'?". The emergency operaton feedback can be used as an actve message object or as a passve status object. As an actve message object, the feedback nformaton s also drectly transmtted to the bus whenever there s an update. As a passve status object, there s no telegram transmsson after an update. In ths case, the object value must be read out. The ETS automatcally sets the object communcaton flags requred for proper functonng. If used as an actve message object, the feedback state s transmtted to the bus after bus or mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS, provded that emergency operaton s actvated. In these cases, the feedback telegram can be tme-delayed wth the delay beng preset globally for all devce feedback together (see page 68). If a tme delay s requred, the parameter "Tme delay for feedback after bus voltage return?" must be set to "yes". Otherwse ("no" settng), transmsson of the actve message telegram takes place mmedately after a devce reset and f there s actve emergency operaton. Optonally, the emergency operaton feedback n ts functon as an actve sgnallng object can also be transmtted cyclcally, n addton to transmsson on an update. The parameter "Cyclcal transmsson of feedback telegram?" specfes whether cyclcal transmsson s enabled or not. If enabled, the parameter "Tme for cyclcal transmsson" on the same parameter page wll defne the cycle tme. After a devce reset (mans voltage falure and return on the Gateway, ETS programmng operaton), emergency operaton s always deactvated. No telegram transmsson takes place va the actve object "Feedback, emergency operaton status", not even f emergency operaton was actve before the reset. Page 160 of 257

161 Functonal descrpton DALI commssonng Startng DALI commssonng It s easy to confgure the devces of the DALI Gateway, ncludng the confguraton of the DALI groups, the sngle devces, the scenes and effects usng the plug-n embedded n the ETS. In addton, DALI commssonng va the KNX bus cable can also be performed usng the plug-n. No addtonal tool and no specal programmng connecton s requred. DALI commssonng must be performed after devce confguraton has been completed (all groups and sngle devces created / scenes, effects and emergency lghts confgured / all group addresses assgned). In addton, t s necessary that the DALI Gateway has been programmed wth the ETS at least once before DALI commssonng so that the devce has a physcal address and the applcaton program s loaded. DALI commssonng s not necessary, and thus not avalable n the ETS plug-n f the addressng allows for a master control. If the necessary requrements have been fulflled, "DALI commssonng" can be executed on the parameter page of the same name n the plug-n. After selectng the commssonng page and successful communcaton wth the DALI Gateway, the commssonng envronment becomes vsble n the rght-hand pane of the plug-n (Fgure 61). Fgure 61: DALI commssonng envronment n the ETS plug-n When the commssonng envronment s recalled, the plug-n frst tres to communcate wth the DALI Gateway va the KNX bus connecton of the ETS (Fgure 62) and checks whether DALI commssonng s possble. For ths reason, the DALI Gateway must be connected to the KNX bus cable and the bus and mans voltage supply must be swtched on when DALI commssonng s recalled. In addton, the ETS must have a functonng communcatons nterface to the bus (e.g. USB or KNXnet/IP). In ths stuaton, the Gateway does not check the functon of the DALI cable. If t s not be possble to setup a connecton to the DALI Gateway n ths stuaton, the plug-n wll termnate commssonng. The commssonng envronment wll become vsble even though the commssonng functons are not avalable. The followng secton lsts the causes for a faulty connecton and the approprate remedes... Page 161 of 257

162 Functonal descrpton - Cause: No functonng ETS communcaton nterface to the KNX. Remedy: Check, and f necessary, setup the connecton n the ETS. - Cause: Physcal address and applcaton program not prevously programmed by the ETS. Remedy: Close the plug-n and frst program the physcal address and applcaton program. - Cause: KNX bus voltage on the DALI Gateway or the local data nterface not connected or swtched on. Remedy: Connect and swtch on the bus voltage. - Cause: Mans voltage supply on the DALI Gateway not swtched on. Remedy: Swtch on the mans supply on the Gateway. DALI commssonng can only be carred out f the applcaton program programmed n the ETS s also avalable n the Gateway,.e. was loaded nto the devce n a prevous ETS programmng operaton. For ths purpose, the applcaton number and the applcaton verson n the devce are tested. If ths data does not match the specfcatons of the ETS project, the ETS plug-n wll not offer any further commssonng functons. Here, the applcaton program confgured n the ETS must frst be loaded nto the Gateway. Ths nformaton must partcularly be observed n the case of dfferent language varants (each varant has a dfferent applcaton verson). Fgure 62: Settng up a bus connecton to the DALI Gateway for DALI commssonng Next, DALI commssonng can be carred out, for example by assgnng the DALI operatng devces to the confgured groups or sngle devces. Page 162 of 257

163 Performng DALI commssonng Software "DALI Gateway C0201x" Functonal descrpton Durng DALI commssonng, the max. 64 DALI operatng devces of a DALI system are assgned to the programmed groups or sngle devces of the Gateway. Only ths assgnment creates the opton of controllng the DALI operatng devces ndvdually or jontly va the KNX. The "addressng type" defned n the ETS plug-n specfes whether group and/or sngle devce control s possble. Any number of DALI operatng devces can be assgned to groups On the DALI sde, addressng takes place usng group addresses, whch the Gateway confgures nvsbly for the user and manages on ts own. Durng DALI commssonng, the operatng devces concerned are automatcally programmed accordngly. In contrast, only up to two DALI operatng devces can be assgned to groups Snce there are no DALI group addresses for these groups, DALI addressng takes place usng the devce short addresses, whch means that the operatng devces are addressed, and thus contacted, ndvdually. Alternatvely, DALI operatng devces can be addressed as sngle devces. The addressng of these devces takes place ndvdually usng the devce short addresses. DALI operatng devces can ether be ntegrated only n sngle devce addressng, or alternatvely, n group addressng. It s not possble to control an operatng devce wth both addressng types. Operatng devces ntegrated n group control can no longer be addressed as a sngle devce. The reverse case apples n the same manner. The commssonng envronment of the plug-n s dvded up nto two panes. The rght-hand pane lsts the operatng devces found n the DALI system. The left-hand pane dsplays the created groups. The assgnment of the DALI devces to the programmed groups or sngle devces also takes place there.(fgure 63). The pane of the programmed DALI devces (A) dsplays all the groups and sngle devces confgured n the ETS plug-n. In the later course of DALI commssonng, ths area plays host to the assgnment to found electronc ballasts of the DALI system. Groups can contan multple electronc ballasts, whereby sngle devces can only ever contan one electronc ballast. Select whether the panel dsplays groups or sngle devces, thus allowng assgnments to these elements, by pressng the Sngle devces or Groups buttons n the top area of the pane. Sngle devces added to groups durng DALI commssonng or as part of offlne commssonng are also avalable n the "Sngle devces" vew. Ths creates the opton of detectng all the programmed sngle devces centrally n just one commssonng wndow. Dfferent columns of the wndow of the programmed devces show the programmed short addresses of the devces (1...64), the devce names, optonally the DALI devce types (f the use of devce types s confgured or requred) and the assgnment status of found electronc ballasts ("not assgned", "assgned"). The devces can be assgned ndvdually, ether n the project desgn of the sngle devces (under "Addressng -> Groups... -> [x] Group -> Sngle devces -> [x] Electronc ballast" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballast") or alternatvely, usng the Rename button n the control panel of the commssonng dalog (E). Ths allows clear labellng of the operatng devces (e.g. "Lamp, entrance area" or "Lght strp, wndow, south"). Page 163 of 257

164 Functonal descrpton Fgure 63: Panes of the commssonng envronment (A) Area of the programmed DALI devces (groups and sngle devces) (B) Area of the found DALI devces (DALI system) (C) Checkbox for multple assgnment of electronc ballasts to DALI groups (D) Checkboxes for compatblty mode (see page 175)and partal DALI commssonng (E) Control panel for dentfcaton of selected devces (F) Control panel for central swtchng of all devces and general reset functons In the pane for the found DALI devces (B), the plug-n shows all the electronc ballasts t could dentfy durng a search process. All the electronc ballasts dsplayed n ths area physcally exst n the DALI system. As a result, a maxmum of 64 operatng devces are dsplayed here. The wndow shows n dfferent columns a consecutve number for sortng the contents of the wndow, the short addresses of the devces (1...64) and the DALI devce types read out of the devces. The short address can only be dsplayed when a found devce has been assgned to a programmed devce (e.g. a sngle devce or a group). The status of the electronc ballast assgnment s only dsplayed n the pane of the found DALI devces when the checkbox "Hde prevously selected DALI devces" was deselected n the commssonng dalog of the ETS plugn (C). Otherwse (normal case), prevously assgned electronc ballasts are not dsplayed n the rght-hand pane. "-" s dsplayed as the short address for all unassgned electronc ballasts. A name s also dsplayed n the pane of the found DALI devces. If operatng devces have not yet been assgned to any groups or sngle devces, the name s set to "Electronc ballast" as default. Only when assgnment has been made does the wndow dsplay the programmed name of the devces, provded that already assgned DALI devces are not hdden. If the assgnment of a found devce to a programmed group or sngle devce s removed, the name specfed by the last assgnment can optonally reman ntact. When removng assgnments, the plug-n asks whether the devce name should be deleted or should reman unchanged as an alternatve (Fgure 64). Confrm wth "Yes": The devce name s reset n the rght-hand wndow to the standard dentfer "electronc ballast". Confrm wth "No": The names of the devces that are now no longer assgned reman unchanged n the rght-hand wndow. "Cancel": The assgnments are not removed. Page 164 of 257

165 Functonal descrpton By settng the checkbox "Memorse settng permanently?" the prompt of the plug-n for deletng devce names can be suppressed when removng further assgnments. Ths settng s retaned untl the plug-n s closed and reopened. Fgure 64: Prompt for deletng devce names when removng assgnments Enablng the checkbox "Compatblty mode for DALI commssonng" (D) allows optonal actvaton of the compatblty mode of the DALI commssonng. Ths means that the commssonng process becomes dstnctly more tolerant towards specfc DALI commssonng parameters, whch means that operatng devces not fully complant wth the DALI specfcaton can be commssoned, possbly subject to functonal restrctons. The checkbox "partal DALI commssonng" nfluences the DALI devce search. If ths checkbox s enabled, operatng devces that have already been found durng a new DALI devce search wll be retaned even f these do not respond to the Gateway (e.g. f the mans voltage supply of these operatng devces s swtched off or the DALI cable was dsconnected). Ths allows DALI systems to be partally commssoned. If the checkbox s dsabled, operatng devces that have already been found durng a new devce search wll be removed from the confguraton f these devces no longer respond to the Gateway. Usng the buttons n the control panel (E), t s possble to dentfy devces selected n the panes (A) and (B) n the DALI system. These operatng devces can be made to swtch-on, swtch-off and flash (cyclcal ON and OFF). It s also possble to rename devces. By usng buttons n the control panel (F) t s possble to swtch all the operatng devces n the DALI system (broadcast) on and off centrally. In addton, t s possble to reset all the devces of the DALI nstallaton to the delvery states defned by the manufacturers by usng the Reset button. In ths operaton, all the assgnments to groups and sngle devces n the electronc ballasts are removed. Furthermore, the long and short addresses n the Gateway are deleted and the long addresses n the operatng devces are reset. After the reset command has been executed, the pane of the found devces (B) no longer dsplays any electronc ballasts. A new search operaton must then be restarted to be able to perform new DALI commssonng. A reset should always be carred out wth cauton and then when prevously commssoned electronc ballasts are ntegrated nto DALI systems at a later date or f there are problems n DALI commssonng due to faulty commssonng steps (e.g. undesrable duplcate addresses, communcaton problems). The DALI reset creates a clean DALI envronment as the bass for fault-free commssonng. Press the Delete assgnment button f only the assgnments of found electronc ballasts to the programmed groups or sngle devces are to be removed. Here, only the group assgnments n the operatng devces and the sngle devce assgnments n the confguraton of the ETS plug-n are deleted. Long and short addresses as well as other relevant parameters reman ntact n the electronc ballasts. By pressng the Delete name button the names of all devces found can be deleted n the rght- Page 165 of 257

166 Functonal descrpton hand wndow. If all or some of the devces found are connected to programmed devces (lefthand wndow), then the name of the programmed devces concerned wll be reset. It s not possble to reset ndvdual or specfc electronc ballasts. After a reset of the DALI system or after deleton of assgnments, t s always necessary to reload the applcaton program nto the DALI Gateway after commssonng usng the ETS. Searchng for DALI operatng devces Durng ntal commssonng, the connected DALI operatng devces must be searched for and dentfed. If the DALI Gateway has already been commssoned at least once, then the search for operatng devces s only requred f new devces were added to the DALI system or f the ETS product database was changed and hence the devce s completely reconfgured. At the end of DALI commssonng, the commssonng parameters (dentfed operatng devces wth long and short address, names of the operatng devces, group/devce assgnment and devce type) are wrtten to the ETS database and are thus saved. The saved data s dsplayed when the commssonng envronment s started. Durng ntal commssonng, no DALI operatng devces are dsplayed n the rght-hand wndow area (B). To contnue commssonng, the operatng devces connected to the DALI cable must frst be searched for. The devces affected must be connected to the DALI cable wthout nterrupton and operatonal n order for the DALI Gateway to be able to fnd and dentfy all necessary DALI operatng devces durng the devce search! In addton, the mans voltage supply of the DALI Gateway must be swtched on. o Clck the "Search for devces" button n the commssonng envronment. The DALI Gateway searches for avalable DALI operatng devces. In so dong, the Gateway scans the DALI cable n stages and dentfes the connected devces successvely. Dependng on the number of connected electronc ballasts, the search operaton may take some tme. Durng the search operaton, the plug-n dsplays the progress of the search.(fgure 65). Durng the search operaton, the Gateway tells the DALI operatng devces to create a random long address nternally. Ths only takes place for devces whch were dentfed as "newly found" at the begnnng of the search operaton. In addton, the Gateway already assgns short addresses n the background durng the search process, whch are then adapted usng group and devce assgnments n the course of commssonng and can thus be overwrtten. The plug-n uses the long addresses to dstngush between the found operatng devces beng detected for the frst tme and those devces whch were prevously detected durng commssonng. For ths, the plug-n compares the read-n long addresses wth the entres saved n the ETS database. Prevously unknown long addresses ndcate newly found devces. Takng ths dstncton nto account, the plug-n dsplays the newly found electronc ballasts n the search progress. In the case of frst DALI commssonng, all the found operatng devces are ndcated as "newly found". In later commssonng operatons, only those electronc ballasts are ndcated as newly found, whch were added to the DALI system. Accordng to the DALI specfcaton, all the DALI subscrbers must save the long address permanently (e.g. even durng mans voltage falures). Not all the DALI devces on the market support ths requrement. If such operatng devces are nstalled, compatblty mode should be actvated. (see page 175). Durng a search operaton, the Gateway then dentfes solely by means of the DALI short address (1...64) contaned n the devces. Ths means that electronc ballasts can be commssoned wthout accessng long addresses. After completon of the search operaton, all the dentfed operatng devces (both old and new) are lsted n the rght-hand pane of the commssonng envronment.(fgure 66). Page 166 of 257

167 Functonal descrpton Fgure 65: Example of search progress durng a DALI operatng devce search Fgure 66: Example of a devce lst after a search operaton An error on the DALI cable s not detected by the DALI Gateway durng a devce search. In the case of a short-crcut, for example, the Gateway attempts cyclcally to set up DALI communcaton. As ths s not possble, the plug-n remans permanently n the devce search. DALI operatng devces are not detected f there s a cable break, for example. Durng the devce search, all the connected DALI operatng devces swtch to mnmum brghtness. Ths makes t possble to determne whether the devces are actually functonng and react to the devce search. Partal DALI commssonng: The checkbox "partal DALI commssonng" nfluences the DALI devce search. A dstncton s made between the two followng cases dependng on whether the checkbox s enabled or dsabled: Page 167 of 257

168 Functonal descrpton 1. Checkbox enabled: Operatng devces that have already been found durng a new DALI devce search wll be retaned even f these do not respond to the Gateway (e.g. f the mans voltage supply of these operatng devces s swtched off or the DALI cable was dsconnected). Ths allows DALI systems to be partally commssoned (e.g. commssonng of multple constructon phases). Wth ths settng, make sure that no more than 64 operatng devces are connected n the overall extenson of the DALI system! 2. Checkbox dsabled: In ths case, operatng devces that have prevously been found durng a new devce search wll be removed from the confguraton f these devces no longer respond to the Gateway. Wth ths settng, ensure that the entre DALI system s swtched on and ready for operaton. Thus, t s not permssble to swtch off prevously commssoned electronc ballasts or to dsconnect them from the DALI cable. Durng the entre commssonng process, fault-free communcaton must be guaranteed between the DALI Gateway and all DALI operatng devces. Operatng devces that have been found cannot be removed from the confguraton when usng the partal commssonng (checkbox enabled). It s only possble to remove operatng devces that have already been found by permanently or temporarly swtchng to the standard commssonng (checkbox dsabled) and by executng a new devce search for whch the prevously found devces no longer respond. It should then be ensured that all other operatng devces of the DALI system are connected to the DALI cable and are operatonal! Otherwse, devces wll also be removed from the confguraton, whch should be retaned. When usng the partal commssonng (checkbox enabled) n conjuncton wth the compatblty mode, make sure that operatng devces that should be partally searched for by a devce search and newly added have not already been programmed wth an nvald short address. Ths s the case, for example, f operatng devces were already prevously commssoned n another DALI system. Ideally, brand new operatng devces partally n conjuncton wth the compatblty mode should only be commssoned. If ths s not possble, t makes sense to carry out a DALI reset (resettng operatng devces concerned to the delvery state). When dong so, make sure that the reset s only carred out f just the operatng devces that should be newly added are connected to the DALI system. Otherwse, the operatng devces that were already valdly commssoned wll be reset. Assgnng groups After operatng devces have been searched for and dentfed, the devces can be assgned to the programmed groups or sngle devces. The followng sectons document the ndvdual actons to be taken to create a group assgnment n the DALI commssonng envronment. The assgnment of DALI operatng devces to groups s only then possble when the addressng type allows for group control. Assgnment always takes place by movng the devces lsted n the rght-hand secton nto the left-hand secton. Assgnment s carred out by pressng the <- button between the two sectons, or alternatvely, by "drag and drop" wth the mouse. An assgnment can be removed agan by selectng an assgned operatng devce and, usng the -> button or the mouse, shftng t back to the lst box of avalable DALI devces. It s possble to assgn multple operatng devces smultaneously, or to remove them from an assgnment. Each assgned electronc ballast requres a devce n the Gateway project desgn, so that the devce name, the short address and, optonally, the DALI devce type can be confgured. As a result, there s also a programmable sngle devce for each group assgnment of an electronc ballast. There are two optons for assgnng found electronc ballasts to a group Group assgnment by creatng a new sngle devce n the group Pressng the <- button automatcally creates a new sngle devce n the group. Here, no exstng, and as yet unassgned sngle devce of the group may be hghlghted. Alternatvely, assgnment usng "Drag and Drop" wth the mouse s possble by draggng a found electronc ballast n the rght-hand pane and droppng t nto the left wndow n the area "<Add new devce>" (frst lst entry). The plug-n automatcally assgns the frst free short address to the new devce. The Page 168 of 257

169 devce type s set accordng to the specfcaton of the found electronc ballast. Functonal descrpton 2. Group assgnment to an exstng sngle devce from the offlne commssonng In ths case, frst hghlght a sngle devce n the left-hand panel that was created durng offlne commssonng and has not yet been assgned (status "Not assgned"). After ths, a found electronc ballast can be assgned to ths sngle devce usng <-. Alternatvely, assgnment wth the "drag and drop" functon usng the mouse s possble. Sngle devces of a group can be deleted usng the Del button on the PC keyboard and thus removed from the Gateway project desgn. The assgnments to found electronc ballasts are also lost as a result. The same apples f a sngle devce s deleted n the confguraton ndependently of the DALI commssonng dalog. In both cases, the plug-n warns of losng assgnments. DALI operatng devces can ether be ntegrated only n sngle devce addressng, or alternatvely, n group addressng. It s not possble to control an operatng devce wth both addressng types. Operatng devces ntegrated n group control can no longer be addressed as a sngle devce. The reverse case apples n the same manner. For specal cases, t s possble to assgn operatng devces for group control to more than just one DALI group. In the standard case, assgnment of a DALI operatng devce s only possble n one devce. Ths makes devce assgnment clear, and the unque assgnment means that there are no group overlaps and, as a result, no nfluencng of confguraton and feedback values. If necessary, multple group assgnment can be enabled as an alternatve. To do ths, the checkbox "Hde prevously assgned DALI devces" (C) must be deselected n the Commssonng dalog of the plug-n.(fgure 63). Ths means that t s then possble to assgn DALI operatng devces to more than just one group durng onlne commssonng. DALI operatng devces can always be assgned to any group. However, we do not recommend assgnng the operatng devces to multple groups on the DALI sde. It s better to splt the devces up nto separate, non-overlappng groups and to create a KNX-sde lnk usng the group addressng n the ETS. Multple assgnment of operatng devces as part of offlne commssonng (creaton of new sngle devces n the tree structure of a group) s not possble. When edtng the short address n the parameter node of a group-related electronc ballast, no addresses can be entered that have already been entered for electronc ballasts of other groups. Procedure for group assgnment wth set checkbox "Hde prevously assgned DALI devces" (standard case): o In the left-hand secton of the DALI commssonng envronment, select the requred group to whch the operatng devces are to be added.(fgure 67). Page 169 of 257

170 Functonal descrpton Fgure 67: Selectng a group o If new sngle devces are to be created (e.g. n empty groups), assgn one or more found DALI operatng devces usng <- or "Drag and Drop" wth the mouse. If an assgnment s to take place to avalable free sngle devces, frst hghlght these n the left pane and then assgn them usng <- or, alternatvely, usng "Drag and Drop" wth the mouse. In the rght-hand secton, the assgned operatng devces dsappear from the lst box and appear n the left-hand secton for the selected group.(fgure 68). The rght-hand pane contans only the remanng operatng devces, whch are not yet assgned to a group. Fgure 68: Operatng devce assgned to a group o o Once agan, assgn one or more of the remanng DALI operaton devces to a group. In the rght-hand secton, the assgned operatng devces dsappear from the lst box and appear n the left-hand secton for the selected group. Carry out assgnments for other groups as descrbed f necessary. Page 170 of 257

171 Functonal descrpton Procedure for group assgnment wth deactvated checkbox "Hde prevously assgned DALI devces" (specal case): o o In the left-hand secton of the DALI commssonng envronment, select the requred group to whch the operatng devces are to be added. Assgn one or more avalable DALI operaton devces to the group, as descrbed above. The assgned operatng devces reman vsble n the rght-hand secton and also appear n the left-hand secton for the selected group.(fgure 69). In the rght-hand area, these electronc ballasts receve the short address of the assgnment. Fgure 69: Operatng devce assgned to a group Here: Electronc ballast wth the address 3 s assgned to multple groups. o o o If necessary, select a further group n the left-hand secton. Once agan, assgn one or more avalable DALI operaton devces to a group. If a prevously-assgned operaton devce s to be assgned to an addtonal group, the plugn sgnals that the devce has already been assgned to a dfferent group and that feedback of swtchng states and brghtness values may no longer be clear. After confrmaton of the message, the plug-n sets up the mult-group assgnment. Operatng devces assgned to multple groups are ndcated by "*". Multple assgnment of an electronc ballast to dfferent groups can only occur f a new devce s created by the assgnment. No new multple assgnment can be set up through the assgnment to an exstng devce. It s possble to remove the connecton of an electronc devce, whch s assgned multple tmes, n a group. In dong so, the assgnments to all the groups of the multple assgnment are lost! However, the sngle devces reman n the approprate groups of the project desgn (ndcated by "*"). Only the assgnment to the found electronc ballasts of the DALI system s removed. Such sngle devces n the project desgn can then be lnked agan to another electronc ballast. Ths electronc ballast then receves the multple assgnment agan. Even devces that have the ndcaton for a multple assgnment can be deleted from the left-hand secton of the commssonng wndow usng Delete on the keyboard. In dong so, only the sngle devce s lost n the project desgn of the approprate group, but not the other assgnments n other groups, however. Ths means that t s easy to correct a multple assgnment, f ths was created by mstake, for example. Carry out assgnments for other groups as descrbed f necessary. Multple operatng devces can be assgned to Groups Only up to two DALI operatng devces can be assgned to Groups Page 171 of 257

172 Functonal descrpton DALI operatng devces assgned to multple groups always set themselves to the most recent status set usng one of the assgned groups. In ths case, feedback of the swtchng status or the brghtness value of a group may not always be clear. Example 1: Group 2 s set to 10 % brghtness. After ths, Group 3 s dmmed to 20 % brghtness. The lghts of Group 3 assume the most recently recalled brghtness value: 20 %. The feedback of Group 2 remans at 10 %, although some of the operatng devces belongng to the group were set to 20 % brghtness. Example 2: Group 2 s swtched on and sets tself to the brghtness value 100 %. The status of Group 3 nternally n the DALI Gateway remans at 0 % brghtness (OFF). Now Group 3 s made brghter. The lghts of Group 3 adopt the dmmng behavour (becomng brghter from mnmum brghtness), although these lghts have already been swtched on by Group 2. Each group can be confgured ndependently n the plug-n. Durng an ETS programmng operaton, the ndvdual DALI operatng devces are programmed wth the confguraton data of the assgned groups. In so dong, all the operatng devces assgned to a DALI group are commssoned dentcally. If DALI operatng devces are assgned to multple groups, these devces wll then receve the project desgn of the group wth the hghest group number. Pressng the Delete assgnment button at the bottom edge of the commssonng envronment allows deleton of all the assgnments between the DALI operatng devces and the varous groups. Not only are the assgnments reset n the plug-n, but there s also an adjustment of the commssonng parameters of the DALI Gateway. For ths purpose, the plug-n sets up communcaton to the DALI Gateway va the bus connecton of the ETS and deletes all the assgnments n the devce memory there. The operaton may take some tme. The progress s dsplayed durng the Delete operaton. If the bus communcaton s faulty, the plug-n termnates the operaton wthout deletng the assgnments n the project desgn or n the devce. Prevously dentfed DALI operatng devces reman ntact, but wthout group assgnments. Pressng the Standard button deletes assgnments of DALI operatng devces to groups. The parameters of the DALI commssonng ("Hde prevously assgned DALI devces", "Compatblty mode for DALI commssonng" and "Partal DALI commssonng") are not reset here to the Standard confguraton". These parameters always reman at the states last set. Optonally, the assgnment of DALI operatng devces to programmed devces can be supplemented by testng the DALI devce types. If testng s enabled, the plug-n wthn the course of an assgnment durng onlne commssonng compares the devce types determned by the operatng devces wth the specfcatons by the devce type parameters of the offlne confguraton. Assgnment can only take place f there s agreement. Ths wll prevent functonal ncompatbltes after commssonng. The testng of the devce types s nfluenced by the "Use 'DALI devce type' settng?" parameter n the parameter node "General". Procedure when movng assgned devces between groups Devces assgned to groups durng the DALI commssonng can be moved drectly to other groups va a smple command f necessary. Ths s possble by selectng a devce assgned to a group n the vew of all sngle devces and then clckng the rght mouse button. Ths opens a context menu, n whch you can move the selected devce to another avalable group (Fgure 70). Page 172 of 257

173 Functonal descrpton Fgure 70: Drectly movng assgned devces to another group It s only possble n the "Sngle devces" vew to move devces drectly to other avalable groups va the context menu. In the "Groups" vew, t s possble to move groups of devces usng the Cut and Paste commands as an alternatve (Fgure 71). To do ths, frst cut out devces n the orgnal group and then select the target group. Afterwards, n the target group you can add the devces prevously cut out va the context menu. Fgure 71: Movng assgned devces to another group by cuttng and pastng When movng devces va the context menu, no multple assgnment to multple groups s carred out, regardless of whether the checkbox "Hde prevously assgned DALI devces" s enabled or dsabled. When movng, the selected devces n the orgnal group are cut out and pasted n the target group. Sngle devces that are not assgned to any groups (sngle addressng) cannot be moved to groups usng the context menu. Page 173 of 257

174 Functonal descrpton Assgnng sngle devces As an alternatve to the assgnment of electronc ballasts to groups, t s possble to assgn them to the devces of sngle addressng. The followng sectons document the ndvdual actons to be taken to create a sngle devce assgnment n the DALI commssonng envronment. The assgnment of DALI operatng devces to sngle devces s only then possble when the addressng type allows for devce control. Assgnment also takes place for sngle-addressed devces by movng the devces lsted n the rght-hand secton nto the left-hand secton (vew of all sngle devces). Assgnment s carred out by pressng the <- button between the two sectons, or alternatvely, by "drag and drop" wth the mouse. An assgnment can be removed agan by selectng an assgned operatng devce and, usng the -> button or the mouse, shftng t back to the lst box of avalable DALI devces. In contrast to the assgnment of electronc ballasts to groups, t s not possble to assgn multple operatng devces smultaneously or to remove them from an assgnment. Each electronc ballast to be assgned requres a created sngle devce n the Gateway project desgn so that the devce name, the short address and, optonally, the DALI devce type can be confgured. In order to create an assgnment, a created sngle devce not prevously assgned (status "Not assgned") must frst be hghlghted. After ths, a found electronc ballast can be assgned to ths sngle devce usng <-. Alternatvely, assgnment wth the "drag and drop" functon usng the mouse s possble. Sngle devces can be deleted usng the Del button on the PC keyboard and thus removed from the Gateway project desgn. The assgnments to found electronc ballasts are also lost as a result. The same apples f a sngle devce s deleted n the confguraton ndependently of the DALI commssonng dalog. In both cases, the plug-n warns of losng assgnments. DALI operatng devces can ether be ntegrated only n sngle devce addressng, or alternatvely, n group addressng. It s not possble to control an operatng devce wth both addressng types. Operatng devces ntegrated n group control can no longer be addressed as a sngle devce. The reverse case apples n the same manner. o o In the left-hand secton of the DALI commssonng envronment, open the sngle devce vew and hghlght the sngle devce to be added to a found operatng devce. Then assgn a found electronc ballast usng <- or, alternatvely, by "drag and drop" functon usng the mouse. In the rght-hand secton, the assgned operatng devces dsappear from the lst box. The status of the selected sngle devce n the left-hand subarea swtches to "Assgned".(Fgure 72). The rght-hand pane contans only the remanng, not yet assgned operatng devces. If the checkbox "Hde prevously assgned DALI devces" has been deselected n the Commssonng dalog of the plug-n, assgned electronc ballasts reman vsble n the rghthand pane. Electronc ballasts assgned to programmed devces of the sngle addressng, cannot, however, be assgned to any other sngle devces (of the sngle or group addressng). Page 174 of 257

175 Functonal descrpton Fgure 72: Operatng devce assgned to a programmed sngle devce o o Reassgn one of the remanng DALI operatng devces to another programmed sngle devce. In the rght-hand secton, the assgned operatng devce dsappears from the lst box. The status of the selected sngle devce n the left-hand subarea swtches to "Assgned". Carry out assgnments for other sngle devces as descrbed f necessary. Pressng the Delete assgnment button at the bottom edge of the commssonng envronment allows deleton of all the assgnments between the DALI operatng devces and the varous sngle devces of the project desgn. The operaton may take some tme. The progress s dsplayed durng the Delete operaton. Long and short addresses as well as other relevant parameters reman ntact n the electronc ballasts. Pressng the Standard button deletes assgnments of DALI operatng devces to programmed sngle devces. Assgnments of DALI operatng devces are lost n the project desgn and n the DALI Gateway when the "Standard" button s pressed n the commssonng envronment. The parameters of the DALI commssonng ("Hde prevously assgned DALI devces", "Compatblty mode for DALI commssonng" and "Partal DALI commssonng") are not reset here to the Standard confguraton". These parameters always reman at the states last set. Optonally, the assgnment of DALI operatng devces to programmed sngle devces can be supplemented by testng of the DALI devce types. If testng s enabled, the plug-n wthn the course of an assgnment durng onlne commssonng compares the devce types determned by the operatng devces wth the specfcatons by the devce type parameters of the offlne confguraton. Assgnment can only take place f there s agreement. Ths wll prevent functonal ncompatbltes after commssonng. The testng of the devce types s nfluenced by the "Use 'DALI devce type' settng?" parameter n the parameter node "General". Compatblty mode The DALI Gateway has a compatblty mode for supportng non-dali-conformant operatng devces. Ths means that the commssonng process can become dstnctly more tolerant towards specfc DALI commssonng parameters, whch means that operatng devces not fully Page 175 of 257

176 Functonal descrpton complant wth the DALI specfcaton can be commssoned, possbly subject to functonal restrctons. Compatblty mode relates solely to DALI commssonng. Compatblty mode s actvated when the checkbox "Compatblty mode for DALI commssonng" (D) s selected n the DALI commssonng wndow of the ETS plugn.(fgure 63). When compatblty mode s actve, DALI operatng devces n the system are no longer dentfed usng ther prevously programmed long address. Normally (when compatblty mode s deactvated), the Gateway uses the DALI long address to check f found operatng devces were prevously commssoned n a search operaton (known devce), or whether ths s a newlyfound electronc ballast. When the Gateway carres out a search operaton for DALI operatng devces, the long address s automatcally assgned randomly and s programmed nto the electronc ballast. The long address s unque, thus allowng ndvdual dentfcaton of operatng devces. Accordng to the DALI specfcaton, all the DALI subscrbers must save the long address permanently (e.g. even durng mans voltage falures). Not all the DALI devces on the market support ths requrement, whch s why dffcultes may occur durng the commssonng process. If long addresses are lost, the Gateway wll no longer be able to dentfy clearly whether found electronc ballasts are known,.e. already commssoned n prevous commssonng operatons, or whether they are newly-nstalled and are thus newly-found electronc ballasts. In these cases, operatng devces are smply dentfed as "newly-found". As a result, durng the remander of the commssonng process, the affected electronc ballasts are treated lke unprogrammed devces. Amongst other thngs, all the assgnments to groups or sngle devces are removed. If operatng devces are nstalled n the DALI system, whch do not comply wth the DALI specfcaton - as descrbed - and do not save the long address correctly, compatblty mode should be actvated. Durng a search operaton, the Gateway then dentfes solely by means of the DALI short address (1...64) contaned n the devces. Ths address was ether programmed durng a prevous commssonng operaton by the Gateway, n accordance to the project desgn, or was assgned automatcally durng a search operaton (new electronc ballast). Ths means that electronc ballasts can be commssoned wthout accessng long addresses. The dentfcaton of operatng devces becomes problematc f devces are added to the DALI nstallaton at a later tme, whch were commssoned prevously (e.g. n other systems) and thus have already been assgned wth vald short addresses. Here, t may occur that dfferent electronc ballasts have the same short address. Ths state must be avoded when usng compatblty mode, snce short addresses may only occur once n a DALI nstallaton. Otherwse, communcaton errors can be expected. All the commssonng parameters transferred from the gateway are requred for correct, faultfree operaton of the DALI system and must correspond to the DALI specfcaton. Durng onlne commssonng, t may occur that all or some electronc ballasts do not apply the commssonng parameters transferred from the Gateway partally or completely. In order to detect ths, the gateway n normal operaton checks (compatblty mode deactvated) each programmed change by readng t out and compares the return value of the operatng devces wth the specfcatons n the project desgn (DALI verfy). If dfferences are detected here among short addresses or group assgnments to be programmed, the plug-n sgnals an error. DALI operatng devces that could only be programmed wth errors durng the onlne commssonng can work accordng to ther functon after commssonng s complete. These DALI operatng devces possbly do not comply or only partally comply wth DALI, however. If commssonng errors occur repeatedly, the compatblty mode can be actvated on an expermental bass. In compatblty mode the DALI gateway does not read back the programmed commssonng parameters durng an onlne commssonng. Operatng devces whch merely dspense wth answerng the gateway (DALI verfy remans off / but the functon s avalable), can be commssoned n ths way wthout any error dsplay and abort of the programmng connecton. If short addresses of the electronc ballasts change due to parametersaton or new assgnments, the DALI gateway reprograms the addresses n the exstng electronc ballasts. If compatblty mode s deactvated, short addresses are changed by deletng the old one and recordng the new address. In rare cases, operatng devces do not respond correctly to the Page 176 of 257

177 Functonal descrpton deleton of a short address. If the compatblty mode s actvated, the short addresses s therefore not deleted. In ths case, the gateway smply programs the new address over the old one. Even n such cases, the compatblty mode helps to commsson operatng devces smoothly that are not DALI-complant. Page 177 of 257

178 Extng DALI commssonng Software "DALI Gateway C0201x" Functonal descrpton Commssonng can be completed when the necessary DALI operatng devces have been assgned to the groups or sngle devces n the plug-n. The commssonng parameters are transferred to the DALI Gateway automatcally on leavng commssonng. In so dong, the plugn communcates wth the DALI Gateway va the ETS bus connecton. The DALI Gateway must be connected to the KNX bus cable and the bus and mans voltage supply must be swtched on. The ETS must have a functonng communcatons nterface to the bus (e.g. USB or KNXnet/IP). Extng DALI commssonng o The commssonng envronment of the plug-n must be exted n order to transfer the commssonng parameters to the DALI Gateway and the operatng devces. To do ths, select a dfferent parameter page n the tree node vew of the plug-n and ext the plug-n by pressng the button OK. The commssonng adjustment s executed. The adjustment operaton can take some tme and s dependent on the number of groups and sngle devces created and the DALI operatng devces connected. Frstly, the plug-n programs the Gateway wth the programmed short addresses. The plug-n dsplays the progress of ths adaptaton.(fgure 73). Fgure 73: Adjustment of the commssonng parameters between the plug-n and the DALI Gateway. Here: Programmng the short addresses After the short addresses have been updated n the DALI Gateway, the connected DALI operatng devces are also updated n ths regard. To do ths, the Gateway communcatons wth the connected operatng devces va the DALI cable and programs them fully automatcally.(fgure 74). Page 178 of 257

179 Functonal descrpton Fgure 74: Adjustment of the commssonng parameters between the Gateway and the DALI operatng devces. Here: Programmng the short addresses o After the short addresses have been programmed, the group assgnments are updated. Ths takes place n two steps. Frstly, the group assgnments are programmed nto the DALI Gateway. Then they are programmed nto the electronc ballasts va the DALI cable. The ETS plug-n always performs DALI commssonng n a tme-optmsed manner and only programs the necessary changes nto the Gateway and the DALI operatng devces. For ths reason, some or all of the ndvdual commssonng steps (programmng of group assgnments or short addresses) may not be necessary. Should commssonng be termnated n an ncomplete state due to communcaton or devce errors, the ETS plug-n wll perform a complete programmng operaton durng a subsequent commssonng adjustment. Here too, the adjustment of DALI commssonng must be ntated manually n the ETS plug-n, as descrbed. For the full completon of commssonng and to apply all the necessary parameter settngs, close the plug-n and then program the applcaton of the DALI Gateway usng the ETS. The Gateway checks the functon of the DALI cable durng the programmng of the commssonng parameters nto the DALI operatng devces. Should no communcaton be possble, the plug-n wll termnate the ncomplete operaton wth an error message. In ths case, the error on the DALI cable (e.g. electronc ballast dsconnected, mans voltage swtched off, cable break) must be elmnated and the commssonng envronment of the plug-n opened and exted agan n order for a new commssonng adjustment to take place. Durng the programmng of the commssonng parameters nto the Gateway, fault-free communcaton between the ETS plug-n and the Gateway must be ensured va the KNX. If the plug-n cannot reach the devce, the ncomplete commssonng operaton s then termnated. In ths case too, the error must be elmnated and the commssonng envronment of the plug-n opened and exted agan n order for a new commssonng adjustment to take place. Page 179 of 257

180 Functonal descrpton All the commssonng parameters transferred from the gateway are requred for correct, fault-free operaton of the DALI system and must correspond to the DALI specfcaton. Durng onlne commssonng, t may occur that all or some electronc ballasts do not apply the commssonng parameters transferred from the Gateway partally or completely. In order to detect ths, the Gateway checks each programmed change by readng t out and compares the return value of the operatng devces wth the specfcatons n the project desgn (DALI verfy). If dfferences are detected here among group assgnments that are to be programmed, the gateway logs the error nternally and then contnues the commssonng operaton wth the next electronc ballast and also completes ths one. At the end of the onlne commssonng adjustment, the plug-n dsplays a message lstng all the electronc ballasts to whch group assgnments could not be programmed successfully durng commssonng. If the gateway detects dfferences among short addresses to be programmed, t termnates the commssonng mmedately wth an error message. Short addresses are absolutely essental for the operaton of a DALI system. If commssonng errors occur here, the gateway cannot ensure smooth operaton of the DALI nstallaton. Consequently, t s then necessary to abort the onlne commssonng. DALI operatng devces that could only be programmed wth errors durng the onlne commssonng can work accordng to ther functon after commssonng s complete. These DALI operatng devces possbly do not comply or only partally comply wth DALI, however. Please contact the manufacturer of the electronc ballasts concerned to clarfy any functonal ncompatbltes. If commssonng errors occur repeatedly, the DALI compatblty mode can be actvated on an expermental bass (see page 175). In compatblty mode the DALI gateway does not read back the programmed commssonng parameters durng an onlne commssonng. Operatng devces whch merely dspense wth answerng the gateway (DALI verfy remans off / but the functon s avalable), can be commssoned n ths way wthout any error dsplay and abort of the programmng connecton. When the commssonng envronment s exted, the commssonng parameters (dentfed operatng devces wth long and short address, names of the operatng devces, group/devce assgnment and devce type) are wrtten to the ETS database and are thus saved. The saved data s dsplayed the next tme the commssonng envronment s started. If just assgnments of programmed devces of the sngle addressng (.e. no group assgnments) are removed and no short addresses are changed durng a commssonng sesson, then no adjustment wll be performed between the ETS plug-n, the Gateway and the operatng devces when the commssonng envronment s exted. Ths means that the most-recently programmed short addresses are retaned n the electronc ballast (unused short addresses). In the case of a new commssonng operaton, however, the affected electronc ballasts can agan be assgned and commssoned normally. Pressng the Delete assgnment button at the bottom edge of the commssonng envronment allows deleton of all the assgnments between the DALI operatng devces and the varous groups and sngle devces. Not only are the assgnments reset n the plugn, but there s also an adjustment of the commssonng parameters of the DALI Gateway. For ths purpose, the plug-n sets up communcaton to the DALI Gateway va the bus connecton of the ETS and deletes all the assgnments n the devce memory there. The operaton may take some tme. The progress s dsplayed durng the Delete operaton. If the bus communcaton s faulty, the plug-n termnates the operaton wthout deletng the assgnments n the project desgn or n the devce. Prevously dentfed DALI operatng devces reman ntact, but wthout group/devce assgnments. Page 180 of 257

181 Offlne commssonng Software "DALI Gateway C0201x" Functonal descrpton The dentfcaton, addressng and assgnment of DALI operatng devces takes place n the DALI commssonng envronment of the ETS plug-n. Commssonng can be prepared offlne n the parameter confguraton f necessary. Offlne commssonng s deal as the preparaton for later complete commssonng, f there s no programmng connecton to the DALI Gateway or the DALI operatng devces, but group assgnment s stll to take place. Ths s normally the case when the buldng plannng and thus also the Gateway confguraton take place earler than the commssonng of the DALI Gateway and the DALI system. The offlne assgnment of an electronc ballast to a group takes place n the plug-n n the tree node "Addressng -> Groups... -> Group -> Sngle devces" by clckng the rght mouse-button and executng the New command.(fgure 75). Ths creates a new electronc ballast n the selected tree node. Ths electronc ballast s then assgned to the group addressng of the selected group. Addtonal parameters can be confgured for each operatng devce created and assgned n ths way (name, short address and, optonally, the devce type). Sngle devces assgned to a group do not have ther own communcaton objects. On the KNX sde, these devces are only controlled by the objects of the group. Only sngle devces assgned durng project desgn of the sngle addressng (devce control) can be controlled autonomously usng separate objects. The assgnment of DALI operatng devces to groups s only then possble when the addressng type allows for group control. Fgure 75: Assgnng an electronc ballast to a group - offlne commssonng DALI operatng devces can ether be ntegrated just n sngle addressng, or alternatvely, n group addressng. It s not possble to control an operatng devce wth both addressng types. Optonally, the assgnment of DALI operatng devces to programmed groups or sngle devces can be supplemented by testng of the DALI devce types. If testng s enabled, the plug-n wthn the course of an assgnment durng onlne commssonng compares the devce types determned by the operatng devces wth the specfcatons by the devce type parameters of the offlne confguraton. Assgnment can only take place f there s agreement. Ths wll prevent functonal ncompatbltes after commssonng. Multple assgnment of operatng devces as part of offlne commssonng (creaton of new sngle devces n the tree structure of a group) s not possble. When edtng the short address n the parameter node of a group-related electronc ballast, no addresses can be entered that have already been entered for electronc ballasts of other groups. Page 181 of 257

182 Functonal descrpton The DALI short addresses are always assgned n the parameter confguraton of the sngle devces and can thus be nfluenced. Wth the addton of group and devce names, unque namng of DALI operatng devces s possble n ths way. Through the transmsson of the unque names to the KNX buldng vsualsaton (e.g. control panels), the user s able - partcularly durng error dagnoss - to dentfy the lghtng components easly. Copyng and movng devces Devces assgned to groups durng the offlne commssonng can be coped and pasted to the same group or to other groups as a new devce va smple commands f necessary. Alternatvely, t s also possble to paste other exstng devces. The electronc ballast name of a coped devce can be transferred to other exstng devces or new devces by copy and paste. Devces can also be cut out and pasted nto groups f necessary. Ths allows devces to be moved easly from selected devces nto other groups durng the offlne commssonng. Just lke devces n groups, ndvdually addressed devces can be coped and pasted as a new devce or coped and pasted to an exstng devce of the sngle addressng. Here, all parameters of the coped devce are transferred to other exstng devces or to new devces, whch means that the project desgn, especally of devces wth the same functons, s greatly smplfed. The commands for copyng (group-addressed and ndvdually addressed devces) and cuttng out (only group-addressed devces) are avalable f a devces n the tree node "Addressng -> Groups... -> Group -> Sngle devces or "Addressng -> Sngle devces..." s selected and then opened by rght-clckng on the context menu (Fgure 76). The command for pastng s avalable n the same way when the target of the paste operaton (an exstng devce or subordnate node) s selected. Fgure 76: Commands n the context menu for copyng, cuttng out and pastng devces When copyng or cuttng out, the short address of the selected devce s not ncluded n the copy or n the moved devce. When pastng, the next free short address of the avalable address range (1...64) s created. For ths reason and because of the changed group assgnment, even assgnments to DALI operatng devces found (onlne commssonng) wll then be lost! Page 182 of 257

183 Functonal descrpton As an alternatve to movng a group-addressed devce va the context menu (cuttng and pastng), devces can also be moved between groups by "drag and drop" wth the mouse. In contrast to movng va the commands of the context menu, the short addresses of the devces are retaned when movng wth the mouse. Owng to the changed group assgnment, even assgnments to DALI operatng devces found (onlne commssonng) wll be lost here, too! Devces that are coped or cut out can also be pasted multple tmes. It s not possble to paste devces from the group assgnment nto an ndvdually addressed devce or nto the ndvdually addressed area. It s not possble to paste or move an ndvdually addressed devce nto the group area ether. Page 183 of 257

184 Functonal descrpton Troubleshootng KNX communcaton error Durng the onlne commssonng, the short addresses of the electronc ballasts and group assgnments are programmed nto the gateway and DALI operatng devces. For ths purpose, the plug-n establshes a programmng connecton to the DALI gateway va the actve data nterface of the ETS. In the later course, the gateway establshes a programmng connecton to the DALI operatng devces. Durng the programmng of the commssonng parameters nto the Gateway, fault-free communcaton between the ETS plug-n and the Gateway must be ensured va the KNX. If the plug-n cannot reach the DALI gateway va the KNX programmng connectons of the ETS, the ncomplete commssonng operaton s then aborted mmedately. The plug-n then dsplays an error (Fgure 77). In ths case, the error must be removed and the DALI commssonng must be repeated. Fgure 77: KNX communcaton problem error message Errors wth the KNX communcaton durng DALI commssonng are normally due to redundant telegram repettons or wrong telegram sequences. Other bus devces or ETS nstallatons on PC, whch are utlzed to capacty wth regard to the avalable memory and/or processor resources, are frequently the cause here. In the event of a error, area couplers or lne couplers are normally avalable n the KNX nstallaton. If the descrbed communcaton errors occur n a KNX system, the confguraton of the area coupler or lne coupler should be changed temporarly as a remedy. Swtchng off the telegram repettons n the event of transmsson errors n the couplers frequently allows KNX communcaton to take place smoothly between the ETS and gateway. Recommended Procedure... - Reconfguraton of all area / lne couplers affected. Couplers are affected when they are drectly n the lnes of the ETS and DALI gateways or n the communcaton channel between them. Swtchng off the telegram repettons by the couplers. To do ths, set the coupler parameters "Repettons n case of transmsson errors..." of all addressng types to "no". These parameters are normally set to "yes" n the presettng of the couplers. Programmng the applcaton program of the couplers. - Executng the DALI commssonng usng the plug-ns of the gateway. - After completon of the DALI commssonng, reset the parameters "Repettons n case of transmsson errors..." of all addressng types n all couplers affected to the orgnal settng (normally to "yes"). Programmng the applcaton program of the couplers. The telegram repettons should also then be swtched off temporarly when communcaton between the ETS and DALI gateway does not take place across all lnes. Page 184 of 257

185 Functonal descrpton It should be noted that the normal operaton of area / lne couplers s nterrupted for the duraton of the programmng operaton due to the programmng of the partcular applcaton program or parameters and thus no telegrams are forwarded. The functon of a KNX system could be temporarly mpared as a result. If t s not possble to elmnate the KNX communcaton problem permanently by the descrbed remedy, the DALI sde of the gateway must be checked for nstallaton errors. Lne breakages that may only occur sporadcally can occasonally produce the same error messages. The entre cable, ncludng all termnals and connectons, must then be checked. Error durng the programmng of the commssonng parameters All the commssonng parameters transferred from the gateway are requred for correct, faultfree operaton of the DALI system and must correspond to the DALI specfcaton. Durng onlne commssonng, t may occur that all or some electronc ballasts do not apply the commssonng parameters transferred from the Gateway partally or completely. In order to detect ths, the Gateway checks each programmed change by readng t out and compares the return value of the operatng devces wth the specfcatons n the project desgn (DALI verfy). If dfferences are detected here among group assgnments that are to be programmed, the gateway logs the error nternally and then contnues the commssonng operaton wth the next electronc ballast and also completes ths one. At the end of the onlne commssonng adjustment, the plug-n dsplays a message lstng all the electronc ballasts to whch group assgnments could not be programmed successfully durng commssonng.(fgure 78). Fgure 78: Error message of DALI group assgnment DALI operatng devces that could only be commssoned wth the descrbed errors can stll work accordng to ther functon after commssonng s completed n some cases. These DALI operatng devces possbly do not comply or only partally comply wth DALI, however. If commssonng errors occur repeatedly, the "Compatblty mode for DALI commssonng" can be actvated as a remedy. In compatblty mode the DALI gateway does not read back the programmed commssonng parameters durng an onlne commssonng. Operatng devces whch merely dspense wth answerng the gateway can be commssoned n ths way wthout any error dsplay. If the gateway detects dfferences among short addresses to be programmed, t termnates the commssonng mmedately - even n compatblty mode - wth an error message. Short addresses are absolutely essental for the operaton of a DALI system. If commssonng errors occur here, the gateway cannot ensure smooth operaton of the DALI nstallaton. Consequently, t s then necessary to abort the onlne commssonng. Page 185 of 257

186 Functonal descrpton If the descrbed DALI commssonng faults occur permanently, a DALI reset should be performed usng the plug-n ("Reset" button n the commssonng dalogue). As a result, all DALI operatng devces wll be reset to the delvery states defned by the manufacturers. In ths operaton, all the assgnments to groups and sngle devces n the electronc ballasts are removed. Furthermore, the long and short addresses n the operatng devces are deleted. If t s not possble to elmnate the error message permanently by the compatblty mode, the DALI sde of the gateway must be checked for nstallaton errors. Lne breakages that may only occur sporadcally can occasonally produce the same error messages. The entre cable, ncludng all termnals and connectons, must then be checked. Page 186 of 257

187 Functonal descrpton DALI test Startng DALI test The plug-n of the DALI Gateway offers varous optons for carryng out a comprehensve test of the DALI nstallaton. Ths means that after DALI commssonng, t s possble to control ndvdual operatng devces n a devce-orentated test, to swtch them and to read out or specfy brghtness values or colour temperature values. The ndvdual devce status can also be dsplayed. In the group-orentated test, all the created DALI groups (1...32) can be swtched separately, changed n the brghtness value or n the colour temperature (f supported by the operatng devce). In addton, t s possble to check the functon of the confgured scenes (1...16) and effects (1...16). The DALI test can only be performed f the devce, group, effect and scene confguraton n the DALI Gateway remans current after DALI commssonng or parameters are changed. For ths reason, t s necessary to program the DALI Gateway wth the ETS before a DALI test f changes were prevously made to the devce confguraton (see page 13). If the necessary requrements have been fulflled, the "DALI test" can be executed on the parameter page of the same name n the plug-n. After selectng the test page and successful communcaton wth the DALI Gateway, the commssonng envronment becomes vsble n the rght-hand pane of the plug-n. In the course of a DALI test, only broadcast commands (swtch all devces) can be ssued, provded that addressng allows for central control. Fgure 79: DALI test envronment n the ETS plug-n When the test envronment s recalled, the plug-n frst tres to communcate wth the ETS va the bus connecton, and checks whether a DALI test s possble. For ths reason, the DALI Gateway must be connected to the KNX bus cable and the bus and mans voltage supply must be swtched on when the DALI test s recalled. In addton, the ETS must have a functonng communcatons nterface to the bus (e.g. USB or KNXnet/IP). If t s not possble to set up a connecton to the DALI Gateway n ths stuaton, the plug-n then termnates the test and does not dsplay the test envronment. The followng secton lsts the causes for a faulty connecton and the approprate remedes... - Cause: No functonng ETS communcaton nterface to the KNX. Remedy: Check, and f necessary, setup the connecton n the ETS. Page 187 of 257

188 Functonal descrpton - Cause: Physcal address and applcaton program not prevously programmed by the ETS. Remedy: Close the plug-n and frst program the physcal address and applcaton program. - Cause: KNX bus voltage on the DALI Gateway or the local data nterface not connected or swtched on. Remedy: Connect and swtch on the bus voltage. - Cause: Mans voltage supply on the DALI Gateway not swtched on. Remedy: Swtch on the mans supply on the Gateway. Devce-orentated DALI test As soon as DALI commssonng has taken place, and operatng devces have thus also be dentfed and assgned, the correct functon of these devces can be tested n the devceorentated DALI test. The devce-orentated test envronment s used for ths.(fgure 80). Fgure 80: Devce-orentated DALI test envronment The operatng devce to be tested must frst be selected n the "Devce" selecton box. Ths contans all the dentfed and assgned DALI operatng devces - ndcated by the ndvdual short address n square brackets and the devce name. Only one devce can be tested at a tme. The selected operatng devce can then be swtched on or off ndependently. In addton, t s possble to specfy an absolute brghtness value or colour temperature value. Pressng the "Set value" button n the "brghtness value" area transmts the brghtness value selected n the selecton box to the approprate operatng devce, whch should then set tself mmedately to ths brghtness value. The brghtness value s ndependent of a confguraton for mnmum or maxmum brghtness. The whole brghtness range can thus be set n the devceorentated DALI test. Smlarly, the currently set brghtness value of the DALI operatng devce can be polled by pressng the "Read out value" button n the "brghtness value" area. The readout value s dsplayed n the selecton box above. As wth the brghtness test of a DALI operatng devce, the colour temperature n the selecton box s transmtted to the correspondng operatng devce when the "Set value" button s pressed n the "colour temperature" area. The electronc ballast should then adjust tself mmedately to the specfed colour temperature, but only f the lumnare s also swtched on. The colour Page 188 of 257

189 Functonal descrpton temperature value s ndependent of a confguraton for the mnmum or maxmum colour temperature. Thus, the entre colour temperature range can also be set here n the devceorentated DALI test. Smlarly, the currently set colour temperature value of the DALI operatng devce can be polled by pressng the "Read out value" button n the "colour temperature" area. The read-out value s dsplayed n the selecton box above. When predefnng a colour temperature value, the set brghtness value n the test envronment for the electronc ballast s always transmtted to the operatng devce as well. Durng the transmsson of a colour temperature wth the brghtness value "0 %", the operatng devce does not normally show any reacton. It s only possble to specfy or read out a colour temperature for operatng devces that support the DALI devce types "Colour Control" (DALI Devce Type 8) n the specfc verson "Tunable Whte (TW)". Other operatng devces gnore the specfcatons and do not respond to the readng out of the current colour temperature. The plug-n dsplays an error message f a colour temperature s read out from an electronc ballast that ths functon does not support. The "colour temperature" area s only avalable n the devce-orented DALI test f the tunable whte lghts are ntegrated under "General". By pressng the button "Read out devce status", t s possble to dsplay the nternal devce states. In ths way, the general devce status (operatng devce error, e.g. nternal electronc ballast error), lamp state (e.g. defectve lamp, cable break to lamp holder), current swtchng state, reset status and status of the mans voltage supply of the operatng devce can be read out and dsplayed. The status nformaton of a reset or mans voltage falure s dependent on the DALI operatng devce used. Not all devces track these states. An error on the DALI cable (e.g. short-crcut or nterrupted cable) s only recognsed by the Gateway durng the devce-orentated DALI test when nformaton s to be read out of the operatng devces (read out value or devce status). The plug-n then sgnals an error. Durng the devce-orentated DALI test, the commands are transmtted to the operatng devces drectly va the DALI cable. No group assgnments or assgnments to sngleaddressed devces are taken nto account, whch means that group/devce objects cannot be tracked durng the test and thus dfferences may occur between the objects and the actual states of the operatng devces. Mult-devce DALI test (broadcast) As soon as DALI commssonng has taken place, and operatng devces have thus also be dentfed and assgned, the correct functon of these devces can be tested n the mult-devce DALI test. For ths purpose, the devces can jontly be swtched on or off usng a broadcast swtchng command.(fgure 81). Fgure 81: Mult-devce DALI test envronment An error on the DALI cable (e.g. short-crcut or nterrupted cable) s not recognsed durng the mult-devce DALI test. Page 189 of 257

190 Functonal descrpton Durng the mult-devce DALI test, the commands are forwarded to the operatng devces drectly usng the DALI cable. No group assgnments or assgnments to sngle-addressed devces are taken nto account, whch means that group/devce objects cannot be tracked durng the test and thus dfferences may occur between the objects and the actual states of the operatng devces. Testng groups The group-orentated DALI test can be carred out as soon as groups have been created and confgured n the devce confguraton and DALI commssonng has been carred out wth the group assgnment of the operatng devces. To do ths, press the button "Test DALI groups" n the DALI test envronment. The group-orentated test envronment then opens.(fgure 82). Fgure 82: Group-orentated DALI test envronment (as an example wth three created groups) For reasons of clarty, the possble groups (1...32) are spread over two pages, whch can be shown separately. Pressng the buttons "Groups 1-16" and "Groups 17-32" at the top edge of the wndow changes between the page vews. Only those groups whch have been created n the devce confguraton can be set and thus tested. Any non-created groups are greyed out. In the group-orentated DALI test, each group can ndependently be swtched on or off, or dmmed absolutely or relatvely. Pressng the buttons "On" or "Off" causes mmedate swtchng of the operatng devces assgned to the approprate group. Alternatvely, an absolute brghtness value can be specfed, whch can be transmtted to the operatng devces of the group by pressng the button "Set" next to t. The brghtness value s dependent on the group confguraton for mnmum or maxmum brghtness. Thus, t may occur that only a lmted brghtness range can be set n the group-orentated DALI test. Smlarly, the currently set brghtness value of the group can be polled by pressng the "Read" button. The read-out value s dsplayed n the selecton box alongsde. Due to roundng, the Page 190 of 257

191 Functonal descrpton dsplayed value may devate slghtly from that most recently specfed. In addton, the operatng devces of the group can be dmmed relatvely. Pressng the "Start" button ntates a relatve dmmng operaton of the group. The dmmng operaton takes place wthn the brghtness range specfed for the group usng the confgured dmmng speed, startng wth the currently set brghtness value. A relatve dmmng operaton can be stopped by pressng the "Stop" button. Reactvaton of a dmmng operaton usng the "Start" button causes dmmng to take place n the reverse drecton. Relatve dmmng to 0 % brghtness (OFF) s not possble. As wth the brghtness test of a DALI group, a colour temperature can also be tested grouporented. When the "set" button s pressed, the colour temperature n the selecton box next to t s transmtted. The group should then adjust tself mmedately to the specfed colour temperature, but only f the group s also swtched on. Just lke the brghtness, the colour temperature value s dependent on the confguraton for the mnmum or maxmum colour temperature of the relevant group. Thus, t mght only be possble even here to set a lmted colour temperature range n the group-orentated DALI test. Optonally, the currently set colour temperature value of the DALI group can be polled by pressng the "Read" button. The read-out value s dsplayed n the selecton box of the colour temperature. A colour temperature value set n the group-orented test envronment s only ever transmtted to the DALI group f the group s swtched on (brghtness > 0 %). When settng a colour temperature n the "OFF" state (brghtness value = 0 %), the operatng devces do not show any reacton unless the group should swtch on n the "OFF" state when predefnng a colour temperature (confgurable functon of the group). The specfcaton or readng out of a colour temperature only shows a reacton f operatng devces are ntegrated nto the group that support the DALI devce types "Colour Control" (DALI Devce Type 8) n the specfc verson "Tunable Whte (TW)". Other operatng devces gnore the specfcatons and do not respond to the readng out of the current colour temperature. The "colour temperature" range s only avalable n the group-orented DALI test f the tunable whte lghts are ntegrated under "General". An error on the DALI cable (e.g. short-crcut or nterrupted cable) s not recognsed durng the group-orentated DALI test. In the group-orented DALI test, operatng devces of the group respond to the swtchng and brghtness and colour temperature value specfcatons as stpulated n the confguraton. All the actons are mplemented nternally usng the approprate KNX objects of the groups and ndvdual devces. Thus, the nternal object values can be read out, for example, when the brghtness values are read out and the swtchng object descrbed nternally when a group s swtched on. Here, feedback s also generated and the approprate DALI group parameters ncluded. If no operatng devce was assgned to the groups durng DALI commssonng, there wll be no vsble reacton n the DALI system. DALI operatng devces assgned to multple groups always set themselves to the most recent status set usng one of the assgned groups. In ths case, feedback of the swtchng status, brghtness value or colour temperature of a group cannot always be clear. Example 1: Group 2 s set to 10 % brghtness. After ths, Group 3 s dmmed to 20 % brghtness. The lghts of Group 3 assume the most recently recalled brghtness value: 20 %. The feedback of Group 2 remans at 10 %, although some of the operatng devces belongng to the group were set to 20 % brghtness. Example 2: Group 2 s swtched on and sets tself to the brghtness value 100 %. The status of Group 3 nternally n the DALI Gateway remans at 0 % brghtness (OFF). Now Group 3 s made brghter. The lghts of Group 3 adopt the dmmng behavour (becomng brghter from mnmum brghtness), although these lghts have already been swtched on by Group 2. Testng scenes The scene-orentated DALI test can be carred out once scenes have been created and confgured n the devce confguraton and DALI commssonng has been carred out wth the group/devce assgnment of the operatng devces. To do ths, press the button "Test DALI scenes" n the DALI test envronment. The scene-orentated test envronment then opens.(fgure 83). Not only the groups and sngle devces ntegrated nto the scenes can be Page 191 of 257

192 Functonal descrpton tested n the scene test. Of more mportance s the fact that a scene defnton s also possble through readng out and savng scene values. Fgure 83: Scene-orentated DALI test envronment (as an example wth Scene 1 wth three created groups) The scene to be tested must frst be selected. To do ths, select one of the scenes created n the devce confguraton n the "Scene" selecton box. After selectng the scene, the assgned groups and sngle devces can be edted. For reasons of clarty, the possble groups (1...32) and sngle devces (1...64) are spread over multple pages, whch can be shown separately. Pressng the buttons "Groups..." or "Sngle devces..." at the top edge of the wndow changes between the page vews. Only the groups and sngle devces can be edted (and thus tested), whch are assgned to the scene. Any non-assgned groups or sngle devces are greyed out. When startng the scene-orentated DALI test, the predefned brghtness values and colour temperature values (only when usng the colour temperature control) n the scene confguraton (parameter page "Scenes") are vsble n the approprate selecton boxes. Pressng the button "Recall" scene causes a scene recall wth the values predefned n the scene confguraton. The set brghtness values and colour temperature values n the group/devce selecton boxes of the test envronment are not mportant. The values specfed n the test envronment are only appled and saved to the scene confguraton of the plug-n and the DALI Gateway when the button "Save scene" s pressed. The orgnal values predefned n the scene confguraton are overwrtten. Before new brghtness values and colour temperature values are saved for a scene, t s possble to read out the values currently set n the groups and sngle devces. The read-out values are dsplayed n the selecton boxes and can be edted and fnally saved n the scene. Page 192 of 257

193 Functonal descrpton The test functons for the colour temperature are only avalable f ntegraton of the tunable whte lghts s provded under "General". If the colour temperature control s used globally, the plug-n always dsplays test functons for the colour temperature for all groups and sngle devces n all scenes, too. Ths s dsplayed even f no colour temperature control at all s provded n the groups or sngle devces (e.g. n the case of DALI devce types that do not even allow any colour temperature control). In such cases, the colour temperature specfcatons n the scenes are neffectve. An error on the DALI cable (e.g. short-crcut or nterrupted cable) s not recognsed durng the scene-orentated DALI test. In the scene-orentated DALI test, all the actons are mplemented nternally usng the approprate KNX objects of the groups and ndvdual devces. Thus, the nternal object values can be read out when the brghtness values are read out, for example. On scene recall, feedback to the KNX s also transmtted. If no operatng devce was assgned to the programmed groups and sngle devces durng DALI commssonng, then there wll be no vsble reacton n the DALI system. If a DALI operatng devce s assgned to multple groups and these groups were assgned to a scene, then the brghtness values and colour temperature values of the group wth the hghest group number are recalled or saved for the multple-assgned devces. In ths case, feedback of the swtchng status, brghtness value or colour temperature of a group cannot always be clear. Testng effects The DALI test for effects can be carred out as soon as effects have been created and confgured n the devce confguraton and DALI commssonng has been carred out wth the group/devce assgnment of the operatng devces. To do ths, press the button "Test DALI effects" n the DALI test envronment. The effect test envronment then opens.(fgure 84). Fgure 84: DALI test envronment for effects Even when testng effects, the effect to be tested must frst be chosen. To do ths, select one of the effects created n the devce confguraton n the "Effect" selecton box. After effect selecton, the selected effect can be started or stopped by pressng the approprate buttons n the test dalog. An effect started usng the test dalog runs accordng to ts confguraton. The steps are recalled n sequence startng wth step 1. The number of effect run-throughs, the dmmng behavour when an effect step s recalled and the delay untl the next step are all mantaned. The stop step s recalled when an effect s stopped usng the DALI test. The "Sngle step" button can be pressed to test ndvdual effect steps. Here, the Gateway swtches exactly one step forward from the current stop of an effect. We recommend only usng the sngle step functon for stopped effects. Ths allows free swtchng of entre effect runthroughs. When the sngle step functon s used, a stopped effect starts wth the frst step of the effect. The subsequent effect steps are then recalled contnuously accordng to ther number. The stop step (last step of an effect) can also be recalled usng the sngle step functon. Page 193 of 257